HomeMy WebLinkAboutCOW 2017-02-27 COMPLETE AGENDA PACKETTukwila City Council Agenda
• ❖ COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE ❖
Allan Ekberg, Mayor Counci /members: • :- Joe Duffie • :- Verna Seal
David Cline, City Administrator Kathy Hougardy • :- De'Sean Quinn
Dennis Robertson, Council President • :- Kate Kruller • :- Thomas McLeod
Monday, February 27, 2017; 7:00 PM Tukwila City Hall Council Chambers
1. CALL TO ORDER / PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
2. PUBLIC
At this time, you are invited to comment on items not included on this agenda
COMMENTS
(please limit your comments to five minutes per person). To comment
on an item listed on this agenda, please save your comments until the issue is
presented for discussion. (Refer to back of agenda page for additional information.)
3. PUBLIC
Three ordinances updating landscaping regulations:
Pg.1
HEARINGS
(1) An ordinance to establish new landscape requirements (TMC Ch. 18.52).
Pg.41
(2) An ordinance to relocate certain sections of the Tukwila Municipal Code from
Pg.69
the "Landscape Requirements" chapter to the "Supplemental Development
Standards" chapter.
(3) An ordinance to remove "Recreation Space Requirements" from
Pg.73
TMC Ch. 18.52 and add "Recreation Space Requirements" to TMC Ch. 18.12
and Ch. 18.14.
4. SPECIAL ISSUES
a. Discussion and consensus on Public Safety Plan Siting Advisory Committee
Pg.179
framework.
b. Discussion and consensus on Public Safety Plan facilities draft siting
Pg.189
criteria.
c. Discussion and consensus on format of monthly report to Council on the
Pg.211
Public Safety Plan.
d. An ordinance relating to destruction of forfeited firearms.
Pg•221
e. A resolution adopting the Green Tukwila 20 -year plan.
Pg.237
f. Three ordinances updating landscaping regulations:
Pg.1
(1) An ordinance to establish new landscape requirements (TMC Ch. 18.52).
Pg.41
(2) An ordinance to relocate certain sections of the Tukwila Municipal Code from
Pg.69
the "Landscape Requirements" chapter to the "Supplemental Development
Standards" chapter.
(3) An ordinance to remove "Recreation Space Requirements" from
Pg.73
TMC Ch. 18.52 and add "Recreation Space Requirements" to TMC Ch. 18.12
and Ch. 18.14.
5. REPORTS
a. Mayor
b. City Council
c. Staff
d. City Attorney
e. Intergovernmental
6. MISCELLANEOUS
7. ADJOURNMENT
Tukwila City Hall is ADA accessible.
Reasonable accommodations are available at public hearings with advance notice to the
City Clerk's Office (206- 433 -1800 or TukwilaCityClerk @TukwilaWA.gov). This agenda is available at
www.tukwilawa.gov, and in alternate formats with advance notice for those with disabilities.
Tukwila Council meetings are audio /video taped (available at www.tukwilawa.gov)
IL
HOW TO TESTIFY
If you would like to address the Council, please go to the podium and state your name and address clearly for
the record. Please observe the basic rules of courtesy when speaking and limit your comments to 5 minutes.
The Council appreciates hearing from citizens and members of the public, and may not be able to take
immediate action on comments received until they are referred to a Committee or discussed under New
Business.
PUBLIC COMMENTS
At each Council meeting, members of the public are given the opportunity to address the Council on items
that are not included on the agenda during PUBLIC COMMENTS. Please limit your comments to 5
minutes.
SPECIAL MEETINGS /EXECUTIVE SESSIONS
Special Meetings may be called at any time with proper public notice. Procedures followed are the same as
those used in Regular Council meetings.
Executive Sessions may be called to inform the Council of pending legal action, financial, or personnel
matters as prescribed by law. Executive Sessions are not open to the public.
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Public Hearings are required by law before the Council can take action on matters affecting the public
interest such as land -use laws, annexations, rezone requests, public safety issues, etc. Section 2.04.150 of the
Tukwila Municipal Code states the following guidelines for Public Hearings:
The proponent shall speak first and is allowed 15 minutes for a presentation.
2. The opponent is then allowed 15 minutes to make a presentation.
3. Each side is then allowed 5 minutes for rebuttal.
4. Members of the public who wish to address the Council may speak for 5 minutes each. No one may
speak a second time until everyone wishing to speak has spoken.
5. After each speaker has spoken, the Council may question the speaker. Each speaker can respond to the
question, but may not engage in further debate at that time.
6. After the Public Hearing is closed and during the Council meeting, the Council may choose to discuss
the issue among themselves, or defer the discussion to a future Council meeting, without further public
testimony. Council action may only be taken during Regular or Special Meetings.
COUNCIL MEETING SCHEDULE
No Council meetings are scheduled on the 5th Monday of the month unless prior public notification is given.
Regular Meetings - The Mayor, elected by the people to a four -year term, presides at all Regular Council
Meetings held on the 1st and 3rd Mondays of each month at 7:00 p.m. and Special Meetings. Official
Council action in the form of formal motions, adopting of resolutions and passing of ordinances can
only be taken at Regular or Special Council meetings.
Committee of the Whole Meetings - Councilmembers are elected for a four -year term. The Council
President is elected by the Councilmembers to preside at all Committee of the Whole meetings for a
one -year term. Committee of the Whole meetings are held the 2nd and 4th Mondays at 7:00 p.m.
Issues discussed there are forwarded to Regular or Special Council meetings for official action.
COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS
Initials
Meeting Dale
11" Pared by
Mayor' i 7V
yor -epie
coulit-il 1-6,146,w
02/27/17
—
CPL
A4 I
Z Ordinance
Al(g Date 0316117
03/06/17
CPL
F-101ber
M Date
Sll()Nw,()Jt ❑(,oun6,i1 ❑Mayor ❑HR ZD(J) []1"nance ❑Vire ❑ ./)' ❑P&E ❑Police E]IIIF/ E]C'Ourl
S1'()NS0R'S Update landscaping code to be consistent with Comprehensive Plan urban
forestry/ landscaping goals/policies. Key provisions include: updated standards for plant
materials; requiring parking lot landscaping in heavy industrial areas but allowing
flexibility in its location; requiring and giving crerm ror retaining significant trees;
establishing maintenance and pruning standards; establishing landscaping modification
criteria; and establishing financial penalties for violations of the Chapter.
RI,1,vjI?1'W1",1) f3y El C.O.W. Mtg. Z CDN Comm ❑ Finance Comm. ❑ Public Safety Comm.
0'Frans &Infrastructure ❑ Arts Comm. ❑ Parks Comm. ❑ Planning Comm.
DATE: 02/13/17 COMMYTTEE'CII-AIR: HOUGARDY
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SPONSOR/ADMIN. Department of Community Development
Forward to the C.O.W.
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
$0 $0 $0
Fund Source:
Comments:
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
02/27/17
ITEM INFORMATION
ITEM NO.
3 & 41.
—TrAFF
SPONSOR: CAROL LOMB
C)R1(ANAJ,A(,HNDAD,,\'1'r: 2/27/17
A(,, I "N D, \ I'll Update of Landscaping Code
Z Discufsioli
Altg Dale 02127117
❑ Motion
Mtg Date
1:1 Resolution
MIS Date
Z Ordinance
Al(g Date 0316117
❑ Bid.,,fipard
Al g Dale
Z Public Hearing
Mtn Date 2127117
F-101ber
M Date
Sll()Nw,()Jt ❑(,oun6,i1 ❑Mayor ❑HR ZD(J) []1"nance ❑Vire ❑ ./)' ❑P&E ❑Police E]IIIF/ E]C'Ourl
S1'()NS0R'S Update landscaping code to be consistent with Comprehensive Plan urban
forestry/ landscaping goals/policies. Key provisions include: updated standards for plant
materials; requiring parking lot landscaping in heavy industrial areas but allowing
flexibility in its location; requiring and giving crerm ror retaining significant trees;
establishing maintenance and pruning standards; establishing landscaping modification
criteria; and establishing financial penalties for violations of the Chapter.
RI,1,vjI?1'W1",1) f3y El C.O.W. Mtg. Z CDN Comm ❑ Finance Comm. ❑ Public Safety Comm.
0'Frans &Infrastructure ❑ Arts Comm. ❑ Parks Comm. ❑ Planning Comm.
DATE: 02/13/17 COMMYTTEE'CII-AIR: HOUGARDY
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SPONSOR/ADMIN. Department of Community Development
Forward to the C.O.W.
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
$0 $0 $0
Fund Source:
Comments:
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
02/27/17
MTG. DATE
ATTACHMENTS
02/27/17
Informational Memorandum dated 02/07/17, w/ Attachments A-3
Minutes from the CDN Meeting of 2/13/17
Planning Commission Minutes
03/6/17
City of Tukwila
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
TO: Community Development and Neighborhoods Committee
FROM: Jack Pace, DCD Director
BY: Carol Lumn6' Senior Planner
Andrea Cummins, Urban Environmentalist
CC: Mayor Ekberg
DATE: February 7, 2017
SUBJECT: Update of Landscaping Code — TMC 18.52 and Associated Ordinances
ISSUE
Complete the process of updating Tukwila's landscaping regulations, found in TMC 18.52, and review
and adopt two additional ordinances that move provisions not related to landscaping from TMC :L8.S2
to other sections of the Zoning Code.
BACKGROUND
The current landscaping regulations were adopted z8 years ago inzg9g with only minor revisions to
the Chapter since. Recognizing the sensitive nature of the policy decisions to balance environmental
quality, property rights, aesthetics, and natural functions, the Council developed a three phase update
process:
Phase i: Policy Development by the Tree and Environment Advisory Committee
A team of Tukwila residents, business and professional experts, and Planning Commission and City
Council representatives met from September, 2ozzto May, aoz3to develop goals and policies on
the natural environment and urban forestry for the Comprehensive Plan.
Phase 2: Update of the Natural Environment Element of the Comprehensive Plan
The Planning Commission and City Council reviewed policy direction from the Advisory Committee
and adopted the revised Natural Environment Element, June toDecember, 2013.
Phase q: A|ion the reou|ationsin the Zoninq Code with the Comprehensive Plan
The Tree and Environment Advisory Committee reconvened in September and October, 2o16 to
review and revise a staff proposed draft of the Landscaping Code. The Planning Commission held a
public hearing on November 10, M6, made a few revisions to the draft and then forwarded their
recommended code to the City Council for its review.
DISCUSSION
The updated Tukwila Comprehensive Plan has the following goals and policies regarding urban
forestry, which in turn relate to the City's landscaping and tree regulations. Any proposed regulation
must implement and be consistent with these policies.
vv.8Long Range poojeCt4zma Landscaping-Tree coue\Covnc/0cow Info wrmoa'13-z/ Landscape coueum
INFORMATIONAL MEMO
Page 2
Goal 4.12
Trees are recognized by Tukwila citizens, business, City staff and decision-makers for their
be nef its to the environ me nt, urban infrastructure and their aesthetic va I ue.
4.12.� Ensure that regulations recognize that larger trees provide more benefits than
small trees.
Goal 4.13
Overall city-wide tree canopy increased to a total Of 29% by 2034. Canopy cover in individual
zoning categories increased b«zo34as listed below:
Light Industrial zones: 96 increase from zn96to achieve z3%cover
Heavy Industrial zones: 1% increase from g96to achieve zo96cover
Tukwila Urban Center and Tukwila South: 5% increase from 13V6tu achieve z8%cover
Office and Commercial: 96increase from z996tu achieve 3z%cover
Parks 5V6 increase from 3896tm achieve 43%cover
Public Rights-of-Way: increase canopy coverage through street tree planting. Specific
canopy goal tobe established based nn future assessment.
4.i�.:L` Promote tree retention throughout the City by:
a. implementing educational programs for property owners and managers regarding
tree selection and care, applicable regulations, selecting a qualified arborist, and
other issues;
b. except for hazard trees or trees that interfere with underground or overhead utilities,
prohibiting removal of any tree four inches or larger in diameter at breast height (dbh)
on all undeveloped property without an approved development or other land use
permit, to provide the opportunity to preserve healthy trees during development;
C. promoting the mutual goals of tree protection and urban development through the
implementation of incentive programs and flexible site development regulations,
especially to retain tree groves; and
requiring financial assurances for required tree replanting and maintenance.
4.3.�.4 Ensure that required replacement trees at maturity will have equivalent or larger
canopies than the removed tree(s), except where existing or future infrastructure and/or
public or private utilities impede the planting of large trees.
A.13.6 Establish criteria for requiring professional assessment and corrective actions by
propertyownersvvhodannagecode'nequired|andscaping,stneettnees,o/othernequired
trees by topping, poor pruning practices, o/ root disturbance.
4.131 Where trees are regulated and required replacement trees cannot be
accommodated on a site, establish procedures for off-site planting of replacement trees
o/ payment into a dedicated tree replacement fund.
Provide flexibility in the landscape code to promote increased tree planting
and/or planting of large canopy trees, and reward the preservation of existing healthy
trees tu assist in meeting the City's canopy goals.
4.1�1-1 Evaluate current parking lot landscape requirements to identify opportunities to
increase tree canopy.
vv:\�Lo"g Range p^oject$zozs Landscaping-Tree cuue\CovnuKcmw Info m^mu,zs'z7 Landscape coue.do
INFORMATIONAL MEMO
Page
Goal 4.1
Tukwila's streetscapes and landscaped areas are sustainable and attractive, and its
urban forest is healthy, diverse, and safe.
4.-14�i Modify landscape code and educate property owners, property managers,
landscape maintenance companies and tree companies to promote best practices for soil
preparation, planting techniques, pruning, trenching, and general tree care.
4.:L4.4 Ensure that landscaping and replacement trees in new development or re-
development are properly cared for and thrive in perpetuity, through such means as
maintenance agreements, monitoring and enforcement.
A.,j� Modify landscape code to require diversity of tree species in landscape plantings
and consideration of species already present in the vicinity.
A.3._4,.7 Establish minimum standards and landscape specifications to ensure long-term
tree health for street trees, required landscape trees and required replacement trees,
including minimum soil volume, soil quality, plant quality, planting techniques,
irrigation, mulching, tree pruning, and prohibition oftopping.
Several important points should be noted:
* In single family residential areas, the landscaping code applies only to non-residential
development such as religious facilities, schools, libraries, etc.
° Forsitesvvithnon'confonning|andscaping/arequinennenttobhngthe|andscapingintn
compliance is only triggered when a site is being upgraded or redeveloped.
0 No change is proposed to the City's nonconforming regulations at TIVIC Chapter 18-70.
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES TO LANDSCAPING CODE
Much of the proposed new landscaping code has been modeled on landscaping requirements in TIVIC
18.28, the Tukwila Urban Center chapter, which are the most recent Council-approved landscaping
standards for the City. In addition, staff incorporated best practices from other ju risd ictions and
comments from Puget Sound Energy (PSE). Attachment B to this memo is an annotated draft of the
landscaping code, which provides sources of the material and notes changes to the initial staff draft.
TMC 18.52.010. Purpose: Expanded to add references to the new Comprehensive Plan goals and
policies related to urban forestry, low impact development and to recognize the benefits that trees
provide to the built environment.
TMC 18.52.020. Landscaping Types: includes standards for trees, shrubs and groundcover and
describes Types 1, 11, and III landscaping, as well as the landscaping required in parking lots. The
standards for street trees in the public frontage are a mix of language from TIVIC 18.28 and new text,
drawn primarily from the landscaping and tree code nf Tigard, Oregon
lMC18.52.u30. Perimeter and Parking Landscaping Requirements by Zoning District: This isatable
that identifies the amount of landscaping required for the front, side and rear of properties in each
W:\\Long Range Projects\2o16 Landscaping-Tree Code\Council\CDN Info Memo 2-13-17 Landscape Code.doc
INFORMATIONAL MEMO
Page 4
zoning district aswell as any required parking lot landscaping. Proposed revisions are highlighted in
yellow and strikeout/underline indicates where the amount required has been increased.
A major proposed change is to require parking lot landscaping in all industrial zones. The code allows
flexibility in where this landscaping is located — either in the parking lot or clustered to accommodate
uses on-site. Another proposed change is to require landscaping in parking lots Of 20 or fewer stalls.
The Annotated Draft Landscaping Code shows both the proposed and existing landscaping
requirements for ease of comparison. Finally, the table includes a number of footnotes —notes i-io are
carry-overs from the current TK4Cz8.5z.
TK8Cz8.5a.o4u. Screening and Visibility: Most nf this subsection is from either the existing TIVICz8.52
or from TIVIC 18.28 Tukwila Urban Center chapter. The Visibility section is from the Crime Prevention
Through Environmental Design standards found inTK4C 18.28.
TK8C 1B.52.o5o. Significant Tree Retention: This combines the current code inTK4Cz8.z8and
language taken from the Tigard, Oregon landscaping code. Retention of significant trees is incentivized
by allowing retained trees to be counted towards required landscaping. For each two percent of
effective canopy cover provided by retained trees the applicant would receive a two percent reduction
in the minimum landscape requirements. Up to 20% of the minimum landscape requirement may be
met this way.
TMC 18.52.o6o. Plant Material Requirements and Tree Standards: Most of this subsection is drawn
from TIVIC 3.8.28. The proposed code requires diversity of trees and shrubs, with guidance from the City
of Portland's landscaping code. Item #9 in this subsection includes language added by the Planning
Commission to address low impact development at the recommendation of Public Works.
New to the code are tree standards based on the stature of the tree. Large stature trees are preferred,
but it is recognized that not all sites can accommodate or are appropriate for this size tree, such as
street trees in the right-of-way.
TK8C 18.52.o7o. Soil Preparation, Planting, and irrigation: Thecunent|andscapingcodedoesnot
provide guidance on soil preparation, which is key for plant survival and the health of trees. Most ofthis
subsection is taken from TIVIC 18.28.
TMC 18.52.080. Maintenance and Pruning: The language of this new subsection on plant
maintenance is taken primarily from TIVIC 18.28 with some revisions by the Advisory Committee and
suggestions from P5E.
TIVIC 18.52.ogo. Landscape Plan Requirements: The language in this subsection is a mix of current
landscape code, TIVI[z8.52 and language from TIVICzO.z8.
TN|C 1B.52.zoo.Prmcedures:|dentUiescritehafnrtheconsideratonof|andscapernodh5catonsand
establishes penalties for violations of the landscaping code.
The items in the current TIVIC 18.52 that do not apply directly to landscaping (TMC 3.8.52. o6o,
Recreation Space Requirements through TIVIC 18.52.ogo, Design of Collection Points for Garbage and
Recycling Containers) will be moved to either the multifamily district chapters, TMC 3.8.3-2 and TIVIC
z8-14orTK8Cz8-5o, Supplemental Development Standards.
w.KLvne Range pnojeCtS\zoi6 Landscaping-Tree coue\C000uKcnw Info wemnz':m'zr Landscape coue.do
INFORMATIONAL MEMO
Page 5
FINANCIAL IMPACT
No direct financial impact to the City is expected due to these regulatory changes.
REQUESTED ACTION
The Committee is requested to review the proposed ordinances and forward them to the February 27,
2o-17, City Council Committee of the Whole meeting for a public hearing, review and possible adoption
bv the Council on March 6,zoz7.
ATTACHMENTS
A. Comprehensive Plan Goals and Policies
R. Annotated Draft Landscaping Code
C. Draft Ordinance Amending TK8C 18.52
D. Draft Ordinance Amending TM[z8.z2 and TK8Cz8.14
E. Draft Ordinance Amending TK8CzO.5o
F. SEPADuconnents
G. Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee Notes
H. Public Comments
|. TK4C 18.5z, Landscaping Code
J. TK4Cz8.28, Tukwila Urban Center
W:\\Long Range Projects\2o16 Landscaping-Tree Code\Council\CDN Info Memo 7-13-17 Landscape Code.doc
Attachment A
Urban Foresixy
GOAL 4.12
Trees are recognized by Tukwila citizens, businesses, City staff and decision- makers
for their benefits to the environment, urban infrastructure and their aesthetic value.
POLICES
4.12.1 Develop a formal urban forest management plan to promote and guide preservation,
restoration and maintenance of a sustainable urban forest, using the goals and policies of
this chapter as a basis for guidance.
i..' Ensure that the benefits of trees are factored into site design and permit decisions.
lr�. T ? -:>> Ensure that regulations recognize that larger trees provide more benefits than small trees.
<< <<> Seek to create and fund an urban forester /municipal arborist position within the City, or
contract for such services, to provide expertise for urban forest management planning,
oversight of tree planting and maintenance, and assistance to all City departments that
have responsibilities for tree management.
4,1 L5 Educate the public, elected officials and City staff about the importance of and benefits
provided by trees in Tukwila.
4 2 a Develop tree valuation methods to reflect the value trees provide, for use in assessing
fines, determining damages or estimating loss of tree benefits.
4, 2 7 Identify funding sources to support urban forestry planning and management, and
establish an urban forestry budget and account.
4,.c 7, Consider developing an "exceptional "or "heritage "tree program to foster tree appreciation
in the community.
Encourage public involvement in urban forest stewardship through volunteer events, free
training workshops, and other means.
TUKWILA COMPREHENSIVE PLAN - OCTOBER 2013
PAGE 4 -22
9
GOAL 4.13
Overall City-wide tree canopy increased to a total of29% by 2034.
Canopy cover in individual zoning categories increased by 2034 as listed below. -*
Light Industrial zones: 3% increase from 20% to achieve 23% cover
Heavy Industrial zones: 1 % increase from 9% to achieve 10% cover
Tukwila Urban Center and Tukwila South: 5% increase from 13% to achieve 18% cover
Office and Commercial. 3% increase from 29 % to achieve 32% cover
Parks: 5% increase from 38% to achieve 43% cover
Public Rights -of -Way. Increase canopy coverage through street tree planting.
Specific canopy goal to be established based on future assessment
No net loss of canopy cover in individual zoning categories, as listed below.
Low - Density Residential: Maintain current City-wide canopy coverage of 47%
Medium -and High - Density Residential. • Maintain current City-wide coverage of 40%
POLICIES
4.13.1 Promote tree retention throughout the City by:
• implementing educational programs for property owners and managers regarding
tree selection and care, applicable regulations, selecting a qualified arborist, and other
issues;
• except for hazard trees or trees that interfere with underground or overhead utilities,
prohibiting removal of any tree four inches or larger in diameter at breast height (dbh)
on all undeveloped property without an approved development or other land use
permit, to provide the opportunity to preserve healthy trees during development;
• promoting the mutual goals of tree protection and urban development through the
implementation of incentive programs and flexible site development regulations,
especially to retain tree groves; and
• requiring financial assurances for required tree replanting and maintenance.
4.13.2 Improve retention of trees on steep slopes.
*
NOTE. • Some public rights -of -way (such as WSDOPs) are not included in the total City-wide
canopy calculation. Rights -of -way adjacent to public streets (i.e., where street trees would
be planted) are included in each zoning category.
TUKWILA COMPREHENSIVE PLAN - OCTOBER 2013
10
PAGE 4 -23
4.13.3 Continue to protect trees in sensitive areas and the shoreline through relevant regulations.
4.13.4 Ensure that required replacement trees at maturity will have equivalent or larger canopies
than the removed tree(s), except where existing or future infrastructure and /or public or
private utilities impede the planting of large trees.
4.13.5 Develop mechanisms for protecting tree roots for public and private surface and
underground infrastructure installation, including - in some cases - requiring the
presence of a certified arborist when working in the critical root zone; replacement of
trees where damage is unavoidable; and either requiring replanting or payment into a tree
replacement fund as compensation, if planting on -site is not feasible. Establish reasonable
procedures to ensure consideration of tree root protection during. routine or emergency
maintenance of existing utilities, and provide training to City and other public utility
maintenance staff on root protection techniques.
4.13.6 Establish criteria for requiring professional assessment and corrective actions by property
owners who damage code - required landscaping, street trees, or other required trees by
topping, poor pruning practices or root disturbance.
4.13.7 Where trees are regulated and required replacement trees cannot be accommodated on
a site, establish procedures for off -site planting of replacement trees or payment into a
dedicated tree replacement fund.
4.13.8 Develop tree planting and urban forest rehabilitation programs for City parks and other
publicly -owned lands. Collaborate with other agencies, such as Washington's Department
of Transportation, to promote planting in highway interchanges and other locations.
4.13.9 Collaborate with other government, non -profit organization, school and private sector
entities, to promote urban forest management and restoration.
4.13.10 Provide flexibility in the landscape code to promote increased tree planting and /or
planting of large canopy trees, and reward the preservation of existing healthy trees to
assist in meeting the City's canopy goals.
4.13.11 Evaluate current parking lot landscape requirements to identify opportunities to increase
tree canopy.
TUKWILA COMPREHENSIVE PLAN - OCTOBER 2013 PAGE 4-24
11
GOAL 4.14
Tukwila' streetscapes and landscaped areas are sustainable and attractive,
and its urban forest is healthy, diverse, and safe.
POLICIES
4.14.1 Develop tree /urban forest inventories and assess the health of trees and forests in
Tukwila's public spaces.
4.14.2 Develop maintenance plans and programs for trees on City property or rights -of -way
to ensure that maintenance pruning is properly carried out, that diseases and pest
infestations are managed, that hazardous trees are identified and managed in a timely
manner to reduce risks, and that invasive vegetation is properly managed.
4.14.3 Modify landscape code, and educate property owners, property managers, landscape
maintenance companies and tree companies to promote best practices for soil
preparation, planting techniques, pruning, trenching and general tree care.
4.14.4 Ensure that landscaping and replacement trees in new development or re- development
are properly cared for and thrive in perpetuity, through such means as maintenance
agreements, monitoring and enforcement.
4.14.5 Develop a mechanism to ensure that tree removal and maintenance companies have the
necessary qualifications and liability insurance to work in Tukwila.
4.14.6 Modify landscape code to require diversity of tree species in landscape plantings and
consideration of species already present in the vicinity.
4.14.7 Establish minimum standards and landscape specifications to ensure long -term tree
health for street trees, required landscape trees and required replacement trees, including
minimum soil volume, soil quality, plant quality, planting techniques, irrigation, mulching,
tree pruning, and prohibition of topping.
4.14.8 Develop an approved /recommended tree list for street trees, landscape perimeter plant -
ing,and parking lots that recognizes the importance of the concept of "right tree, right
place; taking into account available planting space and infrastructure /utility conflicts, and
that considers the importance of species diversity, climate conditions, canopy coverage
goals, allergy issues, urban wildlife benefits, and tolerance of urban conditions.
TUKWILA COMPREHENSIVE PLAN - OCTOBER 2013
12
PAGE 4 -25
4.14.9 Work with electric utility providers to limit trimming of trees and other vegetation to that
which is necessary for the safety and maintenance of transmission lines, where feasible
and according to American National Standards Institute (ANSI) professional arboricultural
specifications and standards.
4.14.10 Perform vegetation management that is needed in utility rights -of -way that are located
in sensitive areas or shoreline areas, in a manner that will maintain, restore or improve the
shoreline or sensitive area ecological function.
Implementation Strategies - Urban Forestry
C' Prepare and publish technical specifications for landscape professionals and landscape
contractors reflecting best management practices /standards for achieving adequate soil
conditions, plant quality specifications, proper planting techniques, proper mulch placement,
tree care and pruning, and other relevant information.
I- Prepare and make available technical guidance for homeowners on tree selection, planting, care,
pruning, selecting a good arborist, and identifying and controlling invasive plants.
L" Conduct volunteer activities in parks and other public areas to help carry out urban forest
restoration plans, to remove invasive plants and plant native trees and other vegetation.
I-, Create "Adopt an Urban Forest" "Ivy Removal Team, "or similar programs, to actively remove
invasive plants and promote ongoing stewardship of urban forests in the City's parks and other
public areas.
Add an urban forestry page to the City's website that contains information about programs,
regulations, technical guidance, finding a certified arborist, and other relevant issues.
I- Expand the annual Arbor Day celebration to widen public participation;
` Evaluate other jurisdiction's heritage tree programs, and reach out to business and resident
community to determine interest in a heritage tree program in Tukwila.
Develop mechanisms for monitoring tree canopy growth, removal and replacement -in addition
to periodic tree canopy assessments - using GIS and remote sensing methods;
C Review and amend, as necessary, SAO and Shoreline regulations to ensure consideration of tree
retention, particularly in steep slope areas.
TUKWILA COMPREHENSIME PLAN - OCTOBER 2 013 PAGE 4 -26
13
f? Incorporate requirements in geotechnical studies to ensure evaluation of the role trees play in
slope stability.
r..-' Develop incentives for increasing retention of trees on steep slopes.
I Provide ongoing training for City staff from all departments on tree selection, site preparation,
proper planting techniques, protection of tree roots during construction activities, proper
pruning, and general tree care.
Prepare and publish technical specifications manuals for utility companies and City staff to
identify techniques to protect tree roots during installation of public and private surface and
underground infrastructure.
L Revise City regulations to allow assessment of fines or requirement of financial guarantees in the
enforcement of corrective actions.
'-' Prepare an urban forest inventory for publically -owned trees in the City.
Notify property owners about applicable tree regulations via inclusion of fliers in storm water
utility bill, direct mailings, and media announcements.
C Improve the frequency of landscape and tree replacement inspections, and increase enforcement.
Develop street tree plans for various parts of the City, taking into account the need for diversity
for tree health and urban design issues.
C Modify landscape, tree and right -of -way vegetation regulations, including consideration of a
point system for landscape requirements, clarification of responsibilities for trees on City ROW,
identifying incentive programs, and allowing for fines based on the value of trees damaged or
removed.
F- Develop street tree regulations that prioritize shade over ornamental needs.
TUKWILA COMPREHENSIVE PLAN - OCTOBER 2013
14
PAGE 4 -27
RELATED INFORMATION
Natural Environment Background Report
Tukwila Sensitive Areas Map
Tukwila Shoreline Master Program
WRIA 9 Salmon Habitat Enhancement Plan
Abandoned Underground Coal Mine Hazards Assessment Report
Tukwila Urban Tree Canopy Assessment
Tukwila Municipal_Code,_Chapter 18.45
TUKWILA COMPREHENSIVE PLAN - OCTOBER 2013 PAGE 4 -28
15
16
TMC CHAPTER 18.52: Landscaping
18.52.010
Purpose
18.52.020
Landscaping Types
18.52.030
Landscaping Requirements by Zone District
18.52.040
Screening and Visibility
18.52.050
Significant Tree Retention
18.52.060
Plant Material Requirements and Tree Standards
18.52.070
Soil Preparation, Planting and Irrigation
18.52.080
Maintenance and Pruning
18.52.090
Landscape Plan Requirements
18.52.100
Pronedvree — LandecopnnxodihcadoneandVio|aUonm
18.52.010 Purpose:
The purpose d this chapter iam establish minimum requirements for landscaping to:
• Implement the Urban Forestry Comprehensive Plan goals and policies by increasing tree
canopy throughout the city to improve air quality, promote the health of residents, visitors
and employees, and reduce heat islands and smnnwmterflows;
• Support the low impact development goals of the Comprehensive Plan and the City's
National Pollution Discharge Elimination System permit;
°
Promote safety;
°
Provide screening between incompatible land uses;
°
Mitigate the adverse effects of development nn the environment;
°
Improve the visual environment for both residents and nonresidents;
°
Regulate the protection d existing landscaping;
°
Establish requirements for the long-term maintenance of required landscaping and
°
Establish procedures for modifying landscaping requirements and penalties for violations
o/ the landscaping code
18.52.020 Landscaping ty I
1 , Trees
a. Trees shall be spaced based on the stature tree selected (sr-nall,
stature of tree�), excluding curb cuts and_�ipaqgd regularly, except where there are
conflicts with utilities.
b, Larqe and medium stature tree species are required, per the Tukwila approved Tree
list, 3xcer)t where there is insufficient r)lantinq area (due to iDroximitv to a buildincl,
street liqht, above or below qround utility, 6td,)
Permit this size tree at maturitV.
2. Shrubs: ShLubs sha based on the mature size of the plant material selected
and shall achieve a continuous vertical laver within three (3) years. The shrubs will
Page wu o 10 moaPM
wwonu Range ~*ectwooLandscaping Code vpd^^o~oTMCma^dvi°rm=~nee Revisions-2
Attachment B
ommented [CLIJ: Mix of 18.28,230 and new text.
--
Commented ICU]: New section that consolidates the
_
language describing Types 1, 11, and III landscaping that was
-
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
pjgyj!Ao 4 feet clearance wl,)en mature when _a Jj (L qg I Lo a i ire LiydraLnt2r fire
_
cf2,p�artrnent connection,
I Groundcover:
a, Suff icient live aroundcovers of yaryir7q eigL its
_t1_2c�o1ors arid textures to cover, within
three 31 ears __ 100% of the yard area not needed for trees and shrubs.
_L _y
L-lf.za.ss-isbeing used -�i �le rQP-nqc-overa �four 411 KiMQI` bark mulch
La±c
�(Icared around each tree.
4. Bioretention ma v be used as a T 11 or 1111 llandsc�a e enrnetqr, provided the intent of the
screen is achieved. _Tosu �pgrt lbioLejejntion facilLjq[jLf Lrj.jDd plant survival flexibility in
plant materials and Placement shall be allowed, provided Public safety is not
5 The amount of landscar)irm on commercially zoned properties_ ma be reduced by_15% it
buildings are moved to the front of the site with n no parkin between the building arrd the front
Lgn(4§Sja2M to_qrff(jAg_a_EgLe_p ALstngn friendly
A� T
�imeter �S�creeni:'
1. iL11g purpose u rpose of Iff e I la dsca is to enhance TLAkwila's stLgetscapfs I-
)rovide a H Lt
yjsuell separation between uses and zqngAis_t igts _ _s gEgL n p_r_ king _areas and allow
views to buildin er tL Ey_V s �IfL L,5
a�_ z�rja!gg_
Z Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a. Trees: a mix of deciduous and eytrcjTELn trees_..
b. One shrub per seven linear feet.
c. Groundcover.
C. TVpe 11 - Moderate Perimeter Screenina".
1 . .... jie _ purpose of Type II landscaping is to enhance Tukwila's streetsgapp _§ provide a,
moderate _visual separation between uses and zoning districts screen blank building
walls @jr-Lcj_p_qr)kin_q..qfeas Idi e d s i �cn a .
�, and allow views. to., bUi D_g_ Li _�_ _qt_
2. Plant materials shall consist of
a, Trees: a mix of deciduous and evergreen trees.
b. One shrub_pp.L,LOurjrLear urb cuts.
c. Groundcover,
D. Tvp• III - Heavv Perim eterimmimi
qse Qtjyp ..I!.!ja nAsga ine s o provide extensive visual sgpqration alonrg
_p
P-rgp emt
residential uses,
2. Plant materials shall consist f-that llowin
a. 'Trees con ttg
s is _gf._a_t least 5()` % .evergreen _�i lo_n jL �� eprgpety I LleI T5 L
ajon_q_p_Mpq!jy, !in _Adjqgerjt_jo residential uses
Page 2 of 23 11-10-168:53 PM
W:\ \Long Range P,.j—t,\2016 Landscaping Code Updab,\D,aft TMC Chapter 18.52-Advi—y Committee Revisions 2
IN
Commented [CL4]: Last sentence added at request of the
Fire Dept.
.. ..........
r&-n;of
m;med th iclL fe-S-]-et : to four. it-te-e—t-o-i—nc-r; a- e-s-;-e—
ring f rom ree
Commented [CL6]: This language added to allow this
reduction only if there is no parking between the building
and the front landscaping.
Commented [CL7]: The description of landscaping types
is drawn from TMC 18.52.030 and 18.28.230 B. 4. and S.
------ ----- 1-1 1----------- ... . . .....
Commented [CL8]: The text in C. generally from
18.28.230 B. 4.
Commented -[CL9]:" The 'text 'in D.-geri'e"rally'from-,— . ............
18 28 230 B 5
.. . . ...... .... . ... ... . ......
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
b. Privacy screening utilizing everqLeen shrubs screening walls or o 77 feet
tall .
c. GrOUndcover.
E. Parking Lot Landscaping: This landscapinq is required to MA!g�ateadve�rsei[T ac
created by parking lots, Such as noise, glare stormwater run -off, and increased heat and
to irT�prove their physical appearance.
1 Trees shall be even) v distributed throuqhout the parkinq lot. Plantina in continuous
landscaped planting strips between rows of parking is encouraged. Surface water
management design may also be combined with landscaping ijparki!:212!Ljn-±dustrial [Commented [CL10]: 18.28.240 B. 6.b.(3) portion.
districts Q/Ll Ll HI MIC/L MIC/H), clustering of interior ot. ndscapinq rnav be --
_L
affMqLed t() dCCamrTlOdate SlteLusagd Commented [CL11] : Last sentence in E. 1 - New text"to
Lallow flexibility of site design in industrial distracts
y.
Landscape islands
j._
a. Landscape islands must be a fninimurn of six feet wide, exclusive of overhana, and a
minimum of 100 square feet in area. All landscaped areas must be protected from
clarnacle by vehicles through the use of curbs fire stops, or other protection
CC- m m e n ted CU 2]: 18 2s 21 1. 1. b 4)
— ---1 ... ....... .
b, Landscape islands shall be placed at the ends of each row of parKLngjg protect
parked vehicles from turniaqmavemor7ts of other ehicies d [CL13]:18.28.240 B.6.b. (5)
c. The number and stature of trees shall be based on the area available in the
landscape island. A minimum of one large stature evergreen or deciduous tree or two
medium stature trees are required for every 100 square feet of landscaped island,
with the remaining area to contain a combination of shLrubs . living groundcover and
mulch, and Commented [CL14]: N ew text — goa I is to i in crea se
number of large canopy trees in parking lots for shade and
d. For parkinq lots adiacent to public or private streets, if torm water purposes.
r)e islands are ........... ......
designed into the parking lot layout to divide continuous rows of Parking stalls, the
islands must be placed at minimum spacing of one for every
spaces.
For parking areas located behind buildings or otherwise screened from public or
private streets or public si)aces, if landscar)e islands are used islands shall be
p a commented [CLIS]: Portion of 18.28.240 B,6.b. (3)
_Lg_Qdat a minimum of one for every 15 parking_js a116, f&
L ...... . ...... . ....
3, Bioretention, which includes trees, shrubs, and qrouridcove_rj may _be _L ised to meet
irfterlarparkinq lot landscaping Ep_qLiirernftnts. The bioretention facility must be dlg �Jrjed
by a professional trained or certified in Low Impact Devela gent technrgues as set forth Commented [CL16] : New text to support implementation
in IMC Q apiLer 14.30, All bioretention facilities must be protected by cgrkin event [ ofbioretentiontechniquesaspartofformallandscapingM.
— _L _ _p �o
vehicle damage to the facility and far
4. Vehicular Overhang,
a, Vehicle overhang g_area shall_ not. exceed two Meet
Page 3 of 23 11 -10 -16 8'53 PM
W \\Long Range Projects\2016 Landscaping Code Update\Draft TMC Chapter 18,52-Advisory Committee Revisions-2
iomme'n- t-e d -b.'-Pram maple "—valley
landscape code
........ ........
19
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
b
�N(.))Iant �rnatenal_gLeatgL. )qn 12 inches in height shall be located within two feet of
_!L --
the curb or other pLgjgctive banner in landscape areas adjacent to parking sp a 5_A[) d
vehicle Use areas.
c. RaiserTcurbs or curia st:o s shall be used arerrrr7d the landscape islands or bioretentior7
facilities to preverjt t rit material frorn bein sty ruck autorrlobiles. Where
p
hioretention is _used cub cuts shall be placed to allow stormwater I'Lli-loff from
adiacerlt pavements to enter the bioretention cyst m�
5. I ervious shall be wlierefeasible incluctg )aIkinc sp I Ld L_
pedertnal "I paths,
circutatiod,
1 . Street tree spaciM.
a. Street tree spacing in the Rgblic fro age shall be asL
MDL — H,)ecified in TMQ Section
1 8.5M60 B.2. based on the stature size: of Ttl
i _ere6�
5ag-qil2g_Must also consider sight distance at intersections driveway., locg Jons and
utilitv conflicts as specified in TIMC Section E�.�LiI66
S. "
c. Street trer�s t ,ic frontage lowin eras dD
jQL_g_ggnq_J§jL_ _q
standards:
i, At least three and one-half feet back from the face of the curb
iii At least five feet frorn underground utility
iiL At least 10 feet from utility poles.
iv. At least seven and one-half feet from driveways.
y. At least three feet Lro=Aq_a Iujted ttansforr-ners e?Lat, feet in front
toj �access).
vi. At least four feet froLTI_fli.re hydrants and connections,
d._. _pj�jnted in
locations where thy.will gbstruct exist or } tanned street or site jigt!� While
rnaintainirIg appropriate rnA!grjty,.
e. �Plantin �Ians shall consider the location of existing..g�rlqjnned sjgnaM_LQ avoid
future conflicts with mature trees and iancipggpLincL
q� rg�q �rates
_aq_Lgt_gnc _o.tjra — eO -k— uj.Aien used shall be des s
o that sections of
grate can be removed incrementally s the tree rnatUres and shall be clesLqn
avoid accumulation of trash.
b. When used _tr,ee e�i..q!jd lgnd,.jcqp �qjree wells shall be a rnininIUrn 36 gar feet
I --glqL _L -sg_
in size jam' x _6 )_Ireq well L�ig rTIa e dju_ stE adjusted to ADA star
dards o
Lig_Lrrtwer sidewalks, See TIMC Section 1X1..5_2.0770 A.- 1. "soil Preparation and
jE!a for structural soil reguirernents, Root barriers rIIaj_Oe_r-)stalled at the curb_
face if structural soils are not Used,
3. Maintenance and P runi'nci,
...— .. ..............
Page 4 of 23 11-10-16 8:53 PM
W \\[,.og Range P,.j-t,\2016 Landscaping Code Update\Doaft TMC Chapter 1852- Advisory Corornitree Revisions-2
20
Commented [CL18]: Last sentence in 5. c. - language
recommended by OTAK, City's consultant on incorporating
bioretention features into City code. First sentence from
18.52,035 4.cl.
mi
["CL19]: Added b"as"ed on-discusso'n-by—"""".,
Advisor Comttee 10/4/16.
1
Commented [CL20]: 1.a is revised from 18.28.240 B.B.
OL
text
Commented (CL21]: 18.28.240 B. 8, last sentence
1 Commented [CL22]: This text from 18.28.240 B.& b. with
"general text added at request of PW,
-111-1111-111--- .— .. ... ...... — .--.]
Commented [CL23] : New text to ensure sign location is
considered when landscaping plan is developed. Key .Bank
Lc!.TIB example of where this did not happen.
mmented [CL24]: Text from 18 28.240 13 & C., except
first sentence revised based on meeting with Pubho Works
staff
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
a.
Arboriculture, asLt now reads and as hereafter amended. Street trees planted prior to
i Street trees shall be maintained consistent with International �j �iet 2f
Arboriculture BMPs.
ii, Street trees shall be maintained in a r-rianner that does not impede public
street or sidewalk traffic, consistent with the sp cifications in the Public
c) 15 feet of clearance above public collector st_reetsand
ch 18 feet of clearance above pljblic arterial streets,
iii. Street trees shall be maintained so as not to become a defective tree as
defined in TIVIC Section 18.06.XXX.
kw
Constraints for roots and branches at maturity.
Median plantings shall provi�e a uate species diversity citywide and reasonable
resistance to pests and diseases.
c. Columnar trees mav be Considered for rriedian planfinqs to avoid Conflicts with
vehicles and utilities.
d. Structural soils shall be used to avoid the need for root barriers and to ensure the
t. Any median tree that is removed r11USt be re laced within the same rriediafl Unless
S acina constraints exist. Replacement trees shall be of the same statUre gr gE�Lat
tree, consistent with other space _11considerations..
18.52.0,320 Perimeter and Parking Landscaping Requirements by Zone District
A. In the various zone districts of the City, landscaping in the front, rear and side yards and
parking lots shall be provided as established by the various zone district chapters of this
title. These requirements are summarized in the following table, except for Tukwila
Urban Center (TUC) requirements, which are listed inTIVIC Chapter 18£8.
Page ,*a 11-10-16 8:53 pw
W:\\Long Range Projects\2016 Landscaping Code Update\Draft TIVIC Chapter 18.52-Advisory Committee Revisions-2
Commented [CL29]: The City currently uses the term
"hazardous tree" — however, the professional arborist
industry uses the term "defective tree" instead, The
definition will be revised to be called "defective tree", a
more accurate term.
Commented [CL30]., 4. a. and b. from City of Tigard
Urban Forestry Manual, (D. 1-2, pg. 4-1). Remaining text
developed by staff. Currently there is no guidance on
landscaping in medians in the City's code.
considerations' added by Advisory Committee
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
22
Landscape Requirements by Zoning District (LF= linear feet; SF =square feet)
ZONING
FRONT
LANDSCAP
LANDSCAP
LANDSCAPE
LANDSCAPE
CURRENT
PROPOSED
DISTRICTS
YARD
E TYPE
E FOR SIDE
FOR REAR
TYPE FOR
LANDSCAPING::
LANDSCAPING
(SECOND
FOR
YARD LF
YARD
SIDE/REAR
REQUIRED FOR PKG
FOR PARKING
Commented [CL32] To increase tree canopy per
FRONT)
FRONTS
LF
LOTS „
LOTS
Comprehensive Plan goal of 3 %'for commercially zoned
LF
i$F
SF
,'properties, propose increasing front landscaping and adding
`
side and rear landscaping in some districts. Where changes
- None for up to 20
20 stalifor
in the amount of landscaping is proposed, the change is
stalls;
highlighted in yellow.
7 1stall for 21-40
non-
residential
Commented [CL33]. This column is added for ease of m
LDR (for
stalls;
uses;
comparing current parking lot landscaping requirements
uses other
15 2
Type I
10
10
Type I
-12 /stall >40 stalls
15 /sta11 if
with proposed parking lot landscaping. It will not appear in
than
- plus perimeter
the final table
residential)
landscape strip
parking is
........ _ ....... _ .......... .. _..,.. __...._:.
placed
minimum of 2 LF
with average of 5
behind
building
LF width
MDR
151711
Type I
10
10
Type I
Some as LDR
Same as LDR
HDR
151,2,11
Type I
10
10
Type I
Same as LDR
Same as LDR
- None for up to 20
stalls;
- 10 1stall for 21 -40
stalls;
- Minimum of 200
SFofinterior
20 /stall
landscaping plus
15 1stall >40 stalls,
adjacent to
For areas pinged
MUO
15(12.5)7
Type I'
6 � '
6 S °'11
T e I'
Type
behind buildings or
parking is
-.
ommented [CL34] The current five f set is proposed to
otherwise screened
placed
increased to six feet as this is the minimum
[be
from streets, parks
or a large stature tree.
behind
m _.._ _ w _.. ^ m __
and City trails, the
building
interior landscape
requirement is
reduced to a
minimum of 200 SF
plus 10 SF for each
pkg. stall over 40.
0
15(12.5)1
Type 1'
6 5°
6V
Type 17
Same as MUO
Same as
MUO
RCC
20(10)13
Type 1'
654
1011
Type 11
Same as MUO
Same as
MUO
NCC
10 &°
Type 7.13
04
04,11
Type it
Some as MUO
Same as
MUO
Page 6 of 23
11 -10- 168:53 PM
W \ \L.ong Range
Projects \2016 Landscaping
Code Update
\Draft TMC Chapter 18.52 Advisory
Committee Revisions -2
22
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
Page 7 of 23 11-10-16 8:53 FM
W:\ \Long Range Pro)ects\2016 Landscaping Code Update\Draft TMC Chapter 18,52-Advisory Committee Revisions-2
23
- For areas
adjacent to public
or private streets, a
minimum of
15 /stall;
- For areas placed
RC
10
Type W
6 V
04
Type H'
behind bldgs. or
Same as
otherwise screened
MUD
from streets, parks
and City trails,
minimum 10 SF of
interior Ion dscape
requiredlstall'
RCM
lolf
Type 1
6 V
04
Type 11'
Some as RC
Same as
MUD
15/stall
CILI
15 -14-.4"
Type 116
6 55,12
05,12
Type 11'
Same as RC
10 /stall for
pkg placed
behind bldg..
15/stall
Ll
1542-.44
Type 11
04,12
04,12
Type III
None
10/stall for
pkg placed
Commented JCL351: Front landscaping' is being increased
behind bldg.
and: parking lot landscaping is being added to achieve
Comprehensive Plan goal of 3% increase in tree canopy by
HI
15 P2 S
Type 11
04,12
04,12
Type III
None
15 /stall
2034 in light industrial districts.
MICIL
10-51
Type 11
05,12
05,12
Type III
None
10 /stall
Commented [CL3 I- Iron, landscaping I, proposed to
increase and parking dot landscaping is being added to
MIC/H
10-51
Type 11
o5,12
05,12
Type III
None
10/stal I
achieve Comprehensive Plan goal of 1% increase in tree
canopy by 2034 in heavy industrial districts
. ......... ...... .... ......
TUC
See TIVIC Chapter 18.28
Same
TVs
152
Type 11
W
W
Type III
Some as RC
No change
Commented JCL377: Landscaping required in TVs and
TSO is subject to the Tukwila South Development
TSO
159'2
Type 1
010
010
Type III
Same osRC
No change
Agreement and Tukwila South Master Plan— any changes to
landscaping widths will be addressed through future
amendments to the Development Agreement,
Page 7 of 23 11-10-16 8:53 FM
W:\ \Long Range Pro)ects\2016 Landscaping Code Update\Draft TMC Chapter 18,52-Advisory Committee Revisions-2
23
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
Table 18-XX
............
f2_qt✓allotes: Commented [CL38] : Notes 1,2 4-10 are directly from
1. Minimum required front yard landscaped areas in the MDR and HDR zones may have up to current code 18,52. Note 3 is the same except for the
20% of their required landscape area developed for pedestrian and transit facilities subject to language added to permit bioretention facilities to be used
the approval criteria in TMC Section 18.52.070 A.2.a. as landscaping. Notes 11, 12 and 13 are new text.
- _ -.. - -„ ..........
2. In order to provide flexibility of the site design while still providing the full amount of landscaping
required by code, the front yard landscape width may be divided into a perimeter strip and one
or more other landscape areas between the building and the front property line, if the perimeter
strip is a minimum of 10 feet and the landscape materials are sufficient to provide landscaping
along the perimeter and screening of the building mass.
3. Required landscaping may include a mix of plant materials, pedestrian amenities and features,
outdoor caf6-type seating and similar features subject to the approval criteria in TMC Section
18.52.060 A.2.a. Bioretention may also be used as required landscaping subject to the
approval criteria in TMC Section 18.52.100. Required plant materials will be reduced in
proportion to the amount of perimeter area devoted to pedestrian oriented space.
4. Increased to 10 feet if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
5. Increased to 15 feet if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
6. Increased to Type 11 if the front yard contains truck loading bays, service areas or outdoor
storage.
7. Increased to Type 11 if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
8. Increased to Type Ill if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
9. Only required along public streets.
10. Increased to 10 feet if adjacent to residential uses or non-TSO zoning.
11. In the MDR and HDR districts and other districts where multifamily development is permitted, a the ... .. ........
,,
community garden may be substituted for some or all of the landscaping. In order to qualify, a C.mm'-nte`d"[Cii;] '#1 a 11. t wl.
partnership with a nonprofit (501 (c)(3)) with community garden expertise is required to provide community gardens substituting for some or all landscapi g.
__ „_n
training, tools and assistance to apartment residents. Partnership with the nonprofit with
gardening expertise is required throughout the life of the garden. If the community garden is
abandoned, the required landscaping must be installed. If the garden is located in the front
landscaping, a minimum of five (5) feet of landscaping must be placed between the garden and
the street.
12. To accommodate the types of uses found in the C/1-1, LI, HI and MIC districts, landscaping may
be clustered to permit truck movements or to accommodate other uses commonly found in {Commented [CL40]: #12 added to provide flexibility for
these districts if the criteria in TMC Section 18.52.070 A.2.c. are met. the location of landscaping i n industrial districts
Page 8 of 23 11 1.0 -16 8.53 PM
W\\Wng Range Noert,\2016 Landscaping Code Update\Draft TMC Chapter 18 52 Advisory Committee Revisions -2
24
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
13. For NCC and RC zoned parcels in the Tukwila International Boulevard District, the front, Commented [et al] Thee language added to be
landscaping may be reduced or eliminated if buildings are brought out to the street edge to form consistent with Comprehensive Plan Policy 8.4.2 for Tukwila
a continuous building wall, and, if a primary entrance from the front sidewalk as well as from International Blvd.
off-street parking areas is provided.
44752-.0230 Landsin-Anin
Commented r - "' '" ' _[_G_ A'4" -2, ]_:' Move t h issection before the table
A. General Standard-siodr- A14 LandsGaping-Types
Gfantlias w4h -utilifies,
b, .La r-ge -acrd - medvam statu-ra tree species are -requ#ed, pw-4he--Tuk_v,4a appfGY-e4_Tr9e
4st; �t--w4eT-941h��,u#-f e-1 plant area
the plaRR8d time leGaIJOR4,9 - at
arIGI shall ash eve-a-
A
4 -fee ---
�F -WheP,444atW,&WhsR
, I . ...... .......... .. f� . . ... . Na
-�-
GG4448,
........ . ......
a. five t9xtL4-r49&4o_-cev4qr-,wW4+n
yard area RE) t needed
�
-44T+eteP4 teh
1_-RdsGape perir:neter,-pr i. he
,&Green- +S y WRIF
p4af*mate #acer:nant-&ha4lbd9
&,_-T4+4,-,-,aff4Gu_r4-4af.-4andeeap+n -er4 J by i 501(t I
between #f9-bu4d*K
g-4R4 the
4h,d6Gaf4ir*j4o -Cireate, a
"MMUM =Ii
1, Tl� purpose 4of Type I landscap4pg I,& to enhance, Tukwila"Is streetscapes, j)-revide a light
-sc --(-,�n par-k+ g -a rea s, j -af4d-alltaw
2, Plant materials shall consist of the following-
a, _-Trefas_- -a -m4 -Gf-4ee4dw44-j& and- evergreen
b.-
G=-GmrW4dGOVeF,
Page 9 of 23 11-10-16 8:53 PM
W:\ \Long Range P,.je,t,\2016 Landscaping Code UpdMe\Draft TMC Chapter 18.52 - Advisory Cornonittee Revisions -2
25
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
C.--1 ype,44 —Modera-WRefifnefer Soreening.
4---'f4w-p6rpoea-4
2- -P4a444
a, Tree .
Qbe-bk# jb_f 67
c,, -Groun, &—evef
4 The pLKp(46,&-of Type-4114anclsGap4nq is
prepeA-y -4nes betwee4i -&u,44 as wa-r*i4c->usrrqj and
a-, Treesc;o4'-) s i &#R-g of at tea &t .5094 eva�- ree44aloog #ie - appIiGatte
atong- p-reperty- 14rie a-djaGent-to -re,&id(4nfiafu&9e}-.
f..',fE
1— Trees sfia.4 be (avenly4-Jistribuled tb-rot4(
g4ot rrray_be
;a, .far >c9sr;ape.is9arads
be a and -a
minimurr) of IGO square feet in area. All landscaped areas rn ust be protected f rorn
damage by vehicles flinfough the use of curbs, -tire stops, or ottier protection
tec1')"ues-;
b, 4-aridscape, islands shal1be placed at theends of each row of parkiRq-tr) protect
parked vehicles from turning movenierits of otlner vef)icles;
stsalf be based--on--the area-ava4table_4444e
landsc ape island onefafge stature evefgfeei4of- 4&ci(Juous tree-or-twe
rr�ediurn &taftirp troes are required for every 100 square feet of landscaped island,
Page 10.f 23 11-10-16 8,53 PM
W,\\tm-ig Range Noject,\2016 Landscaping Cede Upd.te\Draft TMC Chapter 18 52-Advisory Committee Revisions -2
26
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
of k; V-9f, -and
mulchL-F and
14 -public of islands are
Pie park4rig kA4ayc-)-ul_4o_-divJd,- -pa*4ngstaJls_, 44e
at aain+ra� rya -&PGG449 Of ORO for every 4-0-pai* Rq-spase6-.
1= Gr-pa*4v,j-,a-Feas_IoGated behind bH;l4Rg&-Qr-GthGrW;S8 SGFe8RGd#Gff444A4-er
private - streets -or p+dliv spaces .i# IandsGapr� nds are- isi-ands, sba#-49
pJ_a,G94-a"-w_4#Fnui4f-Gf
May be used tG Fneet
4iteo4F- perk ig 14 1 A
— la, --api, ig req44 a - The b i 9 Fete R t i OR
by- a-pirofes_�,iat#a4fed or ce#ifieFJ- iR_l.,ow4FRpact_ -as set f (.4th
iP-TUG Grapier 14,30� .'gin 11-st IBO P"9'teGkA4P/-Gwrbi-g -IF9,49—
4..
g
4: No plant material ter44ari-4-2. ;RGheS
the GHrIb, or ether pFete(.,,I;ve barne, i I A
ve,hio#e areas:
facilities-te prevent plant ruatenal struuE dry auterfrFrkai#es lore
biGFeteRWRiS- used
adJaGiBr)t P ter 4he b;eFeteRt;OR &yGteQ+.
pedestrian paths,
F.-.. eel TfeR964fa-
a. Street tree-spacing in the public fmRtaga &hall be as specified in TMG-&ection
7- 8.52.(760 -B.2: based-on-the, stature size of the _tree -:
c; -- Street trees -in-4he pub4c frontage shall—be-planted using the folkiwing general spacing
standards:
4, -At-feast4iree -arid wie-half -fPa14qaGk-_f-reRi, Vie -face -of-th(:,-Gwb
+i- -At- loss# -tine- #set- trerfia -urrL ground -trt +#its liras:
47 At least seven and- one-half feet from -d-riveways,
v�- At -least -three -feet fr-(,)4-n pad -mounted transformers (except 10fiset +n front
for- ac;es4
Page 11 of 23 11- 10- 168:53 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects\2016 Landscaping Code Lmdate\Drafit TMC Chapter 18,52- Advisory Committee Revisions-2
27
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
vi, At.. 4rof r+,friff--hydraMs- a
,d-,474*ng- a44d_.4cj4t4irq_ptans &4a4 bro c0er�Jiriated-EK44hat_ #ees- are-
4-J444Fe-GGRfkGtjS.',W44-) rRature -t rees, and 4a4i4sGap4-4g-.-
9fate Carl ba-r4rW-)VGd iRoref4,4(4nta4ly-as-#444 tree ma-turos a;464-414)e desigf-1944()
of trash,
-AL4A -S444da Ge
-sidewalks iee TMC, 1 f3v&P-:07GA-4 -"1%44 P-reparation-arKi
Rta;*nglf 4or &ta4s,4444 -&oil- reqw4rernefits- ...Rot -c-;url-4
,37
-a-Rd fwwwal -and
Besf-Man-agemeril -adopted-by cA
rT afwe-�,tan- dla-rds.
Artmjcultu+49 RMP--
ii, Streettrees .441--be rnajfltajr)ed-jT)--a rna4inef that does-not rmpede-publiG
-spF +Ga#o+4& *4 #4c--
a-)
b) 43 feel of ckieafai4Ge-above- pub4c, IGGa4 streets;
G4-. feet GkK4;aw4,-ab4<w -e-p4bk,-Ge4&Gte-r 61, .-a,r4d,
cf) 14-feet-of -s€earancp above- pub46--arteriat-4,reets,
Stfeet-free"
shatl be -fpa4r4a4�ed &o- as -f"4(A -tree -as
defined in TMO Se-e-tion 18;06XXX
appropriate 4(-)i,4r+e f-Aan44ng-ePvjrGn-mei-A arid-meet-the
a. Trees small be consisteat with prpv4ou s#y- approved median tree-plans given space
constraints for rools and - brand es at maturity.
b, shall 6tywjde-aPd4easeriat*-,,
fe,sistan% to, pests -,a+id diseases.,-,
c, Goiumnw tees -_rnayhe_ plantrnge -to avoid 4,x)+# lj<-As. w4h
vehi 4es, arid uti# fies.
Page 12 of 23 11 -10- 168:53 PM
W \\Long Range PrDjects\2016 I andscaping Code Update\D,aft TMC Chapter 18.52-Advisory Committee. Revisions 2
W.
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
� .....�trf�tu� -soi 4�; s�+ aft- be-- +��;ed- to-- ays+d --tkie -ne6d - f{ar -- root - k�arr+e� - mod-- to- �r�s�+re -tf}e
&Uccess. of- the -- m4ad +an pla +*figs
_ -Ansi ,e +rnmvcth 7 +-hS -f" E{, 44e, same me4aR ante
��g�tr�' �i�ta-- c+xis#......Repfa�ea�r�# -tr- c=ep;- U-- be --rrf- the �;arr�atat�+rf�- er- t�r�atr�r
18.52.040 Screening and Visibility
A. Screening
Screening of outdoor storage, mechanical equipment and garbage storage areas and
fences:
a. Outdoor storage shall be screened from abutting public and private streets and from
adjacent properties. Such screens shall be a minimum of eight feet high and not less
than 60% of the height of the material stored. The screens shall be specified on the
plot plan and approved by the Community Development Director. In the MDR and
HDR zones, outdoor storage shall be fully screened from all public roadways and
adjacent parcels with a high obscuring structure equal in height to the stored objects
and with a solid screen of exterior landscaping.
b. Ground level mechanical equipment and garbage storage areas shall be screened
with evergreen plant materials and /or fences or masonry wvalls.
c. Fences. All fences shall be placed on the interior side of any required perimeter
landscaping.
A mix of evergreen trees and evergreen shrubs shall be used to screen blank walls.
Evergreen shrubs and evergreen trees shall be used for screening along rear property
lines, around solid waste /recycling areas, utility cabinets and mechanical equipment, and
to obscure grillwork and fencing associated with subsurface parking garages. Evergreen
shrubs and trees shall be pruned so that 18- inches visibility at the base is ,'maintained.
B. Visibility
1. Design of new landscaping and maintenance of existing landscaping shall consider
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principals and visibility for
safety and views. Appropriate plant species shall be specified to avoid the need for
excessive maintenance pruning.
2. Landscaping shall not obstruct views from or into building windows, the driveway,
sidewalk or street. Landscape design shall allow for surveillance from streets and
buildings and avoid creating areas that might harbor criminal activity.
3. Landscaping at crosswalks and other locations where vehicles and pedestrians intersect
must not block pedestrians' and drivers' views.
Page 13 of 23 11 -10 -16 8:53 PM
W:\ \Long Range Proiects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC Chapter 18.52 - Advisory Committee Revisions -2
Commented [AC43] Taken directly from current code
TMC 18 52 040 E
Commented [CL44] 18.52 040 f
Commented [CL45] 18 52 040 G
Commented [CL46J 18.51030 030 D 2 and 18 .21. 040 8..1 a
Commented [CL47] Last sentence is from Crime W
Prevention Through Environmental Design guidance.
Commented [CL481i Visibility subsection is from
18.28.240 B.2. TheCPTED. portion related to pruning of
plant material has been moved to its own subsection under
TMC 18.52.080 below.
W J
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
4. In general, deciduous trees with open branching structures are recommended to ensure
visibility m retail establishments. More substantial shade trees or evergreens are
recommended in front of private residences.
18-52'50 Significant Tree Retention
A. All significant trees located within any required landscape area that are not dead, dying,
diseased, nro nuisance species, as identified in the Tukwila Tree List, and that
do not pose e safety hazard, o determined bythe
City oran |SA certified admhst. shall be retained and protected during construction with
temporary fencing or other enclosure, as appropriate to the site and following Best
Management Practices for tree protection (See TIVIC Chapter 18.54.)
B. Retained significant trees may b* counted towards required landscapinj. For each two
_
percent of effective canopy cover provided by preserved trees incorporated into a
development plan, a two percent reduction in the minimum landscape requirement may
be granted. No more than 20%ofthe minimum landscape requirement may be reduced
for any one development. Approval io required per TMC Section 1852.10O.
C. The area designated for protection will vary based un the tree's diameter, species, age,
and the characteristics of the planted area and utilize Best Management Practices for
Protection (See TMC Chapter 18.54). Property owners may be required tu furnish m
report by an ISA certified arborist to document a tree's condition if a tree is to be retained.
The Director may require that an |8A certified admhmbo retained to supervise tree
protection during construction. Grade changes around existing trees within the critical
root zone are not allowed.
18.52l60 Plant Material Requirements and Tree Standards
A. Plant Material Requirements
Commented [CL49]: A. Is a mix of TIVIC 18.52.030 Ci� 10
-
Commented [AC51]: Revisions to TIVIC 18.54, the City's
tree regulations, will propose tree prote
Commented [CL52]: From Tigard Municipal Code —
18.790.050 C.4, — modified to allow 2% reduction in
required landscaping rather than Tigard's 1% reduction
[CL53]: Portion of C. fr on
Commented [CL54): Last sentence revised by Advisory
Plants shall meet the American Standard for Nursery Plant Stock (American Nursery and
Landscape Associations-ANLA) (ANSI Z60.1) as it now reads and as hereafter amended,
and shall bo healthy, vigorous and wmU-fonned. with wmU-dowu|opad. fibrous root
systems, fme(mm dead branches orroots. Plants shall befn*efmm damage caused by
temperature extremes, pre-planting or on-site storage, lack of or excess moisture,
insects, disease, and mechanical injury. Plants in leaf shall bo well foliated and u(good
color. Plants shall be habituated to outdoor environmental conditions (i.e. hardened-cif 18 51030 DA.
2. Evergreen trees shall be a minimum of 6 feet in height at time of plantind.
3. Deciduous trees shall have m least a two inch caliper at time of planting ao measured 4.5ft.
from the ground, determined according to the American Standard for Nursery Stock as it
now reads and ao hereafter amended.
Page w*23 um,uonw
wxLong Range Projects\2016 Land—ping Code "pd ate\Draft TIVIC Chapter 18,52-Advisory Committee Revisions e
Commented [CLS61:18.52.030 D.6.
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
4. Shrubs shall be at least 18 inches in height, and full and bushy at time of 'Planting;.
New plant materials shall include native species or non - native species with lower water
requirements and that are adapted to the climatic conditions of the Puget Sound Region
There must be a diversity of tree and shrub genus and species in the site landscaping,
taking into account species in existing development around the site.
a. If there are more than eight required trees, no more than 40 percent may be of one
species.
b. If there are more than 24 required trees, no more than 20 percent may be of one
species.
c. If there are more than 25 required shrubs, no more than 50 percent may be of one
species.
6. Any species that is listed on the State or King County noxious weed lists or otherwise
known to be a nuisance or invasive shall not be planted.
t mented [AC57] Consistent with TMC 18 28 and
nt TMC 18.52 standards
Commented [AC58] Revised based on Committee
4 guidance to remove reference to drought tolerant plants.
Commented [CL59] Items 5 a c are from the City of
Portland's landscaping code
Commented [CL60] 18 52 030 13 9
7. Plant materials shall be selected that reinforce the landscape design concept, and are
appropriate to their location in terms of hardiness, cultural requirements, tolerance to Commented [CL61] TMC 18 2s 2ao sa d
urban conditions, maintenance needs and growth characteristics. --- ...._. __ .. ____ . . ___ .......
8. The classification of plant material as trees, shrubs and evergreens shall be as listed in
the Hortus Third, A Concise Dictionary of Plants Cultivated in the U.S. and Canada, as it
now reads and as hereafter amended. Commented [CL62] TMC is sz aso 011
9. Plant material requirements for bioretention facilities shall be in accordance with the
City's Bioretention Plant Lis unless a roved b fltklr[%e"rta
10. Non - developed site areas, such as utility easements, shall be landscaped and /or treated
with dust -a444- erosion control planting or surfacing such as evergreens, groundcover,
shrubs, trees, sod or a combination of similar materials. In areas with overhead utility
t lines, no shrubs or trees shall be allowed that could mature -over 20 feet -feet
in heirghtat- f4a4i4ty w . Trees should not be planted within 10 feet of
underground utilities, such as power, water, sewer or storm drainage pipes.
B.
Tree species shall be appropriate for the planting environment as determined by the
Department Director in consultation with the City environmentalist and seek to achieve a
balance of the following: Commented [CL67] From City of Tigard, Oregon urban
a. Consistency with approved Tree List or Bioretention Plant List. LForestry Manual
b. Compatibility with space constraints for roots and branches at maturity.
c. Adequate species diversity citywide and reasonable resistance to pests and diseases.
2. Trees shall be provided adequate spacing from new and existing trees according to the
following standards wherever Possible:
Page 15 of 23 11- 10- 168:S3 PM
W -A \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code UpdateADraft TMC Chapter 18.52 - Advisory Committee Revisions -2
Commented [CL68] From Tigard Urban Forestry Manual
31
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
a. Trees categorized as small stature on the tree list shall be spaced no greater than 20
feet on center and not closer than 15 feet on center from other newly planted or
existing trees
b. Trees categorized as medium stature on the tree list shall be spaced no greater than
30 feet on center and not closer than 20 on center from other newly planted or any
existing trees.
c. Trees categorized as large stature on the tree list shall be spaced no greater than 40
feet on center and not closer than 30 feet on center from other newly planted or
existing trees.
d. Any tree determined to have a mature spread of less than 20 feet (a columnar or
fastigiate variety) is discouraged except under specific conditions and shall be
considered a small stature tree and spaced accordingly.
3. Trees shall be placed according to the following standards:
a. Small stature trees shall be planted with the center of their trunks a minimum of two
feet from any hard surface paving.
b. Medium stature trees shall be planted with the center of their trunks a minimum of 2.5
feet from any hard surface paving;
c. Large stature trees shall be planted with the center of their trunks a minimum of 3 feet
from any hard surface paving;
d. Trees shall generally be planted a minimum of:
i. Four feet on center from any fire hydrant, above - ground utility or utility pole;
ii. Two feet on center from any underground utility;
iii. Five feet on center from a street light standard;
iv. Twenty feet from a street intersection; however, a greater or lesser corner
setback may be required based on an analysis of traffic and pedestrian safety
impacts.
V. 5 — 10 feet from building foundations depending on species.
4. Where there are overhead utility lines, the tree species selected shall be of a type which,
at full maturity, will not interfere with the lines, or require pruning to maintain nec;essary
clearances height;
5. Root barriers may be installed according to the manufacture's specifications when a tree
is planted within 5 feet of any hard surface paving or utility feature and in areas where
structural soil is not required, subject to approval by the Department Director in
consultation with the City's environmentalist.
6. Low water usage in order to minimize future irrigation
q q p g ite conditions within the required landscape areas ensure
e species are
re ulrements, exce t where s
adequate moisture for rowth'.
7. Shade trees should be planted to shade buildings' east and west - facing windows to
provide a balance between summer cooling and winter heating through solar gain.
Page 16 of 23
W:A \Long flange Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC Chapter 18.52 - Advisory Comrnittee Revisions -2
32
11 -10- 168'.53 PM
Commented [CL69] Tigard Urban Forestry Manual Fig.?
74
...
Commented [ Forestry Sentence up to this point from p
Tigard Urban ForestCY Manual'pg, 2-2, #8
Commented [AC71]: ..... Highlighted wording and deletion of
"height" at suggestion of PSE
"Commented [CL72] #5 a blend of language from Tigard
Urban Forestry Manual pg. 2-2, G and staff language
Commented [CL73] The Advisory Committee substituted
the phrase low water usage for the phrase Drought
tolerant
Commented [CL74] Items #6 from 18 28.240 C.1. a.
"Commented [CL75] From 18 28 240 C 2 a.
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
18.52.70 Soil Preparation, Planting and Irrigation
A. Soil Preparation and Planting
For landscaping in sidewalks and parking lots, or in limited areas of soil volume,
structural soils (Cornell University product or similar) must be used to a preferred depth of
36 inches, to promote tree root growth and provide structural support to the paved area.
Minimum soil volumes for tree roots shall be 750 cubic feet per tree (see specifications
and sample plans for CU- Structural Soils). Trees and other landscape materials shall be
planted according to specifications in "CU Structural Soils — A Comprehensive Guide ", as
it now reads and as hereafter amended, or using current BMPs as approved by the
Director. Suspended pavement systems (Silva Cells or similar) may also be used if
approved by the Director.
2. For soil preparation in bioretention areas, existing soils must be protected from compaction.
Bioretention soil media must be prepared in accordance with standard specifications of the
Surface Water Design Manual, adopted in accordance with TMC Chapter 14.301 to
promote a proper functioning bioretention system. These specifications shall be adhered
to regardless of whether a stormwater permit is required from the City.
3. For all other plantings, (such as large planting areas where soil volumes are adequate for
healthy root growth) soils must be prepared for planting in accordance with BMP T5.13,
"Post Construction Soil Quality and Depth," from the Washington Department of Ecology
Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (as it now reads and as
hereafter amended), regardless of whether a stormwater permit is required by the City.
g
Commented [CL76] 18 28 240 B 3
Commented [CL77] Language is mix of TUC landscaping
chapter and new text developed by staff. `
Commented [AC78]: Added 2. to acknowledge soils used
for bioretention facilities are different from those used for
other planting areas. Reference to TMC 14.30 at request of
Public Works staff.
Commented [CL79] 18 28 240 8.3.b.
4. The applicant will be required to schedule an inspection by the City of the planting areas
re ed to a depth n u least 12 'tnches,erly prepared. Soil must be amended, tilled and
prior peppe planting o a d pt ensure soils are prop commented [CL80] 4 from 18 28 24a B 3 c
5. Installation of landscape plants must comply with BMPs mented [CLai] s from 18 2B 240 a 3 d
a. Planting holes that are the same depth as the size of the root ball and two - three times
wider than the root ball.
b. Root balls of potted and balled and burlapped (B &B) plants must be loosened and
pruned as necessary to ensure there are no encircling roots prior to planting. All burlap
and all straps or wire baskets must be removed from B &B plants prior to planting.
c. The top of the root flare, where the roots and the trunk begin, should be placed at
grade. The root ball shall not extend above the soil surface or the flare be covered by
soil or mulch.
d. If using mulch around trees and shrubs, maintain at least a six -inch mulch -free ring
around the base of the tree trunks and woody stems of shrubs. If using mulch around
groundcovers until they become established, mulch shall not be placed over the
crowns of perennial plants.
Page 17 of 23 11 -10 -16 8'.53 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC Chapter 18.52- Advisory Committee Revisions -2
33
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
B.
1. The intent of this standard is to ensure that plants will survive the critical establishment
period when they are most vulnerable due m lack cf watering and m ensure their long
term viability.
2. All required plantings must bo served bya permanent automatic irrigation uyomm, un|000
approved by the Director.
1— Irrigation shall be designed to conserve water by using the best practical management
techniques available
rihitrafion and . These techniques may include, but not be limited to: drip
irrigation (where appropriate) tn minimize evaporation |neo, moisture sensors m
prevent irrigation during rainy periods, automatic controllers to ensure proper duration
of watering, sprinkler head selection and spacing designed to minimize overspray,
and separate zones for turf and other landscaping and for full sun exposure and
shady areas m meet watering needs of different sections of the landscape.
a1.1,,.___Exceptions to the irrigation requirement may be approved by the Director, such as
xeriscaping (i.e., low water usage plantings), plantings approved for low impact
development techniques, established indigenous plant material, or landscapes where
natural appearance is acceptable or desirable to the City. However, those exceptions
will require temporary irrigation until established.
3. All temporary irrigation must be removed at the end of the three-year plant establishment
period.
18'52.080 Maintenance and Pruning.
A. Any landscaping required by this chapter shall be retained and maintained bythe
property owner for the life nf the development in conformance with the intent ofthe
approved landscape plan and this chapter. Maintenance shall also include keeping all
planting areas free cd weeds and trash and replacing any unhealthy n, dead plant
materials.
B. Green roofs or rooftop gardens shall be maintained to industry standards and any dead
be_low is new text added by the Advisory Committee.
or dying plant material !repbued
Committee discussion 10/4/16.
C. Pruning of trees and �hrubsio only allowed for the health of the plant material, m
ornmented [CL86]: Added by Advisory Committee.
maintain sight distances or sight lines, or if interfering with overhead utilities. All pruning
must be done in accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A-300
specifications, asi| now reads and aa hereafter amended.
D. No tree planted bya property owner or the City to fulfill landscape uirements!.u[any _
1(18.52050
existing tree, may be topped m removed without prior approval from the City. Any tree
B.) and new text,
topped or removed without approval shall be subject to code enforcement action per
TMC Chapter O.45in addition to the requirements o(TMC Section 18.52.1OO.B.
Page mofa 11 ^0-168 S3 ,w
W\\L.ng Range Pr.jert,\2016 L-d—ping Code Updato\Draft TMC Chapter 18,S2-Advismy Committee Revisions-2
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
E. Private property owners shall collect and properly', dispose of all landscaping debris. Commented [cL89]: New 'text toaadre.ssproblemof
Private property landscaping debris shall not be placed or blown into the public right of private property owners blowing debris into City ROW for
way for City collection. Violations will be subject to code enforcement action per TMC City collection.
Chapter 8.45.
Trees along the street frontages, as they mature, shall be limbed up, using proper ISA
pruning techniques, to a minimum height'jof 8 -18 feet depending on location of tree (over
sidewalk, adjacent to road etc.) to allow adequate visibility and clearance for vehicles.
Trees may be pruned to improve views of signage and entryways by using such
techniques as windowing, thinning, and limbing up; however, no more than 1/4 of the
canopy may be removed within any 2 -year period. All pruning shall be done in
accordance with ANSI Standard A -300 specifications, as it now reads and as hereafter
amended.
G. Trees may only be pruned to lower their height to prevent interference with an overhead
utility line with prior approval by the Director. The pruning must be carried out under the
direction of-by a certified arborist. The crown shall be maintained to at least 2/3 the
height of the tree prior to pruning. Otherwise, trees shall not be topped.
18.52.090 Landscape Plan Requirements
A. Landscape plan design shall take into consideration the mature size of proposed
landscape materials to minimize the future need for pruning (i.e. placement such that
mature trees and shrubs will not cause problems for foundations, obscure signage, grow
too close to overhead or underground utility lines; obstruct views of traffic, etc.).
B. A Washington State licensed landscape architect or other accredited landscape design
professional shall prepare the landscape plans in accordance with the standards herein.
Detailed plans for landscaping and screening shall be submitted with plans for building
and site improvements. The plans shall, at a minimum, include the type, quantity, spacing
and location of plants and materials; typical planting details; soil amendment/installation;
tree protection details as applicable; and the location of irrigation systems and significant
trees within 20 feet of the property line on adjacent properties. Underground and at-
ground utilities shall be shown on the plans so that planting conflicts are avoided. A
detailed list of items to be included on the landscape plan is available in the Landscape
Plan handout, available on -line or at the DCD offices.
Commented [CL90] p and G. are from the CPTED
guidance in 18 28.240 B 2
Commented [CL91]: Revised from 18,28.240 B.2, based
on input from Public Works staff.
Commented [AC92] New language and stricken word at
Suggestion of PSE
Commented [AC93]: Added at the request of pS
Commented [CL94] New text to address frequent,
reasons given for requests to remove mature landscaping
on a project site
Commented [CL95] All but last sentence in B is from
&52.050 A New handout will be prepared with list of
items that must be included on landscape plan.,.,
C. Installation of the landscaping and screening shall be completed and a Landscaping
Declaration submitted by the owner or owner's agent prior to issuance of the Certificate Commented [CL96]. Most of c from 18.2e 240 as.
of Occupancy. Any plant substitutions shall be noted on the Declaration. If necessary, Underlined text new to reflect current requirement when
due to weather conditions or construction scheduling, the installation may be postponed Landscaping Affidavit is completed& provided to City.
to the next planting season (October - April) if approved by the Director and stated on the -- - - - -- -- - - - -- - -
building permit. A performance assurance device equal to 150% of the cost of the labor
and materials must be provided to the City before the deferral is approved.
Page 19 of 23 11 -10 16 8:53 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC Chapter 18.52- Advisory Committee Revisions -2
35
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
18.52.100 Procedures
..rr
A. Landscape Modifications commented [CL97] This section identifies what types of
p modifications will be considered, the process for reviewing
1. The following modifications to the requirements of this chapter may be considered either and establishes review criteria
as a Type 2, Special Permission Director decision, or through design review if the project
is subject to that process.
a. Modifications to the requirements of Type I, II, or III landscaping, including but not
limited to the use of the landscape area for pedestrian and transit facilities, landscape
planters, rooftop gardens or green roofs, terraced planters or green walls; or,
revisions to existing landscaping;
b. Clustering and /or averaging of required landscaping. The landscape perimeter may
be clustered if the total required square footage is achieved, unless the landscaping
requirement has been increased due to proximity to LDR, MDR or HDR. In addition,
up to 50% of the perimeter landscaping may be relocated to the interior parking to
provide more flexibility for site organization.
c. Substitution of bioretention facility for required landscaping for Type I or II
landscaping. Landscaping in a bioretention facility which includes trees, shrubs and
groundcover may be counted up to 100% towards required landscaping depending on
the location, type of bioretention facility'proposed and proposed use.
d. Credit for retained significant trees towards landscaping requirement.
2. The following criteria apply to requests to modify required landscaping. Modifications
to landscaping requirements may be approved only if the following criteria are met:
a. The modification or revision does not reduce the landscaping to the point that
activities on the site become a nuisance to neighbors; and
b. The modification or revision does not diminish the quality of the site landscape as
a whole; and
c. One or more of the following apply:
i. The modification or revision more effectively screens parking areas and
blank building walls; or
ii. The modification or revision enables significant trees or existing built
features to be retained; or
iii. The modification or revision is used to reduce the number of driveways and
curb cuts and allow joint use of parking facilities between neighboring
businesses.
3. Revisions to existing landscaping may be approved only if the following criteria are met:
a. The modification or revision does not reduce the landscaping to the point that
activities on the site become a nuisance to neighbors; and
b. The modification or revision does not diminish the quality of the site landscape as
a whole; and either
Page 20 of 23 11 -10 -16 8:53 PM
W:\ \Long flange Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC Chapter 18.52 - Advisory Committee Revisions -2
36
Commented,[CL98] 18 52 020 B. . p
Commented [CL99]. New language to address issues the
Advisory Committee discussed regarding the different
configurations of bioretention facilities, some of which
wouldn't really look like a landscaped area.
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
c. Proposed vegetation removal, replacement, and any mitigation measures
proposed are consistent with the purpose and intent given in this chapter; or
d. The granting of an exception or standard reduction will not be detrimental to the
public health, safety or welfare or injurious to other property in the vicinity; and
In addition, if trees are removed due to conflicts with utilities, these trees shall be
replaced based on the tree replacement table found in TMC Chapter 18.52.106,.
4. Clustering or perimeter averaging of landscaping may be considered if:
a.. It does not diminish the quality of the site landscape as a whole; and
b. It does not create a nuisance to adjacent properties; and
c. If adjacent to residential development, the impacts from clustering must be minimized;
and
d. One or more of the following criteria must be met:
i. Clustering or perimeter averaging of plant material allows more effective use of the
industrial property; or
ii. Clustering or perimeter averaging of landscaping enables significant trees to be
retained; or
iii. Clustering or perimeter averaging is used to reduce the number of driveways and
curb cuts and allow joint use of parking facilities between neighboring businesses;
or
iv. Clustering or perimeter averaging avoids future conflicts with signage.
5. Landscaping in a bioretention facility, which includes trees, shrubs, and groundcovers as
identified on the City's approved Bioretention Vegetation list and as regulated in TMC
Chapter 14.30, may be counted up to 100% towards required Type I or Type II
landscaping. Bioretention facilities shall not be counted towards required Type III
landscaping. All of the following criteria must be met:
a. The bioretention facility has been designed by a professional trained or certified in
Low Impact Development techniques; and
b. The landscaping meets the screening requirements of the specified landscape type;
and
c. Public safety concerns have been addressed; and
d. The number of trees required by the landscape type are provided.
6. Credit for retained significant trees may be counted towards required landscaping if the
following criteria are met:
a. Assessment of trees by an ISA Certified Arborist as to tree health, value of the trees
and the likelihood of survivability during and after construction is provided; and
b. Retention of tree(s) supports the Tukwila Comprehensive Plan urban tree canopy
goals and policies; and
Page 21 of 23 11 -10 -16 8:53 PM
W:\ \Long Range Project5\2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC. Chapter 18.52- Advisory Committee Revisions -2
Commented [Ct100] PSE suggested language revised by
staff.
37
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
c A financial assurance is posted based un506of the value of the retained treo(s)m
ensure tree replacement should the retained trees be damaged nr die aaa result of
construction impacts, The financial assurance shall be retained for three years.
The value of the significant tree(s) to be retained, as determined by an ISA Certified
Arborist, shall be posted on the tree prior to site preparation and retained throughout the
construction of the ' n4enx
Commented [CL101]: This provision added by Advisory
B. Violations
Commented [CL102]: New subsection that identifies
what is a violation of the landscaping code
t Violations: The following actions shall b* considered o violation cf this chapter:
penalties and the required remedial meast
a. Any removal or damage ni landscaping that ia required by this Chapter;
b. Topping or excessive pruning of trees or shrubs, except as explicitly allowed by this
chapter.
o. Failure m replace dead landscaping �materials
2. Penalties: |n addition m any other penalties or other enforcement actions, any person
Commented [CL104]: From Federal Way Tree Code, FMC
who fails to comply with the provisions of this chapter also shall be subject to a civil
penalty ras acAiodhbelow. Eachun|ovmu||y
Commented [CL105]: Added by the Planning Commission
removed or damaged tree shall constitute a separate violation.
at their meeting on 11/10/16. After further consideration,
staff suggests going back to the language as previously
a. The amount of the penalty shall be assessed based on the table below. The Director
may elect not to seek penalties or may reduce the penalties if he or she determines
that the circumstances do not warrant imposition of any or all of the civil penalties.
b. Penalties are in addition to the restoration of removed plant materials through the
remedial measures listed below.
o. h shall not bea defense m the prosecution for a failure m obtain a permit required by
this chapter that a contractor, subcontractor, person with responsibility on the site or
person authorizing or directing the work erroneously believe a permit had been issued
tn the property owner or any other person.
Type of Violation Allowable Fines per Violation
Commented [CL106]: From Federal Way Tree Code; City
of Kirkland has similar monetary penalties.
Removal or damage of trees or specimen $1,000 per tree, or up to the marketable value
"or specimen shrubs" added by Advisory Committee.
shrubs without applying for and obtaining of each tree removed or damaged as
3. Remedial Measures: |n addition m the penalties provided above, the Director shall
require any person conducting work in violation of this chapter to mitigate the impacts of
unauthorized work by carrying out remedial measures.
a. Any illegal removal of required trees shall be subject to obtaining a tree permit and
replacement with trees that meet or exceed the functional value of the removed trees.
|n addition, any shrubs and gmundcov*r removed without city approval shall be
replaced; and
page u*a om«*nnw
W w�w���mu���v��TMC, Chapter 18 Committee Revisions-2
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
b. To replace the tree canopy lost due to the tree removal, additional trees must be
planted on -site. Payment may be made into the City's Tree Fund if the number of
replacement trees cannot be accommodated on -site. The number of replacement
trees required will be based on the size of the tree(s) removed as follows:
Tree Re lacement Requirements
Diameter' of Tree Removed
('measured at height of 4.5 feet from
the round
Number of Replacement Trees !,Required,
4 -6 inches (single trunk)
2 inches (any trunk of a multi -trunk tree
3
Over 6 -8 inches
4
Over 8 -20 inches
6
Over 20 inches
8
Commented [CL307]: The current landscaping code does
not provide specific penalties for the removal of required
trees. This chart mirrors the tree replacement ratios
required in the shoreline regulations. Requiring
replacement trees is a way to replace lost tree canopy due
to tree removal without a permit.
4. Enforcement: It shall be the duty of the Community Development Director to enforce
this
allowed by lawrsuant to the terms and conditions of TMC Chapter 8.45 or as otherwise Commented [CL108] items g45 are taken from the
City's Sensitive Area regulations, TMC 1845.
5. Inspection Access
a. For the purposes of inspection for compliance with the provisions of a permit or this
chapter, authorized representatives of the Community Development Director may
enter all sites for which a permit has been issued.
b. Upon completion of all requirements of a permit, the applicant shall request a final
inspection by contacting the planner of record. The permit process is complete upon
final approval by an authorized representative of the Community Development
Director.
Page 23 of 23 11 -10 -16 8:53 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC Chapter 18.52 - Advisory Committee Revisions -2
W
.m
Attachment C
� 4•
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, ADDING A NEW DEFINITION
RELATED TO TREES TO BE CODIFIED IN TUKWILA
MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 18.06; AMENDING VARIOUS
ORDINANCES AS CODIFIED IN CHAPTER 18.52 OF THE
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE TO RECODIFY VARIOUS
SECTIONS AND TO ESTABLISH NEW LANDSCAPE
REQUIREMENTS; REPEALING VARIOUS ORDINANCE
SECTIONS TO ELIMINATE EXISTING TUKWILA MUNICIPAL
CODE SECTIONS 18.52.035 AND 18.52.040; PROVIDING FOR
SEVERABILITY; AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, Tukwila's current landscaping standards were adopted in 1999, with
minor amendments since that time; and
WHEREAS, new Comprehensive Plan goals and policies establish tree canopy goals
for all zoning districts; and
WHEREAS, the Comprehensive Plan recognizes trees for their benefits to the
environment, urban infrastructure and their aesthetic value; and
WHEREAS, Tukwila's streetscapes and landscaped areas should be sustainable and
attractive and its urban forest healthy, diverse and safe; and
WHEREAS, the Comprehensive Plan directs that new landscape standards be
developed to require diversity of tree species in landscape plantings and consideration of
species already present in the vicinity; and
WHEREAS, the Comprehensive Plan requires the establishment of minimum
standards and specifications to ensure long -term tree health for street trees and required
landscape trees including minimum soil volume, soil quality, plant quality, planting
techniques, irrigation, mulching, and tree pruning; and
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 1 of 28
FIN
WHEREAS, the Comprehensive Plan directs that flexibility be included in the
landscape code to promote increased tree planting and reward the preservation of existing
healthy trees; and
WHEREAS, the Comprehensive Plan directs that opportunities be identified to
increase tree canopy in parking lot landscaping; and
WHEREAS, the Comprehensive Plan requires that criteria be established for
professional assessment and corrective actions by property owners who damage code -
required landscaping, street trees, or other required trees by topping, poor pruning
practices or root disturbance; and
WHEREAS, it is important that required replacement trees at maturity have equivalent
or larger canopies than the removed trees, except where existing or future infrastructure
and /or public or private utilities impede the planting of large trees; and
WHEREAS, where required trees cannot be accommodated on -site, procedures for
off -site planting of replacement trees or payment into a dedicated tree replacement fund
should be established; and
WHEREAS, increasing the amount of tree canopy throughout the City supports the
low impact development goals of the Comprehensive Plan and the City's National
Pollution Discharge Elimination System permit; and
WHEREAS, the Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee, composed of
citizens, business representatives, environmental professionals and City officials, met in
September and October 2016 to review and provide guidance on landscaping regulations,
which were forwarded to the Tukwila Planning Commission for review; and
WHEREAS, on November 10, 2016, the Tukwila Planning Commission, following
adequate public notice, held a public hearing to receive testimony concerning amending
the Tukwila Municipal Code and at that meeting adopted a motion recommending the
proposed changes; and
WHEREAS, on November 15, 2016, the City's State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA)
Responsible Official issued a Determination of Non - Significance on the proposed
amendments; and
WHEREAS, in accordance with RCW 36.70A.106 and WAC 365- 196 -630, a notice of
intent to adopt the proposed revised development regulations was sent to the State of
Washington Department of Commerce and to other state agencies to allow for a review
and comment period, which comment period ended prior to adoption of this ordinance; and
WHEREAS, the Tukwila City Council, following adequate public notice, held a public
hearing on February 27, 2017, to receive testimony concerning the recommendations of
the Planning Commission;
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 2 of 28
42
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA,
WASHINGTON, HEREBY ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. TMC Section Adopted. A new section is hereby added to TMC
Chapter 18.06, "Definitions," as follows:
Defective Tree
"Defective Tree" means a tree that meets all of the following criteria:
1. A tree with a combination of structural defects and /or disease that makes it
subject to a high probability of failure; and
2. A tree in proximity to moderate to high frequency targets (persons or
property that can be damaged by tree failure); and
3. The hazard condition of the tree cannot be lessened with reasonable and
proper arboricultural practices nor can the target be removed.
Section 2. TMC Chapter 18.06, "Definitions," Amended. Ordinance No. 1758 §1 (part),
as codified in TMC Chapter 18.06, "Definitions," under the subparagraph entitled "Hazardous
Tree," is hereby amended to read as follows:
Hazardous Tree
disease, or whiGh impedes safe Vi6iGR or traffiG flGW, E)F othe i Rtly poses a
threat to Iffife eF ..
Section 3. Chapter Title. Ordinance No. 1872 §14 (part), as codified at Tukwila
Municipal Code (TMC) Chapter 18.52, is hereby amended to retitle the chapter as
follows:
CHAPTER 18.52
LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS
Sections:
18.52.010 Purpose
18.52.020 Landscaping Types
18.52.030 Perimeter and Parking Lot Landscaping Requirements by Zone
District
18.52.040 Screening and Visibility
18.52.050 Significant Tree Retention
18.52.060 Plant Material Requirements and Tree Standards
18.52.070 Soil Preparation, Planting and Irrigation
18.52.080 Maintenance and Pruning
18.52.090 Landscape Plan Requirements
18.52.100 Request for Landscape Modifications
18.52.110 Violations
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs
Page 3 of 28
FIN
Section 4. Repealer. Ordinance Nos. 2442 §2, 2251 §63, 2235 §14 and 1872 §14 (part),
as codified at TMC Section 18.52.035, are hereby repealed.
.' M-1
■.
Emil
.�
it
.�
00 square feet.
.0
W: Word Processing\Ordinances\Landscaping Code update-TMC 18.52 strike-thru 12-1-16
'.•- 4 of
ii
3r. - - - - -
Pon" .10TIAP.M7.11,121
tn
Section 5. Repealer. Ordinance Nos. 2251 §64 and 1872 §14 (part), as codified
at TMC Section 18.52.040, are hereby repealed.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 5 of 28
45
dome-
-
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 5 of 28
45
Section 6. TMC 18.52.010 Amended. Ordinance No. 1872 §14 (part), as codified
at TMC Section 18.52.010, "Purpose," is hereby amended to read as follows:
18.52.010 Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to establish minimum requirements for landscaping to_
• Implement the Urban Forestry Comprehensive Plan goals and policies by
increasing tree canopy throughout the City to improve air quality; promote the
health of residents, visitors and employees; and reduce heat islands and
stormwater flows.
• Support the low impact development -goals of the Comprehensive Plan and the
City's National Pollution Discharge Elimination System permit.
• Promote safety.
• Provide screening between incompatible land uses.
Mitigate the adverse effects of development on the environment.
Improve the visual environment for both residents and nonresidents; alike.
Regulate the protection of existing landscaping.
Establish requirements for the long -term maintenance of required landscaping.
Establish procedures for modifying landscaping requirements and penalties for
violations of the landscaping code.
Section 7. TMC 18.52.030 Amended and Recodified to TMC 18.52.020.
Ordinance Nos. 2251 §62 and Ord. 1872 §14 (part), as codified at TMC Section
18.52.030, "Perimeter Landscape Types," are hereby amended to recodify this section as
TMC Section 18.52.020, which shall read as follows:
18.52.020 PeFimeter Landscaping Types
A. General Standards for All Landscaping Types.
1. Trees.
a. Trees shall be spaced based on the stature tree selected (small,
medium or larae stature of tree). excludina curb cuts and spaced reqularly, except
where there are conflicts with utilities.
b. Larae and medium stature tree species are reauired, per the Tukwila
Approved Tree List, except where there is insufficient planting area (due to proximity to
a building street light, above or below ground utility, etc.) or the planned tree location
does not permit this size tree at maturity.
2. Shrubs. Shrubs shall be spaced based on the mature size of the plant
material selected and shall achieve a continuous vertical layer within 3 years. The
shrubs will arovide 4 feet clearance when mature when adiacent to anv fire hvdrant or
fire department connection.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 7 of 28
3. Groundcover.
a. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to
cover, within 3 years, 100% of the yard area not needed for trees and shrubs.
b. If grass is being used as the groundcover, a 4 -foot diameter ring of
bark mulch is required around each tree.
4. Bioretention may be used as a Type I or II landscape perimeter, provided the
intent of the screen is achieved. To support bioretention facility function and plant survival,
flexibility in plant materials and placement shall be allowed provided public safety is not
comaromised.
5. The amount of landscaping on commercially -zoned properties may be
reduced by 15% if buildings are moved to the front of the site with no parking between the
building and the front landscaping to create a more pedestrian - friendly site design.
AB. Type 1— Light LandSGape Perimeter Screening.
1. The purpose of Type I landscaping is to enhance Tukwila's streetscapes,
provide a light visual separation between uses and zoning districts, screen parking
areas, and allow views to building entryways and signage.
2. Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a. Trees: A mix of deciduous and evergreen trees.QRe tree fnr oath 30
lineal foot of required perimeter eXGrIadn ing narb GUtc• a.n.
b. One shrub fer ems" -p.er 7 lineart feet_. of Fequired perimeter eXG'ud*ng
nUrb nUtc or a planted berm at least 24 innhes high• apt
c. Living Groundcover Dover °�ftrne landSGape area within three-
yeaFS.
BC. Type II — Moderate LandSGape- Perimeter Screening.
1. The purpose of Type II landscaping is to enhance Tukwila's streetscapes,
provide a moderate visual separation between uses and zoning districts, screen blank
building walls and parking areas, and allow views to building entryways and signage.
2. Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a. Trees: A mix of deciduous and evergreen trees. nne tree for each 20)
line l feet of Fern uiFed perimeter excluding ni orb n� Ito; anri
�Trra.- G'rrcccvr'rcc�ulrca- per�rrrcccr -gin ...y ...... ... ...... �..., .... ....
b. One shrub #lam eae#5 per 4 lineart feet, of real Direr! perimeter excluding
curb cuts;L-�_
c. Living Groundcover °
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs
M
Page 8 of 28
GD. Type III — Heavy Lafl pe- Perimeter Screening.
1. The purpose of Type III landscaping is to provide extensive visual
separation along property lines between highly incompatible development, such as
warehousing and residential uses between industrial areas and nearby residential
areas.
Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a. Trees consisting of at least 50% evergreen along the applicable
property line (75% along property line adjacent to residential uses).Qne tree per 20
lineal feet of required perimeter evnli Jinn nUrh nUts• anti
b. Privacy screen utilizing evergreen shrubs, screening walls or fences
Chr� b to provide a solid planting sere �eiith a height of five to eirrht
feet E)F a ssc-Z-i wooden fenGe GF masonry wall te be appFGved by the GemrnupAy
(up to 7 feet tall). �- men- „�- �,- r<eig„�
Development- D;TectoF; and
to hover 90 of lanidsnape area within three
Living ����- t���p�
E. Parking Lot Landscaping. This landscaping is required to mitigate adverse
impacts created by parking lots such as noise, glare, stormwater run -off, and increased
heat and to improve their physical appearance.
1. Trees shall be evenly distributed throuahout the parkinq lot. Plantinq in
continuous landscaped planting strips between rows of parking is encouraged. Surface
water management design may also be combined with landscaping in parking lots. In
industrial districts (C /LI LI HI, MIC /L, MIC /H), clustering of interior parking lot
landscaping may permitted to accommodate site usage.
2. Landscape islands.
a. Landscape islands must be a minimum of 6 feet wide, exclusive of
overhang and a minimum of 100 square feet in area. All landscaped areas must be
protected from damage by vehicles through the use of curbs, tire stops, or other
protection techniques.
b. Landscape islands shall be placed at the ends of each row of parking
to protect parked vehicles from turning movements of other vehicles.
c. The number and stature of trees shall be based on the area available
in the landscape island. A minimum of one large stature evergreen or deciduous tree or
two medium stature trees are required for every 100 square feet of landscaped island,
with the remaining area to contain a combination of shrubs, living groundcover, and
mulch.
d. For Darkina lots adiacent to public or private streets, if landscape
islands are designed into the parking lot layout to divide continuous rows of parking
stalls, the islands must be placed at minimums acing of 1 for every 10 parking spaces.
For parking areas located behind buildings or otherwise screened from public or private
streets or Dublic spaces. if IandscaDe islands are used, islands shall be placed at a
minimum of 1 for every 15 ap rkin_g stalls.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 9 of 28
e
3. Bioretention, which includes trees, shrubs and groundcover, may be used
to meet interior parking lot landscaping requirements. The bioretention facility must be
designed by a professional trained or certified in low impact development techniques as
set forth in TMC Chapter 14.30. All bioretention facilities must be protected by curbing
to prevent vehicle damage to the facility and for public safety.
4. Vehicular Overhang.
a. Vehicle overhang into any landscaping area shall not exceed two feet.
b. No plant material greater than 12 inches in height shall be located
within two feet of the curb or other protective barrier in landscape areas adjacent to
parking spaces and vehicle use areas.
c. Raised curbs or curb stops shall be used around the landscape islands
or bioretention facilities to prevent plant material from being struck by automobiles.
Where bioretention is used curb cuts shall be placed to allow stormwater runoff from
adjacent pavements to enter the bioretention system.
5. Pervious pavement shall be used where feasible, including parking spaces
and pedestrian paths.
6. Parking lot landscape design shall accommodate pedestrian circulation.
F. Street Trees in the Public Frontage.
1. Street tree spacing.
a. Street tree spacing in the public frontage shall be as specified in TMC
Section 18.52.060.13.2. based on the stature size of the tree.
b. Spacing must also consider sight distance at intersections, driveway
locations and utility conflicts as specified in TMC Section 18.52.060.13.3.
c. Street trees in the public frontage shall be planted using the following
general spacing standards:
(1) At least 3 -1/2 feet back from the face of the curb.
front for access).
(2) At least 5 feet from underground utility lines.
(3) At least 10 feet from utility poles.
(4) At least 7 -1/2 feet from driveways.
(5) At least 3 feet from pad - mounted transformers (except 10 feet in
(6) At least 4 feet from fire hydrants and connections.
d. Plantina and liahtina plans shall be coordinated so that trees are not
planted in locations where they will obstruct existing or planned street or site lighting,
while maintaining appropriate spacing and allowing for their size and spread at maturity.
e. Planting plans shall consider the location of existing or planned
signage to avoid future conflicts with mature trees and landscaping
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 10 of 28
50
2. Tree grates.
a. Tree grates are not encouraged, but when used, shall be designed so
that sections of grate can be removed incrementally as the tree matures and shall be
designed to avoid accumulation of trash.
b. When used, tree grates and landscaped tree wells shall be a minimum
36 square feet in size (6' x 6'). Tree well size may be adjusted to comply with ADA
standards on narrower sidewalks. See TMC Section 18.52.070.A.1., "Soil Preparation
and Planting," for structural soil requirements. Root barriers may be installed at the
curb face if structural soils are not used.
3. Maintenance and Pruning.
a. Street trees are subject to the planting, maintenance, and removal
standards and Best Management Practices (BMPs) as adopted by the International
Society of Arboriculture, as it now reads and as hereafter amended. Street trees
planted prior to the adoption of the most current tree planting standards shall be exempt
from these planting standards but are still subject to current removal and maintenance
standards.
b. The following standards apply to street tree maintenance:
(1) Street trees shall be maintained consistent with International
Society of Arboriculture BMPs.
(2) Street trees shall be maintained in a manner that does not impede
public street or sidewalk traffic, consistent with the specifications in the Public Works
Infrastructure Design Manual, including_
streets.
(a) 8 feet of clearance above public sidewalks.
(b) 13 feet of clearance above public local and neighborhood
(c) 15 feet of clearance above public collector streets.
(d) 18 feet of clearance above public arterial streets.
(3) Street trees shall be maintained so as not to become a defective
tree as per the definition in TMC Chapter 18.06.
4. Trees planted in a median shall be appropriate for the planting environment
and meet the following requirements:
a. Trees shall be consistent with previously approved median tree plans,
given space constraints for roots and branches at maturity.
b. Median plantings shall provide adequate species diversity Citywide
and reasonable resistance to pests and diseases.
c. Columnar trees may be considered for median plantings to avoid
conflicts with vehicles and utilities.
Structural soils shall be used to avoid the need for root barriers and to
ensure the success of the median plantings.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 11 of 28
51
e. Any median tree that is removed must be replaced within the same
median unless spacing constraints exist. Replacement trees shall be of the same
stature or greater at maturity as the removed tree, consistent with other space
considerations.
DOlant material requkyments
1 Plants shall meet the GUFre i AmeriGan Standard for Nursery Stvk
e healthy, ,
and well e developed, systems, free from dead branGhes or
Foots. PlaRtG shall be fFee from damage Gaused by temperatuFe extremes, laGk of or
eXGess f + disease, and meGhaniGal iRjUFY. Plants in leaf shall be
foliated and of good GOIGF. Plants shall be habituated to outdoor eRViFenmental
3. DeGidueus trees shall be used to allow visual aGGess to entryways, signage
and pedestrian use areas
4. F=veFgFeen shrubs shall be used to SGreen paFk*Rg lets alGRg stFeet frontages.
0 of tFee6 and shrubs
shall be evergreen
6 Evergreen trees shall be a minimum of 6 feet in height at time of planting.
7. DeGidueus — trees shall have at least a 7 iRGh Galiper at at t tome of ar nl� �g�
6 Shrubs hall he at least 18 innhes in height at time of planting
dead, 9. No plaRtG listed on the GUFFent King Geunty Noxious Weed list may be used.
10. Existing vegetatien may be used to meet the FequiFemeRts 9f this Ghapter.
e or diseased and whi�-h dl�- neat pose a safety hazaFd--�s diete.r.m.. i Red by the
be as listed in the HeFtus Thurd, A GenGise DiGtionary of Plants Cultivated in the .
and Canada-
Section 8. TMC 18.52.020 Amended and Recodified to TMC 18.52.030.
Ordinance Nos. 2442 §1, 2251 §61, 2235 §13 and 1872 §14 (part), as codified at TMC
Section 18.52.020, "Perimeter Landscaping Requirements by Zone District," are hereby
amended to recodify this section as TMC Section 18.52.030, which shall read as
follows:
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 12 of 28
52
18.52.030 Perimeter and Parking Lot Landscaping Requirements by Zone District
A.—In the various zone districts of the City, landscaping in the front, rear and side
yards and parking lots shall be provided as established by the various zone district
chapters of this title. These requirements are summarized in the following table Table
A), except for Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) requirements, which are listed in TMC
Chapter 18.28.
TABLE A — Perimeter and Parking Lot Landscaping Requirements by Zone
District
ZONING
DISTRICTS
FRONT YARD
(SECOND
FRONT)
(linear feet)
LANDSCAPE
TYPE FOR
FRONTS
LANDSCAPE
LANDSCAPE
LANDSCAPE
TYPE FOR
SIDE /REAR
LANDSCAPING
FOR SIDE
YARD
(linear feet)
FOR REAR
YARD
(linear feet)
FOR
PARKING LOTS
(square feet)
LDR
(for uses other
than residential
dwelling units)
152
Type I
10
10
Type I
20 per stall for
non - residential
uses; 15 per
stall if parking is
placed behind
buildin
MDR
15',211
Type I
10
10
Type I
Same as LDR
HDR
151,2 1'
Type 1
10
10
Type I
Same as LDR
MUO
15 (12.5)2"
Type 17
564
5641-1
Type 17
20 per stall
adiacent to
street; 15 per
stall if parking is
placed behind
building
O
15 (12.5)2
Type 17
564
564
Type 17
Same as MUO
RCC
20(10)2,3
Type 17
564
1011
Type II
Same as MUO
NCC
5 104"
Type 17-13
04
0411
Type II
Same as MUO
RC
10
Type 113
564
04
Type 118
Same as MUO
RCM
10
Type 1
564
04
Type II$
Same as MUO
C /LI
42-5515
Type Is
5651-2
0512
Type 118
15 per stall;
10 per stall for
parking placed
behind buildin
LI
42-.-5152
Type II
0412
0412
Type III
15 per stall;
10 per stall for
parking placed
behind building
HI
42.5 152
Type II
04'2
0412
Type III
15 per stall
MIC /L
5 105
Type II
05'2
05'2
Type III
10 per stall
MIC /H
.5105
Type II
05'2
05'2
Type III
10 per stall
TUC - See TMC Chapter 18.28
TVs
152.3
Type II
04
04
Type III
Same as C /LI
TSO
152,9
Type 1
010
010
Type III
Same as C /LI
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 13 of 28
53
Notes:
1. Minimum required front yard landscaped areas in the MDR and HDR zones
may have up to 20% of their required landscape area developed for pedestrian and
transit facilities subject to the approval criteria in TMC Section 18.52.100.13 upon
approval as a Type 2 special r eFmissinn deGicien
2. In order to provide flexibility of the site design while still providing the full
amount of landscaping required by code, the front yard landscape width may be divided
into a perimeter strip and one or more other landscape areas between the building and
the front property line, if the perimeter strip is a minimum of 10 feet and the landscape
materials are sufficient to provide landscaping along the perimeter and screening of the
building mass.
3. Required landscaping may include a mix of plant materials, pedestrian
amenities and features, outdoor cafe -type seating and similar features, subject to-the
approval criteria in TMC Section 18.52.100.6appFeval as a Tyre 2 special peanissien
deGiSiGR. Bioretention may also be used as required landscaping subject to the
approval criteria in TMC Section 18.52.100.E. Required plant materials will be reduced
in proportion to the amount of perimeter area devoted to pedestrian-oriented space.
4. Increased to 10 feet if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR
or HDR.
5. Increased to 15 feet if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR
or HDR.
6. Increased to Type II if the front yard contains truck loading bays, service
areas or outdoor storage.
7. Increased to Type II if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR
or HDR.
8. Increased to Type III if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR,
MDR or HDR.
9. Only required along public streets.
10. Increased to 10 feet if adjacent to residential uses or non -TSO zoning.
11. In the MDR and HDR districts and other districts where multifamily
development is permitted, a community garden may be substituted for some or all of the
landscaping. In order to qualify, a partnership with a nonprofit (501(c)(3)) with
community garden expertise is required to provide training, tools and assistance to
apartment residents. Partnership with the nonprofit with gardening expertise is required
throughout the life of the garden. If the community garden is abandoned, the required
landscaping must be installed. If the garden is located in the front landscaping, a
minimum of 5 feet of landscaping must be placed between the garden and the street.
12. To accommodate the types of uses found in the C /LI, LI, HI and MIC
districts landscaping may be clustered to permit truck movements or to accommodate
other uses commonly found in these districts if the criteria in TMC Section 18.52.100.D
are met.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 14 of 28
54
13. For NCC and RC zoned parcels in the Tukwila International Boulevard
District the front landscaping may be reduced or eliminated if buildings are brought out
to the street edge to form a continuous building wall, and if a primary entrance from the
front sidewalk as well as from off - street parking areas is provided.
-- - 2"Cr.m I.TMMM I z - - -
Section 9. Regulations Established. A new TMC Section 18.52.040, "Screening
and Visibility," is hereby established to read as follows:
18.52.040 Screening and VisibilitX
A. Screening.
1. Screening of outdoor storage, mechanical equipment and garbage storage
areas and fences:
a. Outdoor storage shall be screened from abutting_ public and private
streets and from adjacent properties. Such screens shall be a minimum of 8 feet high
and not less than 60% of the height of the material stored. The screens shall be
specified on the plot plan and approved by the Community Development Director. In
the MDR and HDR zones outdoor storage shall be fully screened from all public
roadways and adjacent parcels with a high obscuring structure equal in height to the
stored objects and with a solid screen of exterior landscaping.
b. Ground level mechanical equipment and garbage storage areas shall
be screened with evergreen plant materials and /or fences or masonry walls.
c. Fences. All fences shall be placed on the interior side of any required
perimeter landscaping
2. A mix of evergreen trees and evergreen shrubs shall be used to screen
blank walls.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 15 of 28
55
3. Evergreen shrubs and evergreen trees shall be used for screeninq along
rear rp operty lines, around solid waste /recycling areas, utility cabinets and mechanical
equipment, and to obscure grillwork and fencing associated with subsurface parking
garages. Evergreen shrubs and trees shall be pruned so that 18 inches visibility at the
base is maintained.
B. Visibility.
1. Design of new landscaping and maintenance of existing landscaping shall
consider Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principals and
visibility for safety and views. Appropriate plant species shall be specified to avoid the
need for excessive maintenance prunina.
2. Landscaping shall not obstruct views from or into building windows, the
driveway, sidewalk or street. Landscape design shall allow for surveillance from streets_
and buildings and avoid creating areas that might harbor criminal activity.
3. Landscaping at crosswalks and other locations where vehicles and
pedestrians intersect must not block pedestrians' and drivers' views.
4. In general, deciduous trees with open branching structures are
recommended to ensure visibility to retail establishments. More substantial shade trees
or evergreens are recommended in front of private residences.
Section 10. Regulations Established. A new TMC Section 18.52.050,
"Significant Tree Retention," is hereby established to read as follows:
18.52.050 Significant Tree Retention
A. All significant trees located within any required landscape area that are not
dead dying diseased or a nuisance species, as identified in the Tukwila Approved
Tree List, and that do not pose a safety hazard or conflict with overhead utility lines as
determined by the City or an ISA certified arborist, shall be retained and protected
during construction with temporary fencing or other enclosure, as appropriate to the site
and following Best Management Practices for tree protection (see TMC Chapter 18.54).
B. Retained sianificant trees may be counted towards required landscapinq. For
each 2% of effective canopy cover provided by preserved trees incorporated into a
development plan a 2% reduction in the minimum landscape requirement may be
granted. No more than 20% of the minimum landscape requirement may be reduced
for any one development. Approval is re uired per TMC Section 18.52.100.
C. The area designated for protection will vary based on the tree's diameter,
species age and the characteristics of the planted area, and Best Management
Practices for protection shall be utilized (see TMC Chapter 18.54). Property owners
may be required to furnish a report by an ISA' certified arborist to document a tree's
condition if a tree is to be retained. The Director may require that an ISA certified
arborist be retained to supervise tree protection during construction. Grade changes
around existing trees within the critical root zone are not allowed.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 16 of 28
M
Section 11. Regulations Established. A new TMC Section 18.52.060, "Plant
Material Requirements and Tree Standards," is hereby established to read as follows:
18.52.060 Plant Material Requirements and Tree Standards
A. Plant Material Requirements.
1. Plants shall meet the American Standard for Nursery Plant Stock
(American Nursery and Landscape Association -ANLA) (ANSI Z60.1) as it now reads
and as hereafter amended, and shall be healthy, vigorous and well- formed, with well -
developed, fibrous root systems, free from dead branches or roots. Plants shall be free
from damage caused by temperature extremes, pre - planting or on -site storage, lack of
or excess moisture, insects, disease, and mechanical injury. Plants in leaf shall be well
foliated and of good color. Plants shall be habituated to outdoor environmental
conditions (i.e. hardened -off).
2. Evergreen trees shall be a minimum of 6 feet in height at time of planting.
3. Deciduous trees shall have at least a 2 -inch caliper at time of planting as
measured 4.5 feet from the ground, determined according to the American Standard for
Nursery Stock as it now reads and as hereafter amended.
4. Shrubs shall be at least 18 inches in height, and full and bushy at time of
planting_
5. New plant materials shall include native species or non - native species with
lower water requirements and that are adapted to the climatic conditions of the Puget
Sound Region. There must be a diversity of tree and shrub genus and species in the
site landscaping taking into account species in existing development around the site.
a. If there are more than 8 required trees, no more than 40 percent may
be of one species.
b. If there are more than 24 required trees, no more than 20 percent may
be of one species.
c. If there are more than 25 required shrubs, no more than 50 percent
may be of one species.
6. Any species that is listed on the State of Washington or King County
noxious weed lists or otherwise known to be a nuisance or invasive shall not be planted.
7. Plant materials shall be selected that reinforce the landscape design
concept and are appropriate to their location in terms of hardiness, cultural
requirements tolerance to urban conditions, maintenance needs and growth
characteristics.
8. The classification of plant material as trees, shrubs and evergreens shall
be as listed in the Hortus Third, A Concise Dictionary of Plants Cultivated in the U.S.
and Canada as it now reads and as hereafter amended.
9. Plant material requirements for bioretention facilities shall be in accordance
with the City's Bioretention Plant List, unless approved by staff.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 17 of 28
57
10. Non- developed site areas such as utility easements, shall be landscaped
and /or treated with erosion control planting or surfacing such as evergreens,
groundcover, shrubs, trees, sod or a combination of similar materials. In areas with
overhead utility lines no shrubs or trees shall be allowed that could mature over 20 feet
in height. Trees should not be planted within 10 feet of underground utilities, such as
power, water, sewer or storm drainage pipes.
B. Tree Standards.
1. Tree species shall be appropriate for the planting environment as
determined by the Department Director in consultation with the City environmentalist
and shall seek to achieve a balance of the followina:
Plant List.
a. Consistency with Tukwila Approved Tree List or the City's Bioretention
b. Compatibility with space constraints for roots and branches at maturity.
c. Adequate species diversity Citywide and reasonable resistance to
pests and diseases.
2. Trees shall be provided adequate spacing from new and existing trees
according to the following standards wherever possible:
a. Trees categorized as small stature on the tree list shall be spaced no
greater than 20 feet on center and not closer than 15 feet on center from other newly
planted or existing trees.
b. Trees categorized as medium stature on the tree list shall be spaced
no greater than 30 feet on center and not closer than 20 feet on center from other newly
planted or any existing trees.
c. Trees categorized as large stature on the tree list shall be spaced no
greater than 40 feet on center and not closer than 30 feet on center from other newly
planted or existing trees.
d. Any tree determined to have a mature spread of less than 20 feet (a
columnar or fastigiate variety) is discouraged except under specific conditions and shall
be considered a small stature tree and spaced accordingly.
3. Trees shall be placed according to the following standards:
a. Small stature trees shall be planted with the center of their trunks a
minimum of 2 feet from any hard surface paving_
b. Medium stature trees shall be planted with the center of their trunks a
minimum of 2.5 feet from any hard surface paving.
c. Large stature trees shall be planted with the center of their trunks a
minimum of 3 feet from any hard surface paving.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 18 of 28
i
pole;
d. Trees shall generally be planted a minimum of:
(1) 4 feet on center from an fire re hydrant, above - ground utility or utility
(2) 2 feet on center from any underground utility;
(3) 5 feet on center from a street light standard;
(4) 20 feet from a street intersection; however, a greater or lesser
corner setback may be required based on an analysis of traffic and pedestrian safety
impacts.
(5) 5 to 10 feet from building foundations depending on species.
4. Where there are overhead utility lines, the treespecies selected shall be of
a type which, at full maturity, will not interfere with the lines or require pruning to
maintain necessary clearances.
5. Root barriers may be installed according to the manufacturer's
specifications when a tree is planted within 5 feet of any hard surface paving or utility
feature and in areas where structural soil is not required, subject to approval by the
Department Director in consultation with the City's environmentalist.
6. Low water usage species are encouraged in order to minimize future
irrigation requirements, except where site conditions within the required landscape
areas ensure adequate moisture for growth.
7. Shade trees should be planted to shade buildings' east- and west - facing
windows to provide a balance between summer cooling and winter heating through
solar gain.
Section 12. Regulations Established. A new TMC Section 18.52.070, "Soil
Preparation, Planting and Irrigation," is hereby established to read as follows:
18.52.070 Soil Preparation, Planting and Irrigation
A. Soil Preparation and Planting.
1. For landscaaina in sidewalks and parkina lots, or in limited areas of soil
volume structural soils (Cornell University product or similar) must be used to a
preferred depth of 36 inches to promote tree root growth and provide structural support
to the paved area. Minimum soil volumes for tree roots shall be 750 cubic feet per tree
(see specifications and sample plans for CU- Structural Soils). Trees and other
landscape materials shall be planted according to specifications in "CU Structural Soils
— A Comprehensive Guide," as it now reads and as hereafter amended, or using current
Best Management Practices (BMPs) as approved by the Director. Suspended
pavement systems (Silva Cells or similar) may also be used if approved by the Director.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 19 of 28
59
2. For soil preparation in bioretention areas, existing soils must be protected
from compaction. Bioretention soil media must be prepared in accordance with
standard specifications of the Surface Water Design Manual, adopted in accordance
with TMC Chapter 14.30, to promote a proper functioning bioretention system. These
specifications shall be adhered to regardless of whether a stormwater permit is required
from the City.
3. For all other plantings (such as large planting areas where soil volumes are
adequate for healthy root growth) soils must be prepared for planting in accordance
with BMP T5.13, "Post Construction Soil Quality and Depth," from the Washington
Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (as it
now reads and as hereafter amended) regardless of whether a stormwater permit is
required by the City.
4. The applicant will be required to schedule an inspection b the he City of the
planting areas prior to planting to ensure soils are properly prepared. Soil must be
amended, tilled and prepped to a depth of at least 12 inches.
5. Installation of landscape plants must comply with BMPs including:
a. Planting holes that are the same depth as the size of the root ball and
two to three times wider than the root ball.
b. Root balls of potted and balled and burlapped (B &B) plants must be
loosened and pruned as necessar[r to ensure there are no encircling roots prior to
planting. All burlap and all straps or wire baskets must be removed from B &B plants
prior to planting.
c. The top of the root flare, where the roots and the trunk begin, should
be placed at rag de_The root ball shall not extend above the soil surface and the flare
shall not be covered by soil or mulch.
d. If using mulch around trees and shrubs, maintain at least a 6 -inch
mulch -free ring around the base of the tree trunks and woody stems of shrubs. If using
mulch around groundcovers until they become established, mulch shall not be placed
over the crowns of perennial plants.
B. Irrigation.
1. The intent of this standard is to ensure that plants will survive the critical
establishment period when they are most vulnerable due to lack of watering and to
ensure their long term viabilit ..
2. All required plantings must be served by a permanent automatic irrigation
system, unless approved by the Director.
a. Irrigation shall be designed to conserve water by using the best
practical management techniques available, including BMPs, for daily timing of irrigation
to optimize water infiltration and conservation. These techniques may include, but not
be limited to: drip irrigation (where appropriate) to minimize evaporation loss, moisture
sensors to prevent irrigation during rainy periods, automatic controllers to ensure proper
duration of watering, sprinkler head selection and spacing designed to minimize
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 20 of 28
•1
overspray, and separate zones for turf and other landscaping and for full sun exposure
and shady areas to meet watering needs of different sections of the landscape.
b. Exceptions to the irrigation requirement may be approved by the
Director, such as xeriscaping (i.e., low water usage plantings), plantings approved for
low impact development techniques, established indigenous plant material, or
landscapes where natural appearance is acceptable or desirable to the City. However,
those exceptions will require temporary irrigation until established.
3. All temporary irrigation must be removed at the end of the 3-year plant
establishment period.
Section 13. Regulations Established. A new TMC Section 18.52.080,
"Maintenance and Pruning," is hereby established to read as follows:
18.52.080 Maintenance and Pruning
A. Any landscaping required by this chapter shall be retained and maintained by
the property owner for the life of the development in conformance with the intent of the
approved landscape plan and this chapter. Maintenance shall also include keeping all
planting areas free of weeds and trash and replacing any unhealthy or dead plant
materials.
B. Green roofs or rooftop gardens shall be maintained to industry standards and
any dead or dying plant material replaced.
C. Pruning of trees and shrubs is only allowed for the health of the plant material,
to maintain sight distances or sight lines, or if interfering with overhead utilities. All
pruning must be done in accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
A -300 specifications, as it now reads and as hereafter amended.
D. No tree planted by a property owner or the City to fulfill landscape
requirements, or any existing tree, may be topped or removed without prior approval
from the City. Any tree topped or removed without approval shall be subject to code
enforcement action per TMC Chapter 8.45 in addition to the requirements of TMC
Section 18.52.110 "Violations."
E. Private property owners shall collect and properly dispose of all landscaping
debris. Private property landscaping debris shall not be placed or blown into the public
right -of -way for City collection. Violations will be subject to code enforcement action per
TMC Chapter 8.45.
F. As trees along the street frontages mature, they shall be limbed up, using
proper ISA pruning techniques, to a minimum height of 8 to 18 feet depending on
location of tree (over sidewalk, adeacent to road, etc.) to allow adequate visibility and
clearance for vehicles. Trees may be pruned to improve views of signage and
entryways by using such techniques as windowing, thinning, and limbing up; however,
no more than 1/4 of the canopy may be removed within any 2-year period. All pruning
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 21 of 28
61
shall be done in accordance with ANSI Standard A -300 specifications, as it now reads
and as hereafter amended.
G. Trees may only be pruned to lower their height to prevent interference with an
overhead utility line with prior approval by the Director. The pruning must be carried out
under the direction of an ISA certified arborist. The crown shall be maintained to at
least 2/3 the height of the tree prior to pruning. Otherwise, trees shall not be topped.
Section 14. TMC 18.52.050 Amended and Recodified to TMC 18.52.090.
Ordinance Nos. 2368 §53, 2251 §65, 1971 §19 and 1872 §14 (part), as codified at TMC
Section 18.52.050, "Landscape Plan Requirements," are hereby amended to recodify
this section as TMC Section 18.52.090, which shall read as follows:
18.52.090 Landscape Plan Requirements
A. Landscape plan design shall take into consideration the mature size of
proposed landscape materials to minimize the future need for pruning (i.e. placement
such that mature trees and shrubs will not cause problems for foundations, obscure
signage grow too close to overhead or underground utility lines, obstruct views of
traffic, etc.).
AB. A Washington State licensed landscape architect or other accredited landscape
design professional shall prepare the landscape plans in accordance with
the standards herein. Detailed plans for landscaping and screening shall be submitted
with plans for building and site improvements. Intl ded in tThe plans shall, at a
minimum, include the type, quantity, spacing and location of plants and materials;
typical
planting details; soil amend ment/installation; tree protection details as applicable; and
the location of irrigation systems and significant trees within 20 feet of the property line
on adiacent properties. Underground and at- ground utilities shall be shown on the
plans so that Ip anting conflicts are avoided. A detailed list of items to be included on the
landscape plan is available in the Landscape Plan handout, available on -line or at the
offices of the Department of Community Development.
9C. Installation of the landscaping and screening shall be completed and a
Landscaping Declaration submitted by the owner or owner's agent prior to issuance of
the Certificate of Occupancy. Any plant substitutions shall be noted on the Declaration.
If necessary, due to weather conditions or construction scheduling, the installation may
be postponed to the next planting season (October — April) if approved by the
G E)MMUnity Deyei'.,r,meRt Director and stated on the building permit. A performance
assurance device equal to 150% of the cost of the labor and materials must be provided
to the City before the deferral is approved. The pFoperty owner shall keep all planting
,
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 22 of 28
W
Section 15. Regulations Established. A new TMC Section 18.52.100, "Request
for Landscape Modifications," is hereby established to read as follows:
18.52.100 Request for Landscape Modifications
A. The following modifications to the requirements of this chapter may be
considered either as a Type 2, Special Permission Director decision, or through design
review if the proiect is subject to that process.
1. Modifications to the requirements of Type I II, or III landscaping, including
but not limited to the use of the landscape area for pedestrian and transit facilities,
landscape planters rooftop gardens or green roofs terraced planters or green walls or
revisions to existing landscaping.
2. Clustering and /or averaging of required landscaping. The landscape
perimeter may be clustered if the total required square footage is achieved, unless the
landscaping requirement has been increased due to proximity to LDR, MDR or HDR. In
addition up to 50% of the perimeter landscaping may be relocated to the interior
parking to provide more flexibility for site organization.
3. Substitution of bioretention facility for required landscaping for or Type I or II
landscaping. Landscaping in a bioretention facility that includes trees, shrubs and
groundcover may be counted up to 100% towards required landscaping depending on
the location type of bioretention facility proposed and proposed use.
4. Credit for retained significant trees towards landscaping requirement.
B. The followina criteria apply to requests to modifv required landscapi_n
Modifications to landscaping requirements may be approved only if the following_ criteria
are met:
1. The modification or revision does not reduce the landscaping to the point
that activities on the site become a nuisance to neighbors; and
2. The modification. or revision does not diminish the quality of the site
landscape as a whole; and
3. One or more of the following are met:
a. The modification or revision more effectively screens parking areas
and blank building walls; or
b. The modification or revision enables significant trees or existing built
features to be retained; or
c. The modification or revision is used to reduce the number of driveways
and curb cuts and allow joint use of parking facilities between neighboring businesses;
or
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 23 of 28
63
1 41
Section 15. Regulations Established. A new TMC Section 18.52.100, "Request
for Landscape Modifications," is hereby established to read as follows:
18.52.100 Request for Landscape Modifications
A. The following modifications to the requirements of this chapter may be
considered either as a Type 2, Special Permission Director decision, or through design
review if the proiect is subject to that process.
1. Modifications to the requirements of Type I II, or III landscaping, including
but not limited to the use of the landscape area for pedestrian and transit facilities,
landscape planters rooftop gardens or green roofs terraced planters or green walls or
revisions to existing landscaping.
2. Clustering and /or averaging of required landscaping. The landscape
perimeter may be clustered if the total required square footage is achieved, unless the
landscaping requirement has been increased due to proximity to LDR, MDR or HDR. In
addition up to 50% of the perimeter landscaping may be relocated to the interior
parking to provide more flexibility for site organization.
3. Substitution of bioretention facility for required landscaping for or Type I or II
landscaping. Landscaping in a bioretention facility that includes trees, shrubs and
groundcover may be counted up to 100% towards required landscaping depending on
the location type of bioretention facility proposed and proposed use.
4. Credit for retained significant trees towards landscaping requirement.
B. The followina criteria apply to requests to modifv required landscapi_n
Modifications to landscaping requirements may be approved only if the following_ criteria
are met:
1. The modification or revision does not reduce the landscaping to the point
that activities on the site become a nuisance to neighbors; and
2. The modification. or revision does not diminish the quality of the site
landscape as a whole; and
3. One or more of the following are met:
a. The modification or revision more effectively screens parking areas
and blank building walls; or
b. The modification or revision enables significant trees or existing built
features to be retained; or
c. The modification or revision is used to reduce the number of driveways
and curb cuts and allow joint use of parking facilities between neighboring businesses;
or
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 23 of 28
63
d. The modification or revision is used to incorporate pedestrian or transit
facilities; or
e. The modification is for properties in the NCC or RC districts along
Tukwila International Boulevard, where the buildings are brought out to the street edge
and a primary entrance from the front sidewalk as well as from off - street parking area
is provided; or
f. The modification is to incorporate alternative forms of landscaping
such as landscape planters, rooftop gardens, green roof, terraced planters or green
walls; or
g. The modification is to incorporate a community garden, subject to the
provisions of TMC Section 18.52.030, Note 11.
C. Revisions to existing landscaping may be approved only if the following criteria
are met:
1. The modification or revision does not reduce the landscaping to o the point
that activities on the site become a nuisance to neighbors; and
2. The modification or revision does not diminish the quality of the site
landscape as a whole; and either
a. Proposed vegetation removal, replacement, and any mitigation
measures proposed are consistent with the purpose and intent given in this chapter; or
b. The granting of an exception or standard reduction will not be
detrimental to the public health, safety or welfare or injurious to other property in the
vicinity.
3. In addition if trees are removed due to conflicts with utilities these trees
shall be replaced based on the tree replacement table (Table C) in TMC Chapter
18.52.110.
D. Clustering or perimeter averaging of landscaping may be considered if:
1. It does not diminish the quality of the site landscape as a whole; and
2. It does not create a nuisance to adjacent properties; and
3. If adjacent to residential development, the impacts from clustering are
minimized; and
4. One or more of the following criteria are met:
a. Clustering or perimeter averaging of plant material allows more
effective use of the industrial property; or
b. Clustering or perimeter averaging of landscaping enables significant
trees to be retained: or
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 24 of 28
c. Clustering or perimeter averaging is used to reduce the number of
driveways and curb cuts and/or allow joint use of parking facilities between neighboring _
businesses: or
d. Clustering or perimeter averaging avoids future conflicts with signage.
E. Landscaping in a bioretention facility, which includes trees, shrubs, and
groundcovers as identified on the City's approved Bioretention Plant List and as
regulated in TMC Chapter 14.30, may be counted up to 100% towards required Type l
or Type II landscaping. Bioretention facilities shall not be counted towards required
Type III landscaping. All of the following criteria must be met:
1. The bioretention facility has been designed by a professional trained or
certified in low impact development techniques; and
2. The landscaping meets the screening requirements of the specified
landscape type; and
3. Public safety concerns have been addressed; and
4. The number of trees required by the landscape type are provided.
F. Retained significant trees.
1. Credit for retained significant trees may be counted towards required
landscaping if the following criteria are met:
a. Assessment of trees by an ISA certified arborist as to tree health, value
of the trees and the likelihood of survivability during and after construction is provided;
and
b. Retention of tree(s) supports the Tukwila Comprehensive Plan urban
tree canopy goals and policies; and
c. A financial assurance is posted based on 50% of the value of the
retained tree(s) to ensure tree replacement should the retained trees be damaged or die
as a result of construction impacts. The financial assurance shall be retained for three
years.
2. The value of the significant tree(s) to be retained, as determined by an ISA
certified arborist, shall be posted on the tree prior to site preparation and retained
throughout the construction of the protect.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 25 of 28
65
Section 16. Regulations
"Violations," is hereby established
18.52.110 Violations
Established. A new TMC Section 18.52.110,
to read as follows:
A. Violations. The following actions shall be considered a violation of this
chapter:
1. Any removal or damage of landscaping that is required by this chapter.
2. Topping or excessive pruning of trees or shrubs, except as explicitly
allowed by this chapter.
3. Failure to replace dead landscaping materials.
B. Penalties. In addition to any other penalties or other enforcement actions, any
person who fails to comply with the provisions of this chapter also shall be subject to a
civil penalty assessed against the property owner as set forth herein. Each unlawfully
removed or damaged tree shall constitute a separate violation.
1. The amount of the penalty shall be assessed based on Table B below.
The Director may elect not to seek penalties or may reduce the penalties if he /she
determines the circumstances do not warrant imposition of any or all of the civil
penalties.
2. Penalties are in addition to the restoration of removed plant materials
through the remedial measures listed in TMC Section 18.52.110.C.
3. It shall not be a defense to the prosecution for a failure to obtain a permit
required by this chapter that a contractor, subcontractor, person with responsibility on
the site or person authorizing or directing the work erroneously believes a permit was
issued to the property owner or any other person.
TABLE B — Fines
Tvve of Violation
Allowable Fines per Violation
Removal or damage of trees without
$1,000 per tree, or up to the marketable value
applying for and obtaining required
of each tree removed or damaged as
City approval
determined by an ISA certified arborist.
C. Remedial Measures. In addition to the penalties provided in TMC Section
18.52.110.8 the Director shall require any person conducting work in violation of this
chapter to mitigate the impacts of unauthorized work by car ing out remedial
measures.
1. Any illegal removal of required trees shall be subject to obtaining a tree
permit and replacement with trees that meet or exceed the functional value of the
removed trees. In addition. anv shrubs and aroundcover removed without Citv approval
shall be replaced.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 26 of 28
•-
2. To replace the tree canopy lost due to the tree removal, additional trees
must be planted on -site. Payment may be made into the City's Tree Fund if the number
of replacement trees cannot be accommodated on -site. The number of replacement
trees required will be based on the size of the tree(s) removed as stated in Table C.
TABLE C — Tree Replacement Requirements
Diameter* of Tree Removed *measured
Number of Replacement Trees
at heLqht of 4.5 feet from the round
Re uired
Director may enter all sites for which a permit has been issued.
4 -6 inches (single trunks
2 inches (any trunk of a multi -trunk tree)
3
Over 6 -8 inches
4
Over 8 -20 inches
6
Over 20 inches
8
D. Enforcement. It shall be the duty of the Community Development Director to
enforce this chapter pursuant to the terms and conditions of TMC Chapter 8.45 or as
otherwise allowed by law.
E. Inspection Access.
1. For the purposes of inspection for compliance with the provisions of a
permit or
this chapter, authorized representatives
of the
Community Development
Director may enter all sites for which a permit has been issued.
2.
Upon completion of all requirements of a
permit,
the applicant shall request
a final inspection
by contacting the planner of record.
The permit
process is complete
upon final
approval by an authorized representative
of the
Communitv Development
Director.
Section 17. Corrections by City Clerk or Code Reviser. Upon approval of the
City Attorney, the City Clerk and the code reviser are authorized to make necessary
corrections to this ordinance, including the correction of clerical errors; references to
other local, state or federal laws, codes, rules, or regulations; or ordinance numbering
and section /subsection numbering.
Section 18. Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause
or phrase of this ordinance or its application to any person or situation should be held to
be invalid or unconstitutional for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction, such
invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of the
remaining portions of this ordinance or its application to any other person or situation.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs Page 27 of 28
67
Section 19. Effective Date. This ordinance or a summary thereof shall be
published in the official newspaper of the City, and shall take effect and be in full force
five days after passage and publication as provided by law.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at
a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2017.
ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED:
Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM BY:
Rachel B. Turpin, City Attorney
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
Filed with the City Clerk:
Passed by the City Council:
Published:
Effective Date:
Ordinance Number:
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Landscaping Code update -TMC 18.52 strike -thru 12 -1 -16
CL:bjs
Page 28 of 28
Attachment D
-hi,-,
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, AMENDING ORDINANCE NOS.
2199 §18, 1872 §14 (PART) AND 1853 §4 TO RELOCATE
CERTAIN SECTIONS OF THE TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
FROM THE LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS CHAPTER TO THE
SUPPLEMENTAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS CHAPTER;
PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND ESTABLISHING AN
EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, regulations related to recreation space, lighting, recycling storage space
for residential and non - residential uses and design of collection points for garbage and
recycling containers are located in Tukwila Municipal Code Chapter 18.52, the
landscaping chapter of the Zoning Code; and
WHEREAS, the landscaping chapter of the Zoning Code is being completely revised
to include only landscaping - related regulations and to exclude regulations related to non -
landscaping issues; and
WHEREAS, regulations related to lighting, recycling storage space for residential and
non - residential uses and design of collection points for garbage and recycling containers
are better located in the Supplemental Development Standards chapter of the Zoning
Code; and
WHEREAS, the Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee, composed of
citizens, business representatives, environmental professionals and City officials, met in
September and October 2016 to review and provide guidance on landscaping regulations,
which were forwarded to the Tukwila Planning Commission for review; and
WHEREAS, on November 10, 2016, the Tukwila Planning Commission, following
adequate public notice, held a public hearing to receive testimony concerning amending
the Tukwila Municipal Code and at that meeting adopted a motion recommending the
proposed changes; and
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Recodify sections out of Landscape Code 11- 30- 16.doc
CL:bjs Page 1 of 4
M
WHEREAS, on November 15, 2016, the City's State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA)
Responsible Official issued a Determination of Non - Significance on the proposed
amendments; and
WHEREAS, in accordance with RCW 36.70A.106 and WAC 365- 196 -630, a notice of
intent to adopt the proposed revised development regulations was sent to the State of
Washington Department of Commerce and to other state agencies to allow for a review
and comment period, which comment period ended prior to adoption of this ordinance; and
WHEREAS, the Tukwila City Council, following adequate public notice, held a public
hearing on February 27, 2017, to receive testimony concerning the recommendations of
the Planning Commission;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA,
WASHINGTON, HEREBY ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. TMC Section 18.50.100 Deleted. Ordinance No. 1853 §4, as codified at
TMC Section 18.50.100, "MIC /L and MIC /H Site Lighting Standards ", is hereby
amended to delete the section from Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Chapter 18.50.
Section 2. TMC Section 18.52.065 Recodified. Ordinance No. 1872 §14 (part), as
codified at TMC Section 18.52.065, "Lighting," is hereby amended to recodify this
section as TMC Section 18.50.170, which shall read as follows:
18.50.170 Lighting Standards
A. Parking and loading areas shall include lighting capable of providing adequate
illumination for security and safety. Lighting standards shall be in scale with the height
and use of the associated structure. Any illumination, including security lighting, shall
be directed away from adjoining properties and public rights -of -way.
B. In the MDR and HDR zones, porches, alcoves and pedestrian circulation
walkways shall be provided with low level safety lighting. Pedestrian walkways and
sidewalks may be lighted with lighting bollards.
C. MIC /L and MIC /H. The following site lighting standards shall apply to portions
of developments within 100 feet of the Tukwila Manufacturing /Industrial Center
boundary as defined in the 1995 Comprehensive Plan:
1. The minimum light levels in parking areas, paths between the building and
street or parking areas shall be 1 foot candle;
2. The maximum ratio of average:minimum light level shall be 4:1 for
illuminated grounds;
3. Maximum illumination at the property line shall be 2 foot candles;
4. Lights shall be shielded to eliminate direct off -site illumination; and
5. General grounds need not be lighted.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Recodify sections out of Landscape Code 11- 30- 16.doc
CL:bjs Page 2 of 4
70
D. Variation from these standards may be granted by the Director of the
Department of Community Development based on technical unfeasibility or safety
considerations.
Section 3. TMC Section 18.52.070 Amended and Recodified. Ordinance No.
1872 §14 (part), as codified at TMC Section 18.52.070, "Recycling Storage Space for
Residential Uses," is hereby amended to recodify this section as TMC Section
18.50.180, which shall read as follows:
18.50.180 Recycling Storage Space for Residential Uses
Apartment and condominium developments over six units shall provide 1 -1/2
square feet of recycling storage space per dwelling unit, which shall be aPA-- located in
collection points as follows:
1. No dwelling unit within the development shall be more than 200 feet from a
collection point.
2. Collection points shall be located so that hauling trucks do not obstruct
pedestrian or vehicle traffic on -site, or project into any public right -of -way.
3. Collection points shall not be located in any required setback or landscape
area.
Section 4. TMC Section 18.52.080 Recodified. Ordinance No. 1872 §14 (part), as
codified at TMC Section 18.52.080, "Recycling Storage Space for Non - Residential
Uses," is hereby amended to recodify this section as TMC Section 18.50.185, which
shall read as follows:
18.50.185 Recycling Storage Space for Non - Residential Uses
A. Recycling storage space for non - residential uses shall be provided at the rate
of at least:
1. Two square feet per every 1,000 square feet of building gross floor area in
office, medical, professional, public facility, school and institutional developments.
2. Three square feet per every 1,000 square feet of building gross floor area
in manufacturing, industrial and other non - residential uses not specifically mentioned in
these requirements.
3. Five square feet per every 1,000 square feet of building gross floor area in
retail developments.
B. Outdoor collection points shall not be located in any required setback or
landscape area.
C. Collection points shall be located in a manner so that hauling trucks do not
obstruct pedestrian or vehicle traffic on -site, or project into any public right -of -way.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Recodify sections out of Landscape Code 11- 30- 16.doc
CL:bjs Page 3 of 4
71
Section 5. TMC Section. 18.52.090 Recodified. Ordinance No. 1872 §14 (part), as
codified at TMC Section 18.52.090, "Design of Collection Points for Garbage and
Recycling Containers," is hereby amended to recodify this section as TMC Section
18.50.190, which shall read as follows:
18.50.190 Design of Collection Points for Garbage and Recycling Containers
Residential and non - residential collection points shall be designed as follows:
1. An opaque wall or fence of sufficient size and height to provide complete
screening shall enclose any outside collection point. Architectural design shall be
consistent with the design of the primary structure(s) on the site.
2. Collection points shall be identified by signs not to exceed two square feet.
3. Weather protection of recyclables and garbage shall be ensured by using
weather -proof containers or by providing a roof over the storage area.
Section 6. Corrections by City Clerk or Code Reviser. Upon approval of the
City Attorney, the City Clerk and the code reviser are authorized to make necessary
corrections to this ordinance, including the correction of clerical errors; references to
other local, state or federal laws, codes, rules, or regulations; or ordinance numbering
and section /subsection numbering.
Section 7. Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause or
phrase of this ordinance or its application to any person or situation should be held to be
invalid or unconstitutional for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction, such
invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of the
remaining portions of this ordinance or its application to any other person or situation.
Section 8. Effective Date. This ordinance or a summary thereof shall be published
in the official newspaper of the City, and shall take effect and be in full force five days
after passage and publication as provided by law.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at
a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2017.
ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED:
Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM BY:
Rachel B. Turpin, City Attorney
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
Filed with the City Clerk:_
Passed by the City Council:
Published:
Effective Date:
Ordinance Number:
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Recodify sections out of Landscape Code 11- 30- 16.doc
CL:bjs
72
Page 4 of 4
Attachment E
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, AMENDING ORDINANCE NOS.
2199 §18 AND 1872 §14 (PART), AS CODIFIED AT TUKWILA
MUNICIPAL CODE (TMC) SECTION 18.52.060, "RECREATION
SPACE REQUIREMENTS," TO REMOVE THAT SECTION
FROM TMC CHAPTER 18.52 AND ADD "RECREATION SPACE
REQUIREMENTS" TO TMC CHAPTERS 18.12 AND 18.14;
PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND ESTABLISHING AN
EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, regulations related to recreation space required in multi - family zoning
districts are located in TMC Chapter 18.52, the landscaping chapter of the Zoning Code;
and
WHEREAS, the landscaping chapter of the Zoning Code is being revised to include
only landscaping - related regulations and to exclude regulations related to non - landscaping
issues; and
WHEREAS, the recreation space regulations for multi - family development are better
suited to codification in the Medium Density and High Density Residential District chapters
of the Zoning Code; and
WHEREAS, the Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee, composed of
citizens, business representatives, environmental professionals and City officials, met in
September and October 2016 to review and provide guidance on landscaping regulations,
which were forwarded to the Tukwila Planning Commission for review; and
WHEREAS, on November 10, 2016, the Tukwila Planning Commission, following
adequate public notice, held a public hearing to receive testimony concerning amending
the Tukwila Municipal Code and at that meeting adopted a motion recommending the
proposed changes; and
WHEREAS, on November 15, 2016, the City's State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA)
Responsible Official issued a Determination of Non - Significance on the proposed
amendments; and
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Recreation Space Requirements section moved 1 -20 -17
CL:bjs Page 1 of 5
73
WHEREAS, in accordance with RCW 36.70A.106 and WAC 365- 196 -630, a notice of
intent to adopt the proposed revised development regulations was sent to the State of
Washington Department of Commerce and to other state agencies to allow for a review and
comment period, which comment period ended prior to adoption of this ordinance; and
WHEREAS, the Tukwila City Council, following adequate public notice, held a public
hearing on February 27, 2017, to receive testimony concerning the recommendations of the
Planning Commission;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA,
WASHINGTON, HEREBY ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. TMC Section 18.52.060 Deleted. Ordinance Nos. 2199 §18 and 1872 §14
(part), as codified at TMC Section 18.52.060, "Recreation Space Requirements ", are
hereby amended to delete the section from Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Chapter
18.52.
Section 2. Regulations Established. TMC Section 18.12.030, "Recreation Space
Requirements ", is hereby established to read as follows:
18.12.030 Recreation Space Requirements
In the MDR zoning district, any proposed multiple - family structure, complex or
development shall provide, on the premises and for the use of the occupants, a minimum
amount of recreation space according to the following provisions:
1. Required Area.
a. For each proposed dwelling unit in the multiple - family development and
detached zero -lot -line type of development, a minimum of 400 square feet (100 square
feet for senior citizen housing) of recreation space shall be provided. Any multiple - family
structure, complex or development shall provide a minimum of 1,000 square feet of total
recreation space.
b. Townhouse units shall provide at least 250 square feet of the 400 square
feet of recreation space as private, ground level open space measuring not less than 10
feet in any dimension.
c. The front, side and rear yard setback areas required by the applicable
zoning district shall not qualify as recreation space. However, these setback areas can
qualify as recreation space for townhouses if they are incorporated into private open
space with a minimum dimension of 10 feet on all sides.
2. Indoor or Covered Space.
a. No more than 50% of the required recreation space may be indoor or
covered space in standard multi - family developments. Senior citizen housing must have
at least 20% indoor or covered space.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Recreation Space Requirements section moved 1 -20 -17
ct_:bjs Page 2 of 5
74
b. The Board of Architectural Review may grant a maximum of two
square feet of recreation space for each one square foot of extensively improved indoor
recreation space provided. Interior facility improvements would include a full range of
weight machines, sauna, hot tub, large screen television and the like.
3. Uncovered Space.
a. A minimum of 50% of the total required recreation space shall be open
or uncovered, up to 100% of the total requirement may be in open or uncovered
recreation space in standard multi - family developments. Senior citizen housing allows
up to 80% of recreation space to be outdoors and has no minimum outdoor space
requirement.
b. Recreation space shall not exceed a 4% slope in any direction unless it
is determined that the proposed space design clearly facilitates and encourages the
anticipated use as endorsed by the Director.
c. The Board of Architectural Review may grant a maximum credit of two
square feet of recreation space for each one square foot of outdoor pool and
surrounding deck area.
4. General Requirements.
a. Multiple - family complexes (except senior citizen housing, detached
zero -lot -line and townhouses with nine or fewer units), which provide dwelling units with
two or more bedrooms, shall provide adequate recreation space for children with at
least one space for the 5- to- 12- year -old group. Such space shall be at least 25% but not
more than 50% of the total recreation space required under TMC Section 18.12.030 (1),
and shall be designated, located and maintained in a safe condition.
b. Adequate fencing, plant screening or other buffer shall separate the
recreation space from parking areas, driveways or public streets.
c. The anticipated use of all required recreation areas shall be specified
and designed to clearly accommodate that use.
Section 3. Regulations Established. TMC Section 18.14.030, "Recreation Space
Requirements ", is hereby established to read as follows:
18.14.030 Recreation Space Requirements
In the HDR zoning district, any proposed multiple - family structure, complex or
development shall provide, on the premises and for the use of the occupants, a
minimum amount of recreation space according to the following provisions:
1. Required Area.
a. For each proposed dwelling unit in the multiple - family development
and detached zero -lot -line type of development, a minimum of 400 square feet (100
square feet for senior citizen housing) of recreation space shall be provided. Any
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Recreation Space Requirements section moved 1 -20 -17
CL:bjs Page 3 of 5
75
multiple - family structure, complex or development shall provide a minimum of 1,000
square feet of total recreation space.
b. Townhouse units shall provide at least 250 square feet of the 400
square feet of recreation space as private, ground level open space measuring not less
than 10 feet in any dimension.
c. The front, side and rear yard setback areas required by the applicable
zoning district shall not qualify as recreation space. However, these setback areas can
qualify as recreation space for townhouses if they are incorporated into private open
space with a minimum dimension of 10 feet on all sides.
2. Indoor or Covered Space.
a. No more than 50% of the required recreation space may be indoor or
covered space in standard multi - family developments. Senior citizen housing must have
at least 20% indoor or covered space.
b. The Board of Architectural Review may grant a maximum of two
square feet of recreation space for each one square foot of extensively improved indoor
recreation space provided. Interior facility improvements would include a full range of
weight machines, sauna, hot tub, large screen television and the like.
3. Uncovered Space.
a. A minimum of 50% of the total required recreation space shall be open
or uncovered, up to 100% of the total requirement may be in open or uncovered
recreation space in standard multi - family developments. Senior citizen housing allows
up to 80% of recreation space to be outdoors and has no minimum outdoor space
requirement.
b. Recreation space shall not exceed a 4% slope in any direction unless it
is determined that the proposed space design clearly facilitates and encourages the
anticipated use as endorsed by the Director.
c. The Board of Architectural Review may grant a maximum credit of two
square feet of recreation space for each one square foot of outdoor pool and
surrounding deck area.
4. General Requirements.
a. Multiple - family complexes (except senior citizen housing, detached
zero -lot -line and townhouses with nine or fewer units), which provide dwelling units with
two or more bedrooms, shall provide adequate recreation space for children with at
least one space for the 5- to- 12- year -old group. Such space shall be at least 25% but not
more than 50% of the total recreation space required under TMC Section 18.14.030 (1),
and shall be designated, located and maintained in a safe condition.
b. Adequate fencing, plant screening or other buffer shall separate the
recreation space from parking areas, driveways or public streets.
c. The anticipated use of all required recreation areas shall be specified
and designed to clearly accommodate that use.
W: Word Processing \Ordinances\Recreation Space Requirements section moved 1 -20 -17
CL:bjs Page 4 of 5
W
Section 4. Corrections by City Clerk or Code Reviser. Upon approval of the
City Attorney, the City Clerk and the code reviser are authorized to make necessary
corrections to this ordinance, including the correction of clerical errors; references to
other local, state or federal laws, codes, rules, or regulations; or ordinance numbering
and section /subsection numbering.
Section 5. Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause or
phrase of this ordinance or its application to any person or situation should be held to be
invalid or unconstitutional for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction, such
invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of the
remaining portions of this ordinance or its application to any other person or situation.
Section 6. Effective Date. This ordinance or a summary thereof shall be published
in the official newspaper of the City, and shall take effect and be in full force five days
after passage and publication as provided by law.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at
a Regular Meeting thereof this day of , 2017.
ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED:
Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM BY:
Rachel B. Turpin, City Attorney
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
Filed with the City Clerk:_
Passed by the City Council:
Published:
Effective Date:
Ordinance Number:
W: Word Processing \Ordinances \Recreation Space Requirements section moved 1 -20 -17
CL:bjs
Page 5 of 5
77
W
Attachment F
City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor
Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director
DETERMINATION OF NON - SIGNIFICANCE (DNS)
File Number:
E16 -0003
Applied:
March 8, 2016
Issue Date:
November 15, 2016
Applicant:
City of Tukwila
Lead Agency:
City of Tukwila
Description of Proposal: Amendments to the City's Zoning Code to completely revise the landscaping code,
found in TMC 18.52. The revisions to landscape code are to implement Comprehensive Plan goals and policies to
increase tree canopy throughout the City, support the low impact development and the City's National Pollution
Discharge Elimination System permit; regulate the protection of existing landscaping; promote safety; provide
screening between incompatible land uses; mitigate the effects of development on the environment; and establish
procedures for modifying landscaping requirements and penalties for violations of the landscaping code.
Location of Proposal: City -wide, non- project action
This notice is to confirm the decision reached by Tukwila's SEPA Official to issue a Determination of Non -
Significance (DNS) for the above project based on the environmental checklist and the underlying legislative and
administrative proposal.
The City has determined that the proposal does not have a probable significant adverse impact on the environment.
An environmental impact statement (EIS) is not required under RCW 43.21c.030(2) (c). This decision was made
after review of a completed environmental checklist and other information on file with the lead agency. This
information is available to the public on request. Project materials including the application, any staff reports and
other studies related to the proposal are available Monday through Friday 8:30 a.m. — 5:00 p.m. for inspection at
Tukwila Department of Community Development, 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188.
The project planner is Carol Lumb, who may be contacted at 206 - 431 -3661 for further information.
This DNS is issued under WAC 197 -11- 340(2). Comments must be submitted by 5:00 p.m., Tuesday, November
29, 2016. The lead agency will not act on this proposal for 14 days from the date below.
Jack PRIKesponsible Official
City ofvrukwila
6300 Southcenter Blvd
Tukwila, WA 98188
(206)431 -3670
31 FA3 "Ow
� X11
The decision is appealable to Superior Court pursuant to the Judicial Review of Land Use Decisions, Revised Code
of Washington (RCW 36.70C)-Any appeal shall be linked to a specific governmental action. The State
r3M Southcenter Boulevar , Suite 700 • r7wila, Was ington 7188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax: 206-4317W -
Environmental Policy Act is not intended to create a cause of action unrelated to a specific governmental action.
Appeals of environmental determinations shall be commenced within the time period to appeal the governmental
action that is subject to environmental review. (RCW 43.21C.075)
cc: State Department of Ecology, SEPA Division
King County Assessor
Andy Padvorak, Puget Sound Energy
Don Tomaso, Tukwila Fire Department
Initials Page 2 of 2 11/14/2016
80W:U-ong Range Projects\2016 Landscaping-Tree Code\,SEPA\Determination of Non-Significance (2).docx
CITY OF TUKWILA
Department of Community Development
6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Ste 100
Tukwila, WA 98188
Telephone: (206) 431-3670
SEPA
ENVIRONMENTAL
REVIEW
FOR STAFF USE ONLY Permits Plus TYPE. P-SEPA
Planner:
File Number:
Application Complete Date:
Project File Number:
Application Incomplete Date:
Other File Numbers:
NAME OF PROJECT/DEVELOPMENT: — UPDATE OF TNIC 18.52, LANDSCAPING CODE
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SCOPE OF WORK: COMPLETELY REVISE THE LANDSCAPING
REGULATIONS THAT APPLY TO COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL MULTIFAMILY AND NON-RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT IN THE LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL ZONING DISTRICT.
Public Notice will be provided via published notice in the Seattle Timt-,
LOCATION OF PROJECT/DEVELOPMENT: Give street address or, if vacant, indicate lot(s), block and
subdivision, access street, and nearest intersection.
City-wide
LIST ALL TAX LOT NUMBERS (this information may be found on your tax statement).
DEVELOPMENT COORDINATOR/ PROJECT CONTACT:
The individual who:
• has decision making authority on behalf of the owner/applicant in meetings with City staff,
• has full responsibility for identifying and satisfying all relevant and sometimes overlapping development standards,
and
• is the primary contact with the City to whom all notices and reports will be sent.
PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY
Name: City of Tukwila Dept. of Communitv Development, ATTN: Carol Lumb
Address: 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100
CITY, ST, ZIP Tukwila, WA 98188 Phone: 206-431-3661
F-4
E-mail: Carol.Lumb@Tukwilawa.gov
Signature: Date: " 7.- r. - I t,
Please respond to all questions. Use separate sheets as necessary. Department of Ecology
provides a guidance on filling the SEPA checklist
at DOE Environmental Checklist Guidance
A. BACKGROUND
1. Name of proposed project, if applicable:
TMC 18.52 - Tukwila Landscaping Code Revision
2. Name of Applicant:
City of Tukwila, Department of Community Development
3. Date checklist prepared:
October 20, 2016
4. Agency requesting
checklist: City of
Tukwila
5. Proposed timing or schedule (including phasing, if applicable):
Review by Planning Commission, November, 2016; review and
adoption by City Council, February/March, 2017
6. Do you have any plans for future additions, expansion, or further activity related to
or connected with this proposal? If yes, explain.
Revisions are planned to the City's tree regulations in 2017, which relate to
the City's landscaping regulations.
7. List any environmental information you know about that has been prepared, or will
be prepared, directly related to this proposal.
No environmental information has been prepared for this project — the
.. . . ...... -- --- ---
regulations apply to proposed development or redevelopment in the
City's commercial, industrial, multi-family and non-residential
development in the low density residential district.
8. Do you know whether applications are pending for governmental approvals of
other proposals directly affecting the property covered by your proposal? If yes,
explain.
FM
SEPA Checklist
None
9. List any government approvals or permits that will be needed for your proposal.
Tukwila City Council approval
10. Give brief, complete description of your proposal, including the proposed uses and
the size of the project and site. There are several questions later in this checklist that
ask you to describe certain aspects of your proposal. You do not need to repeat those
answers on this page.
The proposal is to repeal the current landscaping code in TMC 18.52 and
replace it with new landscaping regulations. The major revisions include
adding required parking lot landscaping in the Light Industrial, Heavy
Industrial and Manufacturing Industrial Center Light and Heavy districts;
permitting flexibility in where landscaping is located in the industrial
districts, including allowing clustering of landscaping; providing guidance
on the planting of trees in the street frontage, soil preparation specifications
tree standards, and procedures for landscape modifications including_
clustering of landscaping, use of bioretention facilities as landscaping=
modifications to existing landscaping and credit for retaining of significant
trees. The new landscaping code identifies violations and establishes
monetary penalties as well as the number of replacement trees required.
11. Location of the proposal. Give sufficient information for a person to understand the
precise location of your proposed project, including a street address, if any, the tax
lot number, and section, township, and range. If a proposal would occur over a range
of area, provide the range or boundaries of the site(s). Provide a legal description,
site plan, vicinity map, and topographic map, if reasonably available. While you
should submit any plans required by the agency, you are not required to duplicate
maps or detailed plans submitted with any permit applications related to this
checklist.
City -wide
12. Does the proposal lie within an area designated on the City's Comprehensive Land
Use Policy Plan Map as environmentally sensitive?
To the extent any project site contains identified sensitive areas, yes.
The City's Sensitive Area regulations found in TMC 18.45 or the City's
shoreline_ regulations found in TMC 18.44 would continue to apply in
addition to any landscaping requirements in TMC 18.52.
SEPA Checklist
MW
B. ENVIRONMENTAL ELEMENTS
I. Earth
a. General description of the site (circle one): Flat, rolling, hilly, steep slopes,
mountainous, other:
N/A - This is a non - project action. Possible sites to be developed or
redeveloped are located throughout the City with varying topography
and soils.
b. What is the steepest slope on the site (approximate percent slope)?
N/A
c. What general types of soils are found on the site (for example, clay, sand, gravel,
peat, muck)? If you know the classification of agricultural soils, specify them and
note any prime farmland and whether the proposal results in removing any of
these soils.
Varies
d. Are there surface indications or history of unstable soils in the immediate
vicinity? If so, describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
e. Describe the purpose, type, and approximate quantities of any filling or
grading proposed. Indicate source of fill.
N/A — Non - Project Action
f. Could erosion occur as a result of clearing, construction, or
use? If so, generally describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
g. About what percent of the site will be covered with impervious surfaces
after project construction (for example, asphalt or buildings)?
N/A — Non - Project Action
SEPA Checklist
h. Proposed measures to reduce or control erosion, or other impacts to the earth,
if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
2. Air
a. What types of emissions to the air would result from the proposal (for example,
dust, automobile odors, industrial wood smoke) during construction and when the
project is completed? If any, generally describe and give approximate quantities if
known.
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. Are there any off -site sources of emissions or odor that may affect your
proposal? If so, generally describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. Proposed measures to reduce or control emissions or other impacts to air, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
3. Water
a. Surface:
1. Is there any surface water body on or in the immediate vicinity of the site
(including year -round and seasonal streams, saltwater, lakes, ponds,
wetlands)? If yes, describe type and provide names. If appropriate, state what
stream or river it flows into.
N/A — Non - Project Action
2. Will the project require any work over, in, or adjacent to (within 200 feet)
the described waters? If yes, please describe and attach available plans.
N/A — Non - Project Action
SEPA Checklist
E'
3. Estimate the amount of fill and dredge material that would be placed in or
removed from surface water or wetlands and indicate the area of the site
that would be affected. Indicate the source of fill material.
N/A — Non - Project Action
4. Will the proposal require surface water withdrawals or diversions? Give
general description, purpose, and approximate quantities, if known.
N/A — Non - Project Action
5. Does the proposal lie within a 100 -year floodplain? If so, note location on
the site plan.
N/A — Non - Project Action
6. Does the proposal involve any discharges of waste materials to surface
waters? If so, describe the type of waste and anticipated volume of discharge.
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. Ground:
1. Will groundwater be withdrawn from a well for drinking water or other
purposes? If so, give a general description of the well, proposed uses and
approximate quantities withdrawn from the well? Will water be discharged to
groundwater? Give general description, purpose, and approximate quantities
if known.
N/A — Non - Project Action
2. Describe waste materials that will be discharged into the ground from septic
tanks or other sources, if any (for example: Domestic sewage; industrial,
containing the following chemicals...; agricultural; etc). Describe the general
size of the system, the number of such systems, the number of houses to be
served (if applicable), or the number of animals or humans the system(s) are
expected to serve:
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. Water Runoff (including storm water):
:.
SEPA Checklist
1. Describe the source of runoff (including storm water) and method of collection
and disposal, if any (include quantities, if known). Where will this water flow?
Will this water flow? Will this water flow into other waters? If so, describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
2. Could waste materials enter ground or surface waters? If so, generally
describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
3. Does the proposal alter or otherwise affect drainage patterns in the vicinity
of the site? If so, describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
d. Proposed measures to reduce or control surface, ground, and runoff water, and
drainage pattern impacts if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
4. Plants: N/A — Non - Project Action
a. Check or circle types of vegetation found on the site:
b. What kind and amount of vegetation will be removed or altered?
N/A — Non- Project Action
c. List threatened or endangered species known to be on or near the site.
SEPA Checklist
:A
Deciduous tree: alder, maple, aspen, other
Ever.green tree: fir, cedar, pine, other
Shrubs
Grass
Pasture
Crop or grain
Wet soil plants: cattail, buttercup, bulrush, skunk cabbage, other
Water pl ants: water lily, eel ass, milfoil, other
Other types of vegetation
b. What kind and amount of vegetation will be removed or altered?
N/A — Non- Project Action
c. List threatened or endangered species known to be on or near the site.
SEPA Checklist
:A
N/A — Non - Project Action
d. Proposed landscaping, use of native plants, or other measures to preserve
or enhance vegetation on the site, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
e. List all noxious weeds and invasive species known to be on or near the site.
N/A — Non - Project Action
S. Animals
a. List any birds or animals which have been observed on or near the site or
are known to be on or near the site:
Birds:
Hawk, heron, eagle, songbirds, other:
Mammals:
Deer, bear, elk, beaver, other:
Fish:
Bass, salmon, trout, herring, shellfish, other:
Other:
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. List any threatened or endangered species known to be on or near the site.
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. Is the site part of a migration route? If so, explain.
N/A — Non - Project Action
d. Proposed measures to preserve or enhance wildlife, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
e. List any invasive animal species known to be on or near the site:
N/A — Non - Project Action
SEPA Checklist
SEPA Checklist
6. Energy and Natural Resources
a. What kinds of energy (electric, natural gas, oil, wood stove, solar) will be used to
meet the completed project's energy needs? Describe whether it will be used for
heating, manufacturing, etc.
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. Would your project affect the potential use of solar energy by adjacent
properties? If so, generally describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. What kinds of energy conservation features are included in the plans of this
proposal? List other proposed measures to reduce or control energy impacts, if
any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
7. Environmental "Health
a. Are there any environmental health hazards, including exposure to toxic
chemicals, risk of fire and explosion, spill, or hazardous waste, that could occur as
a result of this proposal? If so, describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
l .Describe any known or possible contamination at the site from present or past uses.
N/A — Non - Project Action
2. Describe existing hazardous chemicals /conditions that might affect project development anddesign.
This includes underground hazardous liquid and gas transmission pipelines located within the project
area and in the vicinity.
N/A — Non - Project Action
3.Describe any toxic or hazardous chemicals that might be stored, used, or produced during the project's
development or construction, or at any time during the operating life of the project.
N/A — Non - Project Action
0
4. Describe special emergency services that might be required.
N/A — Non - Project Action
5. Proposed measures to reduce or control environmental health hazards, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. Noise
1. What types of noise exist in the area which may affect your project
(for example: traffic, equipment, operation, other)?
N/A — Non - Project Action
2. What types and levels of noise would be created by or associated with the
project on a short-term or long -term basis (for example: traffic,
construction, operation, other)? Indicate what hours noisewould come from
the site.
N/A — Non- Project Action
3. Proposed measures to reduce or control noise impacts, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
a. What is the current use of the site and adjacent properties? Will the proposal
affect current land uses on nearby or adjacent properties? If so, describe.
N/A — Non- Project Action
b. Has the project sire been used as working farmlands or working forest lands? If so,
describe. How much agricultural or forest land of long -term commercial significance
will be converted to other uses as a result of the proposal, if any? If resource lands
have not been designated, how many acres in farmland or forest land tax status will
be converted to nonfarm or nonforest use?
M
SEPA Checklist
N/A — Non - Project Action
1. Will the proposal affect or be affected by surrounding working farm or forest
land normal business operations, such as oversize equipment access, the
application of pesticides, tilling, and harvesting? If so, how:
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. Describe any structures on the site.
N/A — Non - Project Action
d. Will any structures be demolished? If so, what ?'
N/A — Non - Project Action
e. What is the current zoning classification of the site?
N/A — Non - Project Action
f. What is the current comprehensive plan designation of the site?
N/A — Non - Project Action
g, ff applicable, what is the current shoreline master program designation of the site?
N/A — Non - Project Action
SEPA Checklist
91
h. Has any part of the site been classified as an "environmentally sensitive" area?
If so, specify.
N/A — Non - Project Action
i. Approximately how many people would reside or work in the completed project?
N/A — Non- Project Action
j. Approximately how many people would the completed project displace?
N/A — Non - Project Action
k. Proposed measures to avoid or reduce displacement impacts, if any:
NIA — Non - Project Action
1. Proposed measures to ensure the proposal is compatible with existing and
projected land uses and plans, if any:
N/A — Non- Project Action
m. Proposed measures to ensure the proposal is compatible with nearby
agricultural and forest lands of long -term commercial significance, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
a. Approximately how many units would be provided, if any? Indicate whether high,
middle, or low- income housing?
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. Approximately how many units, if any, would be eliminated? Indicate
whether high, middle, or low - income housing.
92
SEPA Checklist
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. Proposed measures to reduce or control housing impacts, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
10. Aesthetics
a. What is the tallest height of any proposed structure(s), not including antennas;
what is the principal exterior building material(s) proposed?
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. What views in the immediate vicinity would be altered or obstructed?
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. Proposed measures to reduce or control aesthetic impacts, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
11. UgAt and Glare
a. What type of light or glare will the proposal produce? What time of day would it
mainly occur?
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. Could light or glare from the finished project be a safety hazard or interfere
with views?
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. What existing off -site sources of light or glare may affect your proposal?
N/A — Non - Project Action
SEPA Checklist
93
SEPA Checklist
d. Proposed measures to reduce or control light and glare impacts, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
12. Recreation
a. What designed and informal recreational opportunities are in the
immediate vicinity?
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. Would the proposed project displace any existing recreational uses? If so, describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. Proposed measures to reduce or control impacts on recreation, including
recreation opportunities to be provided by the project or applicant, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
13. f(Woric and Cultural Preservation
Are there any buildings, structures, or sites located on or near the site that are over 45 years old listed in or
eligible for listing in national, state or local preservation registers located on or near the site? If so,
specifically describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
a.
b. Are there any landmarks, features, or other evidence of Indian or historic use or
occupation. This may include human burials or old cemeteries. Are there any
material evidence, artifacts, or areas of cultural importance on or near the site?
Please list any professional studies conducted at the site to identify such resources.
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. Describe the methods used to assess the potential impacts to cultural and historic
M'
resources on or near the project site. Examples include consultation with tribes and
the department of archeology and historic preservation, archaeological surveys,
historic maps, GIS data, etc.
N/A — Non - Project Action
d. Proposed measures to avoid, minimize, or compensate for loss, changes to, and
disturbance to resources. Please include plans for the above and any permits that may
be required.
N/A — Non - Project Action
14. Transportation
a. Identify public streets and highways serving the site or affected geographic area,
and describe proposed access to the existing street system. Show on site plans, if
any.
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. Is-the site or affected geographic area currently served by public transit? If
not, what is the approximate distance to the nearest transit stop?
N/A — Non - Project Action
c. How many parking spaces would the completed project or non - project
proposal have? How many would the project eliminate?
N/A — Non - Project Action
d. Will the proposal require any new or improvements to existing roads or streets, or
improvements to existing roads or streets, not including driveways? If so,
generally describe (indicate whether public or private).
N/A — Non- Project Action
e. Will the project or proposal use (or occur in the immediate vicinity of) water;
rail, or air transportation? If so, generally describe.
SEPA Checklist
95
N/A — Non - Project Action
f. How many vehicular trips per day would be generated by the completed project? If
known, indicate when peak volumes would occur and what percentage of the volume
would be trucks (such as commercial and nonpassenger vehicles). What data or
transportation models were used to make these estimates?
N/A — Non - Project Action
g. Will the proposal interfere with, affect or be affected by the movement of agricultural
and forest products on roads or streets in the area? If so, generally describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
h. Proposed measures to reduce or control transportation impacts, if any:
N/A — Non - Project Action
15. Public Services
a. Would the project result in an increased need for public services (for example: fire
protection, police protection, public transit, health care, schools, other)? If so,
generally describe.
N/A — Non - Project Action
b. Proposed measures to reduce or control direct impacts on public services, if any.
N/A — Non - Project Action
16. Ulitities
a. Circle utilities currently available at the site: N/A — Non - Project Action
electricity, natural gas, water, refuse service, telephone, sanitary sewer, septic
system
other:
b. Describe the utilities that are proposed for the project, the utility providing the
service, and the general construction activities on the site or in the immediate
s' .
SEPA Checklist
SEPA Checklist
vicinity which might be needed.
N/A — Non - Project Action
NON - PROJECT PROPOSALS (E.G., SUBURBAN PLANS AND ZONING
CODE TEXT CHANGES) MUST COMPLETE
THE FOLLOWING PAGES).
C. SUPPLEMENTAL SHEET FOR NON - PROJECT PROPOSALS
(do not use this sheet for project actions)
Because these questions are very general, it may be helpful to read them in conjunction with the list of elements
of the environment.
When answering these questions, be aware of the extent the proposal, or the types of activities likely to result
from the proposal, would affect the item at a greater intensity or at a faster rate than if the proposal were not
implemented. Respond briefly and in general terms.
1. How would the proposals be likely to increase discharge to water; emissions to air;
production, storage, or release of toxic or hazardous substances; or production of
noise?
The proposed action is to adopt new landscaping regulations that will
require additional landscaping in many zoning districts in the City to
implement Comprehensive Plan Goals 4.13 and 4.14 and policies 4.13.10,
4.13.11, 4.14.3. 4.14.4. 4.14.6 and 4.14.7 to increase tree canopy throughout
the City. The additional trees will have the benefit of improving air quality
decreasing storm water run -off and reducing heat islands in parking lots
among other benefits. The new landscaping regulations also permit the use
of bioretention facilities, in compliance with new low impact development
regulations, to substitute for formal landscaping which will also have a
beneficial effect on storm water run -off. New development that takes place
under the new landscaping_ regulations will address air emissions increases
to the discharge of water, toxic or hazardous substances and production of
noise.
Proposed measures to avoid or reduce such increases are:
N/A
WA
2. How would the proposal be likely to affect plants, animals, fish, or marine life?
The proposed landscaping regulations continue the current requirement to
retain significant trees on development sites when the trees are not dead,
ding, diseased or a nuisance species. The retained trees ma. cwt
towards required landscaping on the site. The proposed regulations will
not affect animals, fish or marine life, except to the extent that retained
trees, or new tree canopy or bioretention facilities integrated into the
landscaping reduces storm water run -off, which in turn improves water
quality in the City's river and streams (Green/Duwamish River, Gilliam,
Southgate and Riverton Creeks).
Proposed measures to protect or conserve plants, animals, fish, or marine life are:
N/A — the new landscape code affects the installation of new landscaping
materials for new and re- development. Any proposals for new or re-
development will address impacts on existing plants, animals, fish or
marine life.
3. How would the proposal be likely to deplete energy or natural resources?
The proposed revisions to the landscaping code will not affect energy or
natural resources except to the extent that additional tree canopy will
reduce heat islands and divert stormwater run -off.
Proposed measures to protect or conserve energy and natural resources are:
N/A
4. How would the proposal be likely to use or affect environmentally sensitive areas or
areas designated (or eligible or under study) for governmental protection; such as
parks, wilderness, wild and scenic rivers, threatened or endangered species habitats,
historic or cultural sites, wetlands, floodplains, or prime farmlands?
The proposed revisions to the landscaping code will not affect
environmentally sensitive areas; any site containing an environmentally
sensitive area is still subject to the City's sensitive area regulations, TMC
18.45and/or the City's shoreline regulations, TMC 18.44.
Proposed measures to protect such resources or to avoid or reduce impacts are:
N/A
SEPA Checklist
SEPA Checklist
5. How would the proposal be likely to affect land and shoreline use, including whether it
would allow or encourage land or shoreline uses incompatible with existing plans?
The proposed revisions to the landscaping code will affect new or re-
development in commercial, industrial, multi - family and non - residential
development in the single family district the City by revising, in some
zoning districts, the amount of front, side or rear landscaping and/or
amount of parking lot landscaping required; allow the use of bioretention
facilities to substitute for required landscaping_ permit landscaping to be
clustered in some zoning districts; establish violations and penalties The
proposed revisions to the landscaping_ code will not allow or encourage
land or shoreline uses that are incompatible with existing plans.
Proposed measures to avoid or reduce shoreline and land use impacts are:
N/A
How would the proposal be likely to increase demands on transportation or public service and
utilities?
The proposed revisions to the landscaping code will not increase demand
on transportation or public services and utilities.
Proposed measures to reduce or respond to such demand(s) are:
N/A
6. Identify, if possible, whether the proposal may conflict with Local, State, or Federal
laws or requirements for the protection of the environment.
The proposed revisions to the landscape code will not conflict with other Tukwila ordinances,
or State or Federal requirements related to the protection of the environment.
D. SIGNATURE
Under the penalty of perjury the above answers under ESA Screening Checklist and State Environmental Policy Act
Checklist are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that the lead agency is relying on them to
make its decision.
Signature: 60 _4
Date Submitted: 10 --2 0
100
Attachment G
Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee
Meeting Notes
Meeting 1, September 13, 2016
Committee Members in Attendance: Sean Albert, Nancy Eklund, De'Sean Quinn, Don Scanlon, Sharon
Mann, Heidi Watters, Kathleen Wilson, Genevieve Christensen
Committee Members Absent: Stephen Reilly
Members of the Public in Attendance: Gordon Manley
Staff in Attendance: Andrea Cummins, Nora Gierloff, Carol Lumb
The meeting began at 6:05 p.m.
Topics of Discussion:
1. Brief introductions of committee members and staff, members of the public in attendance.
Public comment: (Time will be set aside at the beginning of each meeting for brief public
comments; the Committee is meeting in work session format, therefore, questions or
comments from the public that come up during the course of the meeting should be directed to
staff via e-mail or telephone calls after the meeting.)
• Gordon Manley introduced himself. He asked the Committee to consider the use of
dwarf and semi -dwarf trees on parcels where there isn't much room for planting. There
are a number of new cultivars that are small to medium in size. He has 19 trees on his
property, medium to small in size. Mr. Manley is on the interested party email list and
hopes to attend more of the Advisory Committee meetings.
• An email dated August 20, 2016 from Daryl Tapio with attached comments he provided
in 2012/2013 when the Committee was working on the Comprehensive Plan goals and
policies was provided to each Committee member.
Housekeeping items:
a. The meeting notes for each meeting will be prepared by staff.
b. The Committee will continue to meet starting at 6:00 p.m. and going until 8:30 p.m.
c. The next meeting will be September 29th — October meetings to be identified through a
Doodle Poll.
d. Councilmember Quinn commented that he is the Committee chair, but his role is to
facilitate. The group deliberated last time and reached consensus on issues — it is the
goal to use this same process again to reach recommendations to pass on to the
Planning Commission.
4. Review began of the draft landscaping code. A revised version which includes more side bar
notes identifying the sources used to develop the draft code was handed out to Committee
members.
5. It was suggested that the draft regulations be pared down and simplified to avoid wasting
applicant time and money when trying to determine what regulations apply to a project —
Committee members were asked to send suggestions to staff on how they would like to see the
chapter organized. In addition, when the new code is adopted by the City Council, a hand out
will be prepared to provide key requirements of the new landscape code.
CL Page 1 of 2 11/13/2012 4:58 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping -Tree Code Update \Advisory Committee \Meeting Notes 9 -13 -16
101
Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee
Meeting Notes
6. The rationale of the proposed regulations needs to be explained as much as possible.
7. The chart that is found on pages 2 and 3 appears to be missing the required landscaping for
second fronts — staff will check and correct.
8. There are several errors in the revisions to landscaping identified in the chart. For NCC, the
current requirement of 0 landscaping on the sides and fronts is proposed to be retained because
these lots tend to be small and additional landscaping will be obtained through the increase in
landscaping required in parking lots. For the RC and RCM districts, the proposal is to keep 0
landscaping in the rear, with the same rationale as for NCC. The Committee agreed with this
approach.
9. It was suggested that the landscaping required in parking lots be added to the table — staff will
work on integrating this.
10. The Committee discussed Note #11, which allows community gardens to be substituted for
some or all of the landscaping. The Committee directed that if a community garden is
substituted for front landscaping along the public street, there must be 5 feet of formal
landscaping before the community garden can be established. Staff will also look at adding a
community garden definition to the code that better identifies the criteria for when a
community garden would be approved.
11. Are there incentives that can be used to obtain additional landscaping, such as allowing
additional height, varying the setbacks or allowing property owner to use undeveloped right of
way for landscaping purposes.
12. Need staff guidance on how to achieve the canopy goals, particularly if no increase in
landscaping will occur until there is redevelopment of a site. How will the 3 -6% increase in
canopy be achieved? Need a balanced, easily enforced code.
13. Discussion about substituting bioretention facilities for landscaping — the many forms these
facilities can take and that if the side slopes are steep the facility would not really resemble a
landscaping area. It was suggested that bioretention facilities not be allowed to substitute for
front landscaping and also to put right up front that they can only be used to substitute for Type
I and II landscaping — not Type III. Criteria for approval of substituting bioretention facilities for
landscaping, on page 18, may also need to be tightened up.
Action Items
1. Staff will send out a Doodle Poll to identify meeting dates in October.
2. The next meeting will pickup on page 4, TMC 18.52.030, Perimeter Landscaping Types.
The meeting closed at 8:15 pm.
CL Page 2 of 2 11/13/2012 4:58 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping -Tree Code Update \Advisory Committee \Meeting Notes 9 -13 -16
102
Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee
Meeting Notes
Meeting 2, September 29, 2016
Committee Members in Attendance: Sean Albert, Nancy Eklund, Don Scanlon, Sharon Mann, Heidi
Watters, Kathleen Wilson,
Committee Members Absent: Stephen Reilly, De'Sean Quinn, Genevieve Christensen
Members of the Public in Attendance: none
Staff in Attendance: Andrea Cummins, Nora Gierloff, Carol Lumb
The meeting began at 6:05 p.m.
Topics of Discussion:
• Brief introductions of committee members and staff
• Public comment: (Time will be set aside at the beginning of each meeting for brief public
comments; the Committee is meeting in work session format, therefore, questions or
comments from the public that come up during the course of the meeting should be directed to
staff via e-mail or telephone calls after the meeting.)
• No members of the public were in attendance
• - Housekeeping items:
• The draft meeting notes from 9 -13 -16 were reviewed — there were no revisions other
than correcting the date on the notes.
• Review continued on the draft landscaping code, picking up on page 4, TMC 18.52.030,
"Perimeter Landscaping Types ":
1. 018.52.030 a. 2.c. — if grass is being used as ground cover, the diameter ring of bark mulch
should be at least 4 feet around the tree. This same comment applies to the Type-11 and Type II
landscaping subsections. Staff will make the change.
2. OPage 6, under 2 — why 2% credit for retaining existing healthy canopy cover? Staff will
research.
3. Epage, 6; under 3. top of page, last sentence, there was discussion on how to address grade
changes around existing trees during construction - staff will review this language and come
back with suggested edits.
4. �TMC 18.52.040 A. 4. — fix height off the ground from 6 inches to 4.5 ft.
5. *Discussion around what is meant by "drought tolerant plants" — staff will come back with
suggested plants for a drought tolerant plant list.
6. *�In #12, page 7, remove the phrase "and monoculture plantings are prohibited ".
7. There is duplication between some of the subsections — staff to look at ways to consolidate and
simplify the draft code — the revised chapter will be provided prior to the October 13th meeting.
For example, group all the screening items together, all plant material guidance together, all.
pruning requirements together etc. Nancy Eklund also provided suggested organizational
changes that will be addressed as part of the simplification and consolidation work on the draft
code.
CL Page 1 of 2 2/2/2017 3:31 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping -Tree Code Update \Advisory Committee \Meeting Notes 9 -29 -16
103
Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee
Meeting Notes
8. F*Related to the above item, move items 7 -9 on page 9 to page 7 and consolidate so there is no
duplication.
9. For the approved tree list, are we considering banning the use of brittle trees such as
cottonwoods and alders? Yes.
10. E *!Page 7, #7, revise to start sentence in a positive way.
11. TMC 18.52.050: discussion about bioswales and bioretention facilities and their appearance; the
effect of the size of bioretention facilities and losing parking stalls. Also curbs should be placed
around bioretention facilities. Maintenance is key to the proper working of these facilities.
12. *Delete #10 on page 9 as this exact same text is also found on pg. 11 under "3. Design ".
13. *Pg. 10, top of page —this paragraph is very long — create a new paragraph starting at "Trees
may only be pruned to lower their height...."
14. *Pg. 10, there is discussion about proper pruning of trees — there should also be reference to
the proper pruning of shrubs. Staff will use language from #7 on page 12 as template for shrub
care.
15. *Pg. 12, 5. Irrigation — add a requirement to remove temporary irrigation at the end of the 3
year establishment period.
16. Discussion on xeriscaping — establishment of this type of landscaping can take longer — also need
in -house expertise to review the plants proposed. Need a list of drought tolerant plants.
Consensus that no additional language needed to be added to 5.b.(2).
17: Under "6. Utility Easements" — why are evergreen trees required — wouldn't you want to keep
this area clear ? - Response — evergreens are used for screening — depending on what kind of
utility easement it is, screening is appropriate.
18. �Pg. 12 - combine pruning items in #7. with other pruning items sprinkled throughout draft.
19. Pg. 13: Skipped review of TMC 18.52.060, "Parking Lot Landscaping A. and B." so that staff can
finish integrating parking lot landscaping requirements into the Landscaping by District chart.
This chart will be available for the next meeting on October 4th and will be discussed along with
this section.
20. For trees in the public frontage — plant smaller trees rather than no trees at all — maybe dwarf
trees up to 12 ft. tall or at least some shrubs.
21. *Pg. 15, under C. 1.b. — check items (1) -(6) for consistency with standards previously set forth.
These standards are flexible to ensure that trees are planted —just not in a way that will conflict
with underground utility lines, power poles etc.
22. *Pg. 15, C. 1.f. — define what is meant by BMPs.
23. Pg. 16, h. iv. — use columnar trees under utility lines.
Action Items
1. See F--'starred items above for items staff is to address in a revised Committee draft.
2. The next meeting will pick up on page 13, TMC 18.52.060, C. Parkin; Lot Landscaping and then
move to page 16, TMC 1852.070, Procedures.
The meeting closed at 8:25 pm.
CL Page 2 of 2 2/2/2017 3:31 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping -Tree Code Update \Advisory Committee \Meeting Notes 9 -29 -16
104
Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee
Meeting Notes
Meeting 3, October 4, 2016
Committee Members in Attendance: Don Scanlon, Sharon Mann, Heidi Watters, Kathleen Wilson,
Councilmember De'Sean Quinn
Committee Members Absent: Sean Albert, Nancy Eklund, Stephen Reilly, Genevieve Christensen
Members of the Public in Attendance: none
Staff in Attendance: Andrea Cummins, Nora Gierloff, Carol Lumb
The meeting began at 6:05 p.m.
Topics of Discussion:
• Brief introductions of committee members and staff.
• Public comment: (Time will be set aside at the beginning of each meeting for brief public
comments; the Committee is meeting in work session format, therefore, questions or
comments from the public that come up during the course of the meeting should be directed to
staff via e-mail or telephone calls after the meeting.)
• Andy Padvorak, Puget Sound Energy: Mr. Padvorak handles land use and environmental
permits for PSE; their mantra, right tree, right place. He will send staff comments. PSE
desires a clear path under utility lines and a clear process to remove trees rather than
top them when needed.
• The Committee asked how much clearance is needed? Mr. Padvorak said it depends on
what kind of line it is — he will get back to Committee.
• Housekeeping items:
• The draft meeting notes from 9 -29 -16 were reviewed — as several Committee members
were absent, action was deferred to the 10/4 meeting.
• Review continued on the draft landscaping code, picking up on page 13, TMC 18.52:060,
"Parking Lot Landscaping ":
1. E18.52.060 and landscaping table: Committee directed that incentives to put the parking
behind buildings be included in the commercial and some industrial districts. Incentive would
be-reduced landscaping required for parking behind buildings.
2. Discussion on clustering of landscaping — would not want this to be the default for landscaping
on a site. The use of clustering.requires administrative approval — staff would review for
whether it is appropriate to cluster.
3. ["Page Page 14, #8, add reference to surface water chapter of TCC.
4. 14, is there a way to make sure pedestrian path of travel is established on the plans so
the landscaping isn't affected? Staff will review.
5. Epage 15, discussion on #10 at top of page — different types of materials that are permeable —
pavers, asphalt, concrete. What areas are adjacent to the landscape areas? Staff will look at
clarifying.
CL Page 1 of 2 2/2/2017 3:32 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping -Tree Code Update \Advisory Committee \Meeting Notes 10 -4 -16
105
Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee
Meeting Notes
6. Important for property owners to take care of their landscape areas — pick up trash, trim plant
material. This language is included under the Maintenance section — Code Enforcement used if
property is not maintained.
7. Suggest adding illustrations to the chapter — staff agrees and will be working on these to be
incorporated later.
8. EPage 17, #2. Important for plant material on green roofs or rooftop gardens to be maintained
to industry standards — put onus on developer to meet purpose of landscape code. Staff will
look at language, probably in Maintenance subsection.
9. Page 18, d.: discussion on bioretention facilities — non - infiltrating vs. infiltrating and setback
requirements from structures. This can also affect the number of parking stalls that will fit on
site.
10. Page 18. e.: the value of retained significant trees should be posted during construction. If the
tree dies, what is enforcement? Becomes a code enforcement issue — violation of the
landscaping chapter.
11. *Page 18. B.1.b. —add shrubs.
12. *The Committee discussed whether to include fines for removal of trees without a permit. Staff
was directed to develop language establishing fines.
Action Items
1. See G starred items above for items staff is to address in a revised Committee draft.
2. The next meeting will review the revised landscaping chapter incorporating Committee changes
The meeting closed at 8:25 pm.
CL Page 2 of 2 2/2/2017 3:32 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping -Tree Code Update \Advisory Committee \Meeting Notes 10 -4 -16
106
Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee
Meeting Notes
Meeting 4, October 13, 2016
Committee Members in Attendance: Don Scanlon, Sharon Mann, Heidi Watters, Kathleen Wilson,
Sean Albert, Nancy Eklund, Councilmember De'Sean Quinn
Committee Members Absent: Genevieve Christensen, Stephen Reilly,
Members of the Public in Attendance: none
Staff in Attendance: Andrea Cummins, Nora Gierloff, Carol Lumb
The meeting began at 6:05 p.m.
Topics of Discussion:
Public comment: (Time will be set aside at the beginning of each meeting for brief public
comments; the Committee is meeting in work session format, therefore, questions or
comments from the public that come up during the course of the meeting should be directed to
staff via e-mail or telephone calls after the meeting.)
• No members of the public were in attendance.
• Housekeeping items:
• The draft meeting notes from 9 -29 -16 and 10 -4 -16 were reviewed —the Committee
approved both.
• A completely re- organized draft landscaping chapter that incorporated Committee revisions to-
date was provided to the Committee prior to the meeting. The Committee worked through the
re- organized landscaping chapter.
1. The Comprehensive Plan provides guidance on site organization on the Boulevard — Policies
8.4.1 and 8.4.2, in particular. These policies direct development be located right behind the
sidewalk. A footnote will be added to the landscaping table to address these two policies.
2. CSuggestion to organize the Landscaping Types so that perimeter landscaping is together,
followed by the interior /parking lot landscaping.
3. The Committee discussed whether to retain the parking lot landscaping in the landscaping
table that is, at the beginning of the chapter. The Committee directed that this column remain —
as a result, items #1, 2 of 18.52.030 E, Parking Lot Landscaping can be deleted as these repeat
what is in the table.
4. The concern was raised that, in the Manufacturing Industrial Center districts, where the Comp
Plan targets propose a canopy increase of one percentage point (from the existing 9% to the
10% target), the proportion of increase for "required front yard landscaping" (5 feet to 10 feet)
far exceeded any increases proposed for other districts having much more ambitious targets. .
Parking is highly desired in these districts to accommodate employees. Property owners won't
want to give up parking stalls to install landscaping. Parking garages are expensive — the
emphasis is on cutting project costs, not adding to them.
5. There was discussion on the threshold for when adding parking lot landscaping would be
required. Projects that trigger design review are subject to meeting the landscaping
CL Page 1 of 2 2/2/2017 3:32 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping -Tree Code Update \Advisory Committee \Meeting Notes 10 -13 =16 -Final
107
Tukwila Tree and Environment Advisory Committee
Meeting Notes
requirements of the Zoning Code. TMC 18.70.090 provides that "(t)he Board of Architectural
Review (or DCD Director if the project is subject to administrative design review) may modify the
standards of the landscaping chapter when, in their judgment, strict compliance with the
landscaping standards would create substantial practical difficulties, the existing and proposed
additional landscaping and screening materials together will adequately screen or buffer
possible use incompatibilities, soften the barren appearance of parking or storage areas, and /or
adequately enhance the premises appropriate to the use district and location of the site." In
addition, the clustering option in the draft landscaping code is proposed to allow flexibility in
where the landscaping is located if putting it in the parking lot affects the use of the site.
6. 613age 11, item #11, in the last sentence, add "power" so the sentence would read "Trees should
not be planted within 10 feet of underground power, water, sewer or storm drainage pipes."
7. Epage 15, B. — remove "and stamp" from the phrase "...shall prepare and Stamp the landscape
plans ... ". Discussion centered on the fact that landscape design professionals who are
permitted to prepare landscape plans under the code cannot stamp the plans because they are
not licensed the way landscape architects are.
8. *The term "landscape professional" should be defined.
9. *Page 19, violations table: the Committee discussed the three levels of violations in the draft
chapter and directed that the three options be collapsed into just one — and that removal of
specimen shrubs be added as a violation along with the removal or damage of trees.
10. The Committee was asked if there were any significant issues that hadn't been addressed in the
revisions to the landscaping code — there were none except that direction is still needed on
whether the proposed changes to landscaping requirements in the Manufacturing Industrial
Center districts are of concern. Feedback on whether there are issues is expected by the week
of October 17th. If there are concerns, then the Committee agreed to meet on October 25th to
review and discuss those concerns.
11. The Committee will receive the information that goes to the Planning Commission, for its
meeting on November 10th
Action Items
1. See G starred items above for items staff is to address in a revised Committee draft.
2. The Committee agreed to meet on October 25th unless it is determined that the meeting is not
necessary.
The meeting closed at 8:25 pm.
CL Page 2 of 2 2/2/2017 3:32 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping -Tree Code. Update \Advisory Committee \Meeting Notes 10 -13 -16 -Final
i
Attachment H
Carol Lumb
From: Daryl Tapio <dtolympic @yahoo.com>
Sent: Wednesday, August 10, 2016 11:05 AM
To: Mayor; Tukwila City Council; Carol Lumb; Nora Gierloff
Subject: Tukwila Tree Ordinance Update
Attachments: Tukwila Tree Letter 031213.pdf
Tukwila Mayor, City Council, and City Planners,
I have been informed that Tukwila is starting a process to update the Tree and Landscaping Ordinance in the
coming year.
I have owned property in the city for over 20 years and have built many houses in Tukwila. I also attended the
Tree Committee meetings in March 2013 which led to updating the Comprehensive Plan. Attached is a letter I
prepared regarding tree policy that I sent to the city as well as many citizens in the community at that time (See
attached).
Tukwila prepared a Tree Canopy Report in 2012 which identified the current conditions. The assessment
indicated that Tukwila property owners, who currently have control over their trees, are doing an exceptional
job in maintaining a high level of tree canopy. For the residential single family neighborhood the canopy was
47 %, for multifamily 51 %, numbers much higher than other cities.
People like trees and landscaping and plant them on their own without government controls. Trees also start
'growing on their own and thrive in this climate.
Creating tree regulations which always transfer rights from the property owners to the city creates added work
for the city, is highly controversial, and is not something many property owners favor. It also makes building
and developing more difficult, expensive, and frustrating. There are many reasons and justifications for
removing, altering, and planting landscaping and having the city and neighbors highly involved in the decision
making process makes it a cumbersome process.
Please keep in mind that control over a tree either lies with the the property owner or the city. There is no
middle ground, one or the other has control. If a permit is required or a city planner needs to agree if a tree be
removed then the city has control. Currently, property owners have control over their trees with the exception
of trees within critical areas. If changes are made to the ordinance which require city approval that will be a
major transfer of rights from property owners to the city.
I look forward to being part of this discussion and will assist in informing other property owners on proposed
changes to the tree ordinance.
Sincerely,
Daryl Tapio.
109
Daryl Tapio
P.O. Box 69736, Seattle WA 98168,
Enraffi dtolynWk@yahoo.com. Phone (206)9313998
Carol Lumb and Sandra Whiting March 12, 2013
Tukwila Planning Dept.
City of Tukwila
6200 Southcenter Blvd SENT VIA EMAIL
Tukwila, WA 98188
CC: Tukwila City Council, Planning Commission, Mayor, and City Administrator
RE: Comments on Staff Comp Plan Amendment Proposal on Urban Forestry
Attn: Carol and Sandra
I reviewed the Tukwila Planning Department's proposed Comp Plan Amendments that were
posted on the city website for the March 13, 2013 Tree Committee meeting. I have also attended
two committee meetings and listened to the audio of the last meeting. I have the following
comments to share with the Committee, Staff, Mayor, Council, and Planning Commission. This
will also be shared with property owners in Tukwila and throughout the region.
There are two paths to choose with tree and environmental policy; paths that diverge significantly
in the cost of administration, reputation for a municipality, and the outcomes for positive
development and tree canopy.
One path is a positive approach that involves education, organizing tree planting programs,
preparing recommended tree lists and sharing best practices, and helping property owners achieve
their dreams of improving their property. This path recognizes the complexity of redevelopment
and the many factors that go into a property owner's decision to modify their homes or property.
The other path is a negative approach that starts with the assumption that property owners make
poor decisions regarding their landscaping and need to be micromanaged by the city and
monitored closely by neighbors utilizing methods such as 24/7 hotlines. This involves transferring
the control of trees from the property owners to the city and then requiring permits, expensive
surveys /studies/reports from so- called experts, regulations, code enforcement, penalties, tree
assessments, financial guarantees, covenants, maintenance agreements, and prohibiting any
construction activity in large diameter areas around trees. This path involves the city being an
obstacle for property owners in the effort to improve their property.
According to the Canopy Report dated Dec. 2012, residential property owners in Tukwila without
government regulations are currently doing an exceptional job protecting tree canopies in
residential areas. For single - family property the tree canopy is 47%, and for multi- family 51 %,
numbers much higher than many other cities. This empirical data is being ignored and arbitrary
goals of desired canopy targets are being proposed.
Tapio Letter, Page 1 of 2
110
Daryl Tapio
P.O. Box 69736, Seattle WA 98168,
Email. dto1jmpt] a&ahoo.com, Phone (206)931 -3998
Is the goal of this effort about trees or is it about control? This is a fundamental question that
needs to be adequately discussed and answered definitively. It also should be clearly specified in
the Comp Plan. If this effort is truly about trees and achieving a certain percentage of tree canopy
in each zone, then the goal can be met by the second approach described above with relative ease.
We are fortunate enough to live in a climate that is virtually ideal for growing trees. They grow
quickly and if properly selected and planted require very little maintenance or watering. I have
planted many trees in the area and some of the trees planted four years ago are now 8 to 10 feet in
height. On some of my property a grove of trees appeared without planting, both coniferous and
deciduous, and many grew to heights of 30 feet in 5 years.
The staff proposed Comp Plan embraces the negative approach. I have attached a copy of the Staff
Comp Plan Proposal with all of the sections highlighted in yellow that could result in regulations,
fees, permits, and ultimately transferring the control of trees from property owners to the city.
In the meetings I have attended and listened to it is apparent that there is nobody on the committee
or in the room with first -hand experience in the areas of building homes or small -site development.
This is a critical piece of the puzzle that is missing. The discussion of the committee is a one -sided
discussion. Without input from property owners who want to improve their property and have
permitting and construction experience it is impossible to create a policy that would allow efficient
redevelopment in a city that desperately needs more redevelopment.
Some of the discussion at the last meeting was offensive, outrageous and truly despicable. A
committee member referred to creating an enforcement policy that embraced high fines and
financial penalties on property owners for cutting or pruning their own trees as follows: "HIT
THEM HARD! We may not catch every one, but those that we do, MAKE THEM PAY! MAKE
AN EXAMPLE!" The most telling part of this discussion was that nobody in the room countered
this statement or said that they disagreed. A policy created in this environment will not result in a
harmonious relationship between property owners and the city.
The committee and city staff are deliberately ignoring empirical data, presenting a one -sided
argument and proposing Comp Plan amendments that would lead to transferring the control over
trees from the property owners to the city. There is a better policy choice that would lead to better
relationships with property owners and builders and result in a better and greener city. The Mayor,
Council, and management needs to provide clear direction on this issue prior to more city resource
expenditures.
Sincerely,
Daryl Tapio
Attachments: Highlighted Comp Plan Proposal, Tree Canopy Report p. 17
Tapio Letter, Page 2 of 2
111
The majority of High Density Residential land cover
is impervious (56%), with 33% canopy. Pervious
surface represents I I % while bare soil represents
less than one percent (0. 1 %)
Landcover: Medium Density Residential
Medium Density Residential: allows up to 14.5 dwelling
Z3( units per net acre. The district is intended to provide
areas for family and group residential uses, and sets es
as an alternative to lower density family residential
housing and more intensively developed group
residential housing and related uses,
Tightly over half of Medium Density Residential
landcover is canopy (51 %), while 35% is impervious and
14% is pervious. Bare soil represents less than one
percent (0.05%).
Landcover: Low Density Residential
4 Low DensiL, Residential: allows a inaxintion of 6.7
dwelling units per net acre. Itis intended toprovide
- low density./amily residential areas together with a
--full range of urban infrastructure services in order
to maintain stable residential neighborhoods and to
prevent intrusions by incompatible land uses.
Almost half of the landcover in the Low Density
Residential zone is canopy (47%) while 29% is
pervious. Impervious land cover represents 22 %® and
bare soil and open water represent I % each.
Tukwila, WA
Urban Tree Canopy Assessment
112
Bare Soil
01%
Figure 8 - High Density
Residential
0.05%
Pervious
2996 ImDervious
Figure 10 - Low Density
Residential
safl
YO
I
17
Staff Proposed Goals /Policies for Urban Forestry
March 13, 2013 Meeting
Proposed Urban Forestry Goals, Policies for the Natural Environment Chapter
The following goals are an expansion of the existing goals and policies in Chapter 1 of the Comprehensive
Plan: See Goal 1.3 and Policies 1.3.1,1.3.2; Goal 1.4 and policies 1.4.1 and 1.4.2; Goal 1.6, second bullet;
Policy 1.6.4; Goal 1.7 and policy 1.7.4, Goal 1.8, policy 1.8.3 and 1.8.6; Goal 1.10, Policy 1.10. 12
Goal 1: Trees are recognized by Tukwila citizens, businesses, City staff and decision - makers for their
benefits to the environment (air quality, habitat, climate change), urban infrastructure (stormwater
attenuation, slope stability, temperature) and their aesthetic value (economic benefits, safety /crime
reduction, visual and recreational benefits, etc.) Note: a discussion of the benefits of trees will be
included in a narrative section that introduces the goal, so they won't need to be in the goal itself).
Policies for Goal 1:
1. Develop a formal urban forest management plan to promote and guide preservation,
restoration and maintenance of a sustainable urban forest, using the goals and policies of this
chapter (as a basis) for guidance.
2. Ensure that the benefits of trees are factored into site design and permit decisions.
3. Ensure that regulations recognize that larger trees provide more benefits than small trees.
4. Seek to create and fund an urban forester /municipal arborist position within the City, or
contract for such services, to provide expertise for urban forest management planning,
oversight of tree planting and maintenance, and assistance to all City departments that have
responsibilities for tree management.
5. Educate the public, elected officials and City staff about the importance of and benefits provided
by trees in Tukwila.
6. Develop tree valuation methods to reflect the value trees provide, for use in assessing fines,
determining damages or estimating loss of tree benefits.
7. Identify funding sources to support urban forestry planning and management and establish an
urban forestry budget and account.
8. Consider developing an "exceptional" or "heritage" tree program to foster tree appreciation in
the community.
9. Encourage public involvement in urban forest stewardship through volunteer events, free
training workshops, and other means.
!''"�� � / �- � r! /''c�dj y /�*%o...JJ
y
C44 4�,2,7 �
+wej 140-1
Page 1 of 3 2/28/2013 3:55 PM
W:\ \Long flange Projects \Urban Forestry\Advisory Committee Materials\Agendas Memos \Meeting 7 \Staff Proposed Urban Forestry Policies
113
Staff Proposed Goals /Policies for Urban Forestry
March 13, 2013 Meeting
Goal 2. Tree Canopy Goal: Overall city -wide tree canopy increased to a total of 28% by 2028 by
achieving the following goals for different land use categories:
Industrial zones: 1 % increase to 14% cover
Medium and High Residential Density zones: No net loss to maintain current 40% cover
Low Density Residential: No net loss to maintain current 47% cover
Office and Commercial: 1% increase to 30% cover
Tukwila urban Center and Tukwila South: 3% increase to achieve 16% cover
Policies for Goal 2:
1. Promote tree retention throughout the City by:
a. implementing educational programs for property owners and managers;
b. exploring incentives for tree retention and planting;
c. prohibiting tree removal on all undeveloped property without an approved development
permit;
d. protecting healthy stands or groves of trees on property proposed for development through
changes in regulations, including incentives; and
e. requiring financial assurances for required tree replanting and maintenance.
2. Improve retention of trees on steep slopes through modifications in regulations, ensuring the
evaluation of the role that trees play in slope stability during geotechnical reviews, and by
providing incentives.
3. Require in -kind replacement of trees where removal is allowed to ensure that replacement trees
at maturity will have similar canopies to that of the removed tree(s), except where existing or
future infrastructure impedes the planting of large trees.
4. Require protection of trees for all public and private infrastructure installation or maintenance,
and require the presence of a certified arborist when working in the critical root zone. Where
damage to trees is not avoidable, require replanting or payment into a tree replacement fund as
compensation.
5. Require professional assessment of damaged trees and require corrective actions to restore tree
health or replace trees that are not likely to survive and thrive.
6. When all required replacement trees cannot be accommodated on a site, require off -site
planting of replacement trees, or payment into a dedicated tree replacement fund.
7. Identify potential tree planting locations on publicly owned properties and develop tree planting
and urban forest rehabilitation programs for City parks and other publicly owned lands.
Collaborate with other agencies, such as Washington Department of Transportation to promote
planting in highway interchanges and other locations.
8. Collaborate with other government, non - profit organizations and private sector entities to
promote urban forest management and restoration.
Page 2 of 3 2/28/2013 3:55 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \Urban Forestry \Advisory Committee Materials\Agendas Memos \Meeting 7 \Staff Proposed Urban Forestry Policies
114
Staff Proposed Goals /Policies for Urban Forestry
March 13, 2013 Meeting
Goal 3. Tukwila's streetscapes and landscaped areas are sustainable and attractive and its
urban forest is healthy, diverse, and safe.
Policies for Goal 3:
1. Encourage retention of existing healthy trees wherever possible, through regulations,
incentives, and education.
2. Develop tree /urban forest inventories and assess the health of trees and forests in Tukwila's
public spaces.
3. Develop maintenance plans and programs for trees on City property or rights -of -way to ensure
that maintenance pruning is properly carried out, diseases and pest infestations are managed,
hazardous trees are identified and managed in a timely manner to reduce risks, and invasive
vegetation is managed.
4. Modify codes and educate property owners, property managers, landscape maintenance
companies and tree companies to promote best practices for soil preparation, planting
techniques, pruning, trenching, and general tree care.
5. Ensure that landscaping and replacement trees in new development or re- development are
properly cared for and thrive in perpetuity, through such means as maintenance agreements,
monitoring and enforcement.
6. Develop a mechanism to ensure that tree removal and maintenance companies have the
necessary qualifications and liability insurance for work in Tukwila.
Page 3 of 3 2/28/2013 3:55 PM
W:\ \Long Range Projects \Urban forestry\Advisory Committee Materials \Agendas Memos \Meeting !\Staff Proposed Urban Forestry Policies
115
Carol Lumb
From: Padvorac, Andy <andy.padvorac @pse.com>
Sent: Thursday, October 06, 20161:39 PM
To: Carol Lumb
Cc: Andrea Cummins
Subject: Landscape Ordinance - PSE Comments
Attachments: Draft TMC 18.52 landscaping code -PSE edits Oct. 6th.docx
Carol,
Puget Sound Energy appreciates the opportunity to support the city's update process with comments.
Enclosed are PSE's comments on this draft code update. I used "track changes" in the document you emailed
out on September 161h — after I accepted all of the edits included in that proposed document. All of the PSE
edits have been highlighted in yellow to make them more obvious.
PSE's focus is on right -tree, right- place. We have suggested wording to help avoid conflicts between new
vegetation and overhead power lines, and tried to clarify processes to resolve conflicts between existing
vegetation and power lines. The citations for those sections are noted below. As a side note, the code uses the
phrase "utility lines" rather than "power lines," and PSE's comments follow that. That said, clearances to
overhead powerlines are much more critical that what is needed for telecommunication lines.
Page 7 — 18.52.030.D.1; Edit wording, suggest revising definition of "hazardous tree" (18.06.395)
Page 8 — 18.52.040.A.9; Edit wording
Page 10 — 18.52.040.8.4; Edit wording
Page 12 — 18.52.050.6.1; Edit wording, maybe move utility text to new section
Page 14 — 18.52.050.6.6; Edit wording (street -side utilities can be in easements or city right -of -way)
Page 18 — 18.52.060.C.l.g.iv; Add section and wording
Page 19 -20 — 18.52.070.A.2.b; Add section and wording
Page 21— 18.52.070.B.i.b; Edit wording
Thank you!
Andy Padvorac, A/CP /CESCL
Sr. Land Planner
Puget Sound Energy
Oft 425- 456 -2550
Cel 206- 790 -8153
From: Carol Lumb [ mailto : Carol. Lumb @TukwilaWA.gov]
Sent: Friday, September 16, 2016 4:12 PM
To: Padvorac, Andy; Bonnie Wong; Bruce Paquette; Dana Ramsey; Daryl Tapio; Gasper Alexander; Gordon Manley;
116
Joshua Watler; Katrina Dohn; Kelli Turner; Kriner, Kerry; Kim Karns; Kristine Murphy; Nhan Nguyen; Robert Ferguson;
Sunny Mulholland (sunnymulholland @hotmail.com)
Cc: Andrea Cummins
Subject: Next Tree and Environment Advisory Committee Meeting
Dear Interested Party:
The next Tree and Environment Advisory Committee meeting will be Thursday, September 29, 2016 from 6:00 p.m. to
8:30 p.m. in conference room #2, 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Tukwila, WA 98188. The Committee will pick up where it left
off after its meeting on September 13th, on page 4, at TMC 18.52.030, Perimeter Landscaping Types, of the attached
document. The attached draft landscaping code includes more citations on sources used to develop the draft code and
was provided to the Committee at their meeting on September 13`h
The Tree and Environment Advisory Committee web site will be updated as any new materials are developed, and new
meeting dates are established. You can check for any updates
here: http://www.tukwilawa.gov/ departments /community- development /community - planning /tree- environment-
advisory- committee /.
Please let me know if you have any questions.
Carol Lumb
CaroCLumb, -VCP, Senior Aa.nner
Department of Community Development
City of 7'ukwi& .
63oo Southcenter BCvd, Suite loo
7uktivila, —W-A 98188
206 - 431-3661
CaroC.1umbP9"ukiv i(aiva. a ov
Tukwila, the City of opportunity, the community of choice
* *My incoming and outgoing email messages are subject to public disclosure requirements per RCW 42.56 **
117
118
2016 Draft landscaping Code
PSE Edits Oct. 6111?
TMC 18.52: Landscaping
18. 52.010 Purpose
18.52.020 Perimeter Landscaping Requirements by Zone District
A. Landscaping by Zone District
B. Clustering Landscaping
C. Bioretention Facility Substitution
D. Plant Material Clustering and Signage
18.52.030 Perimeter Landscaping Types
A. Type I
B. Type II
C. Type III
18.52.040 Plant Material Requirements and Tree Standards
A. Plant Material Requirements
B. Tree Standards
18.52.050 General Landscaping arid Screening Requirements
A. Purpose
B. General Landscaping Requirements
1. Visibility
2. Soil preparation and- planting
3. Design
4. Screening of Outdoor Storage, Mechanical Equipment and Garbage Storage
Areas
5. Irrigation
6. Utility Easements
7. Maintenance and pruning
8. Landscape Plan Requirements
18.52.060 Parking Lot Landscaping
A. Purpose
B. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping
C. Street Trees in the Pubic Frontage
18.52.070 Procedures
A. Landscape Modifications
1. Types of Modifications
2. Modification Approval Criteria
B. Violations
1. Chapter violations
2. Remedial Measures
Page 1 of 20 P 5 comments o:: 'Oct 6. 2�,r6
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
119
2016 Draft Landscaaina Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
3. Enforcement
4. Inspection Access
5. Penalties
18.52.010 Purpose:
The purpose of this chapter is to establish minimum requirements for landscaping to:
• promote safety;
• provide screening between incompatible land uses;
• mitigate the adverse effects of development on the 'environment;
• improve the visual environment for resident and nonresident alike;
• implement Urban Forestry Comprehensive Plan goal's;
• increase tree canopy throughout the city to improve air quality, promote the
health of residents, visitors and employees, reduce heat islands, and storm water
flows;
• support the low impact development goals of the Comprehensive Plan and the
City's National Pollution Discharge Elimination System permit;
• regulate the protection of existing landscaping; And
• establish requirements for the long -term maintenance of required landscaping.
18.52.020 Perimeter Landscaping Requirements by Zone District
A. In the various zone districts of the City,, landscaping in the front, rear and side
yards shall be provided as established by the various zone district chapters of
this title. These requirements are summarized in the following table, except for
Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) requirements; which are listed in TMC Chapter
18.28.
Table XX
ZONING
DISTRICT
S
FRONT
YARD
(SECOND`
FRONT)
LANDSCAPE TYPE
FOR FRONTS
SIDE
YARD
REAR YARD
LANDSCAPE TYPE FOR
SIDE/jiEliF{ -
LDR
j
(tor uses
I
other
than
152
Type (
10
10
Type 1
dwelling
units
MDR
1,2,11 j
- <Type 1
10
10
-- Type l- -� -'
HDR
15
15 1.2.11
- Type 1
10 - -
- 10 -
�. Type I
MUO
15
—
7
-
^7
2
-'1s
Typel
TYPBJ
O
Type
4
4
-
--- -2
17
-_ �`_J
fil
__
--- - _- .-------
Type I7'
- -- - - - -- -
Page 2 of 20 PSE comments on Oct.6 3016
W:\ \Long Range Projecu \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
120
Commented (CLl(: General note: to Increase tree
conopv per Comprehensive Plan goal of 3% for
Commercially zoned properties, propose increasing front
landscaping and adding side and rear landscaping in some
districts. Other commercial districts increased or
landscaping added for some reason -see chart.
Commented (CU]: The current five feet Is being �.
Increased to six feet as this is the minimum area needed for
a large stature trees.
2016 Draft landscaaina Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 6")
RCC
—
20
23
Type I7
�4
1011
Type 11
NCC
4
10 5
7
Type I
,d
S '
�
6g
-
Type 11
RC
10
Type I
¢ 54
¢ a4
T 118
RCM
10
Type I
¢ 64
6 C4
Type 11
TUC — See TMC Chapter 18.28 (to be integrated into TMC 18.52)
C21
1532,55
Type 16
65'12
05,12
Type 08
LI
L5-4" 2
Type 11
04,12
04,12
Type III
HI
1544,62
Type II
04,12
04,12
Type III
MIC/L
10 .65
Type 11
05,12
05,12
Type III
MIC /H
10 55
Type It
05,12
05,12
Type III
TVs
152,3
Type II
04
04
Type )l
TSO
159,2
Type 1
010
to
Type III
Notes:
Commented [CL3]: For NCC only an increase in the front
landscaping is proposed, no side or rear landscaping Is
proposed for NCC and RC due to the small size of most lots.
— Commented [CL4]: Landscaping required In TVs and TSO
Is subject to the Tukwila South Development Agreement
and Tukwila South Master Plan -any changes to landscaping
widths will be addressed through any amendments to the
Development Agreement.
1. Minimum required front yard landscaped areas In the MDR and HDR zones may have
up to 20% of their required- landscape area developed for pedestrian and transit
facilities subject to the approval'criteria in TMC 18.52.070 A.2.a.
2. In order to provide flexibility, of the site design while Still providing the full amount of
landscaping required by code, the front yard landscape Width may` be divided into a perimeter
strip and one or more. other landscape areas between' -the building and the front property line, if
the perimeter strip is i rrdnimum of 10 feet and the lardscape materials are sufficient to provide
landscaping along the perimeter and screening of the building mass.
3. Required landscaping may include a mix of plant materials, pedestrian amenities and
features, outdoor caf6 -type seating and similar features subject to the approval criteria in TMC
18.52.060 A.2.a..Bloretentilonj may also be used as required landscaping subject to the approval_,
criteria In TMC 18.52.070 A.2At11 Required plant materials Will be reduced in proportion to the
amount of perimeter area devoted to pedestrian oriented space.
4. Increased to 10 feet if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
5. Increased to 15 feet if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
6. Increased to Type II if the front yard contains truck loading bays, service areas or
Outdoor storage.
7. Increased to Type -11 if any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
8. Increased to Type' III If any portion of the yard is within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
9. Only required along public streets.
10. Increased to 10 feet if adjacent to residential uses or non -TSO zoning.
11. In the MDR and HDR districts and other districts where multifamily development is
permitted, a community garden may be substituted for some or all of the landscaping. In order to
qualify, a partnership with a nonprofit With community garden expertise is required to provide
training, tools and assistance to apartment residents. Partnership with the nonprofit with
gardening expertise is required throughout the life of the garden. if the community garden is
abandoned, the required landscaping must be installed.
12. To accommodate the types of uses found in the C /Ll, LI, HI and MIC districts,
landscaping may be clustered to permit truck movements or to accommodate other uses
commonly found in these districts if the criteria in TMC 18.52.070 A.2.c. are met.
Page 3 of 20 PSE comments on Oct. 5 2016
W:\ \Long Range Projects \20161andscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
Commented [CLS]: As part of obtaining approval of a new
National Pollution Discharge Elimination System permit
from Washington State Dept, of Ecology, the City Is
incorporating the use of bioretention techniques to reduce
the amount of storm water run -off. The landscaping code Is
Incorporating recommendations from the City's consultant
on the use of bioretention as part of the formal site
landscaping.
121
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
13. The amount of landscaping in commercially zoned properties may be reduced by 15%
if buildings are moved to the front of the site to create a more pedestrian friendly site Idesigril
B. Clustering of Landscaping
The landscape perimeter may be clustered if the total required square footage is
achieved, unless the landscaping requirement has been increased due to proximity
to LDR, MDR orHbk. See TMC 18.52.070 A.2.c. for approval criteria. In addition,
up to 50% of the perimeter landscaping may be relocated to the interior parking to
provide more flexibility for site organization. See TMC •18.52.070 A.2.a. for
approval rcriterial.
C. Bioretention Facility Oubs'titutiok
Landscaping in a bioretention facility which'includes trees, shrubs and groundcover
may be counted up to 100% towards required landscaping depending on the
location and proposed use. See TMC 18.52.070 A.2.d. for approval criteria.
Commented (CL6): Applies to all commercially zoned i
districts y
Commented [CU]: 18.S2.020 8. f
Commented (CL8): New text to allow flexibility in site t
design.
Commented [CL9): New text based on recommendations
from OTAK on allowing up to 20% of required front yard
landscaping In multifamily districts to count toward
landscaping requirement.
D. Plant Material Clustering and Olgneg4 Commented [CL10): New text, based on experience with
some requests to remove trees due to signage being 4
Landscaping may be clustered Wavoid conflicts with proposed signage. See TMC blocked,
18.52.070 A.2.c. for approval criteria:
18.52.030 Perimeterlandscaping f iype5� _
A. Type I - Light Screening k
1. The purpose of Type,l landscaping is to enhance Tukwila's streetscapes, provide
A light visual separation between -uses and zoning districts, screen parking areas,
and allow views to building entryways and signage.
2. Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a. Trees spaced regularly at a distance based on the stature of tree selected
(small, medium or large, see TMC 18.52.040 B.2. below) except where there
are conflicts,, Large canopy trees are preferred unless it can be shown that
site conditions do not permit this size tree at Fnaturi4
b. Shrub spacing is based on the mature size of plant material selected. One
shrub per 7 lineal feet, excluding curb cuts, and which achieves a continuous
vertical layer within three (3) years.
c. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to cover,
within three (3) years, 100% of the yard area not needed for trees and shrubs.
If grass is being used as the groundcover, a three -foot diameter ring of bark
mulch is required around each tree.
B. -Type II - Moderate Screening.
Page 4 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Protects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 1852
122
PSE commentton Oct 6 2016
Commented (CL11): Mix of 18.28.230 and next text.
Commented (C1121: This text should read the same as 4
C.2.a below— we missed making this correction
2016 Draft Landscapina Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
1. The purpose of Type II landscaping is to enhance Tukwila's streetscapes,
provide a moderate visual separation between uses and zoning districts, screen
blank building walls and parking areas, and allow views to building entryways
and signage.
2. Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a. Trees shall be spaced based on the stature tree selected (small, medium or
large stature of tree) (excluding curb cuts) spaced regularly (except where
there are conflicts with utilities) and consisting of a mix of deciduous and
evergreen trees along the applicable property line. The preference is for
large canopy trees unless it can be shown,that site conditions do not permit
this size tree at maturity.
b. 1 shrub per 4 linear feet of property line, excluding curb,cuts and which
achieves a continuous vertical layer within three (3) years..
c. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to cover,
within 3 years, 100% of the yard area not needed for trees and shrubs. If
grass is being used as the groundcover',.a 3 -foot diameter ring of bark mulch
is required around each tree.
C. Type III - Heavy Screening. '
1. The purpose of Type III landscaping is to provide exteh4ive visual separation
along property lines between highly incompatible development, such as
warehousing and residential uses. `
2. Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a.. Trees shall be spaced.based on the stature tree selected (excluding curb
cuts) spaced regularly (except where there are conflicts with utilities) and
consisting of at least 50% evergreen along the applicable property line (75%
along property line adjacent to residential uses). The preference is for large
canopy tree's unless it can be shown that site conditions do not permit this
size tree at maturity.
b. Privacy screening utilizing evergreen shrubs, screening walls or fences (up to
7 feet tall) is allowed.
c. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors and textures to cover,
within 3 years, 100% of the yard area not needed for trees and shrubs. If
grass is being used as the groundcover, a 3 -foot diameter ring of bark mulch
is required around each tree.
D. Significant Tree Retention
1. Significant trees located within any required landscape area that are not bead[,
dying, diseased, or a nuisance species, as identified in the Tukwila Approved
Tree List, and that do not pose a safety hazard or conflict with overhead utility
Page 5 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 16.52
ASE comments on Oct_6_.2016
Commented [CL131: D.1, almost verbatim from current
code 18.52;030 D -10. First part of paragraph is from
18.28.240 B.f.
123
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
PSE Edits Oct. 6th}
lines, as determined by the City or an ISA certified arborist, shall be retained and
protected during construction with temporary fencing or other enclosure, as
appropriate to the site and following Tree Protection Best Management Practices
(See TMC 18.54
PSE NOTE: the city's definition of "hazardous tree," 18.06._395 has been
interpreted to not allow removal of a tree that will prow too tall underneath
overhead utility lines. We request the definition be revised to:
' "Hazardous tree' means a tree with a structural defect or disease, or
which impedes safe vision or traffic flow, or will mature at a height that
could be too close to overhead utility lines, or otherwise currently poses a
threat to life or property."
2. Retained significant trees may be counted towards required)andscaping[ For
each two percent of effective canopy cover provided by preserved trees that is
incorporated into a development plan, a'two percent reduction in the minimum
landscape requirement may be granted. No more than 20% of the minimum
landscape requirement may be reduced for any one development. Approval is
required per TMC 18.52.070 A.2.e.
3. The area designated for protection will.vary based 'bri the tree's diameter,
species,, age, and the characteristics of theylanted area and utilize Best
-- - - - -�°
Management Practices for Protection (See TMC 18.54 (X._Property owners
may be required to fumi.sh a report by an ISA certified arborist to document
tree's condition if tree to be retained. The Director m a
may require that an ISA
certified arborist be retained to supervise tree protection during construction.
Grade changes around.existing trees are to be avoided.
18.52.040_ Plant Material Requirements and Tree Standards
;i
A. Plant Material Requirements
Plants shall meet the current American Standard for Nursery Plant Stock
(American Nursery and Landscape Associations -ANLA) (ANSI Z60.1) and shall
be healthy, vigorous and well - formed, with well - developed, fibrous root systems,
free from dead branches or roots. Plants shall be free from damage caused by
temperature extremes, pre - planting or on -site storage, lack of or excess
moisture, insects, disease, and mechanical injury. Plants in leaf shall be well
foliated and of good color. Plants shall be habituated to outdoor environmental
conditions (i.e. hardened -ft. _ _ _
Commented [CL14I: Revisions tdTMC 18.54, the Citys
tree regulations, will propose tree protection requirementsi
Commented (CL1SI: From Tigard Municipal Code -
18.790.050 C.4. - modified to allow 2% reduction In
required landscaping rather than Tigard's 1% reduction
allowance.
Commented [CL16I: Portion of p3 from 18.28.240 B.
Commented [CL17): Revisions to TMC 18.54, the CkWs
tree regulations, will propose tree protection requirements.
Commented [CL18I: from 18.52.030 D.I.
2. A mix of evergreen trees and evergreen shrubs shall be used to screen blank
,walls. ----------------- - Commented (CL19I: 18.52.030 D.2. and 18.28,040 B.1.a.
Page 6 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
124
PSE comments on OcL n ?016
2016 Draft landscaping Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 6"')
3. Evergreen trees shall be a minimum of 6 feet in height at time of blanting� Commented (CL20]: 18.52.030 D.6.
4. Deciduous trees shall be a minimum 2 inch caliper six inches off the ground
when Installed.
5. Shrubs shall be at least 18 -24 inches in height, and full and bushy at time of
planting.
6. New plant materials shall include native species or non - native species that are
drought tolerant and are adapted to the climatic conditions of the Puget Sound
Region. There must be a diversity of tree and shrub, genus and species in the site
landscaping, taking into account species in existing development around the site.
a. If there are more than 8 required trees, no more than 40 percent may be
of one species.
b. If there are more than 24 required trees, no more than 20 percent maybe
of one species.
c. If there are more than 25 required shrubs, ho more than 50 percent may
be of one species.
7. No species that are listed on the State or King County noxious weed lists or
otherwise known to be a nuisance or invasive may be blantec�
B. Plant materials shall be selected that reihforce the landscape design concept,
and are appropriate to their location in terms of hardiness, tolerance to urban
conditions, maintenance needs and growth characteristics. Large and medium
stature tree species are required, per Tukwila Approved Tree list except where
there is insufficient planting area (due to `proximity to a building, street light,
above ground or underground utility line, 04).
Commented [CL211: Mostly 18.52.030 0.7.
Commented (CL221: Not sure source —both 18.28 and
18.52 specify 18"
Commented (CL23]: 6 main text from 18.28.240 8.1.g. '
Commented (CL24]: Items 6. a-c are from the City of
Portland's landscaping code.
Commented (CL25): 18.52.030 8.9.
Commented (CL26]: 18.28.240 B.11
9. Landscape plans shall take into consideration the mature size of proposed
landscape materials to minimize the future need for pruning i.e. placement such
that mature trees will not cause problems for foundations, obscure signage, grow _
too close to overhead utility lines, obstruct traffic �tcL Commented (t127]: Staff developed this language based
on problems we have encountered.
10.The classification,of plant material as trees, shrubs and evergreens shall be as
listed in the Hortus Third, A Concise Dictionary of Plants Cultivated in the U.S.
and Canada, or as �updatedh _ _ _ - _ _ - - i Commented [CL28]: 18.52.o3oo.11.
11. Evergreen landscaping is appropriate for screening utility vaults and cabinets,
loading docks and some storage jarea4_
12. Species selection is very important in grouped plantings. Species with like
cultural requirements should be grouped together. Drought tolerant species are
strongly recommended and monoculture plantings are prohibited. Low
Page 7 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 landscaping Cade Update \Draft TMC 18.52
PSE cpmments on Oct 6 2016
Commented (CL29]: 18.28.240 B c.e.
125
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
maintenance cost and low replacement costs are two advantages of planting
drought tolerant species in grouped configurations. I _ _ _ _ - - _ _ , . _ - I Commented [CL3o]:18.29.240 CJ,
13. Plant material requirements for bioretention facilities shall be in accordance with
the City's bioretention plant�is( .
B. Tree Standards
1. Tree Species: shall be appropriate for the planting environment as determined
by the Department Director in consultation with the City environmentalist and
seek to achieve a balance of thejfollowing!
a. Consistency with approved Tree List or Bioretention Landscaping List.
b. Compatibility with space constraints for roofs and bitanches at maturity.
c. Providing adequate species diversity citywide and reasonable resistance to
pests and diseases. r'
2. Tree Spacing: trees shall be provided adequate spacing from ne,`w and existing
trees according to the following standards wherever bossiblek `
a. Trees categorized as small stature on the tree list shall be spaced no greater
than 20 feet on center'and not closer than 15 feet on center from other newly
planted or existing trees
b. Trees categorized as medium stature on the tree:llst shall be spaced no
greater than 30 feet on centerand not-closer than 20 on center from other
newly planted or any existing trees...
c. Trees categorized as large stature on the tree list shall be spaced no greater
than 40 feet on center and not closer than 30 feet on center from other newly
planted or existing trees.
d. Any tree determined to have a mature spread of less than 20 feet (a columnar
or fastigiate variety) is discouraged except under specific conditions and shall
be considered a small stature tree and spaced accordingly.
Trees shall be placed according to the following Wif derdj
a. Small ;stature trees shall be planted with the center of their trunks a minimum
of two feet from'any hard surface paving.
b. Medium stature trees shall be planted with the center of their trunks a
minimum of 2.5 feet from any hard surface paving;
c. Large stature trees shall be planted with the center of their trunks a minimum
of 3 feet from any hard surface paving;
d. Trees shall be planted a minimum of:
i. 4 feet on center from any fire hydrant, above - ground utility or utility
pole;
ii. 2 feet on center from any underground utility;
iii. 5 feet on center from a street light standard;
Page 8 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
126
PSE comments on Oct 62016
Commented [CL31t: oTAx
Commented [C132[: From City of Tigard, Oregon Urban
Forestry Manual
Commented [CL33]: From Tigard Urban Forestry Manual
Commented [C1341: Tigard — Urban Forestry Manual pg.
_2016 Draft Landscaping Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 611)
iv. 20 feet from a street right of way comer; however, a greater or lesser
comer setback may be required based on an analysis of traffic and
pedestrian safety impacts.
v. 5 —10 feet from building foundations depending on species.
4. Where there are overhead utility lines, the tree species selected shall be of a
type which, at full maturity, will not interfere with the lines or require topping or
pruning to maintain necessary -clearances#ei;
5. Root barriers may be installed according to the manufacture's specifications
when a tree is planted within 5 feet of any hard surface paving or utility feature
and in areas where Structural Soil is not required, subject to approval by the
Department Director in consultation with the City's (environmentalist.
6. Drought resistant species are encouraged in order to minimize irrigation
requirements, except where site conditions within the required landscape areas
ensure adequate moisture forbrowthj.
7. The mature size of selected tree species should be suitable to lot size, the scale
of adjacent structures; and.the. proximity to utility lines to minimize the need for
future pruning.
8. In general, deciduous trees with open branching structures are recommended to
ensure visibility to retail establishments:: More substantial shade trees or conifers
are recommended in ftont of private residences:
9. All trees should be selected and located so they will not obstruct views to
windows and building signage as they mature.
10. Shade trees should be planted to shade buildings' east and west - facing windows
to provide a balance between summer cooling and winter heating through solar
gain.' -- - - - - -- -- - - - - -- --
18.52.050 General Landscaping and Screening Requirements
A. Purpose:
The purpose of this section is to provide standards applicable to setbacks, public
frontage areas, open space, and other areas on- premises and to the planting of
street trees. These regulations address plant materials and design, visibility,
irrigation, landscape plans, utility and service areas.
B. General Landscaping Requirements.
1. visibility.- -
Page 9 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
PSE comments on Oct 6.2016
Commented (CL35): Tigard Urban Forestry Manual pg.2-
Z
Commented (CL36): Tigard Urban Forestry Manual pg: 2•
2
Commented 37]: #6-9 18.28.240 C.1. a -d
Commented [CL38): This text accidently repeated below
under Design only need It In one spot - from 18.28.240 C.2.
Commented [CL39]: Whole Visibility subsection is from
18.28.240 B.2.
127
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 6ih)
a. Design of new landscaping and maintenance of existing landscaping shall
consider Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED)
principals and visibility for safety and views. Appropriate plant species shall
be specified to avoid the need for excessive maintenance pruning. Trees
along the street frontages, as they mature, shall be limbed up, using proper
ISA pruning techniques, to a minimum height bf'6 -16 feeflidepending
location of tree (over sidewalk, adjacent to road etc.) to allow adequate
visibility and clearance for vehicles. Trees may be pruned to improve views of
signage and entryways by using such techniques as windowing, thinning, and
limbing up. However, no more than 1/4 of the canopy may be removed within
any 2 -year period. All pruning shall be done in accordance with ANSI
Standard A -300 specifications, as revised. Trees'may only be Igpp. d and
pruned is sewer -their neigh! to prevent interference with an overhead utility or
electrical line apid-with prior approval by the Director. The pruning must be
carried out under the direction ofby a certified arborist. The crown shall be
maintained to at least 2/3 the height of the tree prior to pruning. PSE note:
the "crown" criteria of 2/3 if not feasible for vegetation m_ aintenance by
utilities. Otherwise, trees shall not be to}iped .'-
PSE note: consider moving text that is specific to utility tree topping and
pruning to a new section 'T" for clarity.
b. Landscaping shall not obstruct.views'from or into the driveway, sidewalk or
street. Uandscape.,design shall allow for surveillance from streets and
buildings and avoid creating areal that might harbor criminal activity.
c., Landscaping at crosswalks and other locations where vehicles and
0ed6strians intersect musk not block pedestrians' and drivers' views.
d: Evergreen shrubs and trees shall be used for screening along rear property
lines, around solid waste %recycling areas, utility cabinets and mechanical
equipment, and to obscure grillwork and fencing associated with subsurface
park'ind garages. Evergreen shrubs and trees shall be pruned so that 18
inches visibility at the base is maintained.
2. Soil Preparation and Planting.
Commented (CIAO]: Revised from 18.28.240 8.2. based t
on Input from PW
a. For landscaping planted in sidewalks and parking lots, or in limited areas of
so'itvolume, structural soils (Comell University product or similar) must be commented (cLai):1a.2ea4oss.
- - -- -- -- - - -- - -- --
used to a preferred depth of 36 inches, to promote tree root growth and
provide structural support to the paved area. Minimum soil volumes for tree
roots shall be 750 cubic feet per tree (see specifications and sample plans for
CU- Structural Soils). Trees and other landscape materials shall be planted
per specifications in "CU Structural Soils — A Comprehensive Guide" or using
Page 10 of 20
W:\ \long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
128
PSE comments on Oct_6,2016
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
current BMPs as approved by the Director. Suspended pavement s stems
(Silva Cells or similar) may also be used if approved by the birector -
b. For landscaping planted in a bioretention facility, soils appropriate for use in
such facility must be used. See TMC 14.30, Surface Water Management for
soil standards:
c. For all other plantings, (such as large planting areas where soil volumes are
adequate for healthy root growth) soils must be prepared for planting in
accordance with BMP T5.13, "Post Construction Soil Quality and Depth," from
the Washington Department of Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for
Western Washington (or as amended), regardless of whether a stormwater
permit is required by the ON.. `
d. The applicant will be required to schedule an inspection by the City of the
planting areas prior to planting to ensure soils are properly prepared. Soil
must be amended, tilled and prepped to a depth of at least 12 inchid.
e. Installation of landscape plants must eQmpiy with best management practices
including:
(1) Planting holes that are the same depth as the size of the root ball and
3 times wider than,the root ball.
(2) Root balls of potted and.balled and bAapped (B &B) plants must be
loosened and pruned as necessary to ensure there are no encircling
roots prior to planting,, All burlap and all straps or wire baskets must
be removed from B &B plants prior to planting.
(3) The iop of,the root flare; where the roots and the trunk begin, should
be placed at grade. The root ball shall, not extend above the soil
surface or the flare be placed below grade.
(4) If using mulch around trees and shrubs, maintain at least a 6 -inch
mulch -free ring around the base of the tree trunks and woody stems
of shrubs. If using mulch around groundcovers until they become
established, mulch.shall not be placed over the crowns of perennial
plants..,
3. Nsigrr.
a. Shade trees should be planted to shade buildings' east and west- facing
windows to provide a balance between summer cooling and winter heating
through solar gain.
b. All landscaped areas should be designed to allow aquifer filtration and
minimize stormwater run -off utilizing bio- swales, filtration strips, and
bioretention ponds where {appropriates.
4. Screening of outdoor storage, mechanical equipment and garbage storage
areas and fences.
Page 11 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18,52
P SE_com me _ nts a: Oct. 62016
Commented ICL421: Language is mix of TUC landscaping J
chapter and new text developed by staff.
Commented [CL43]: Added b. to acknowledge soils used
for bioretention facilities are different from those used for
other planting areas, Reference to TMC 14,30 at request of
Pw
Commented [CL44]: 18.28.240 B.3,b.
Commented [CL45]: 4, d, and a from 18.28.240 8.3.
_ Commented [CL46]: From TMC 18.28, Tukwila Urban
Center chapter.
Commented [CL47]: 18.28.240 C.2.
Commented [CL4t1]: This is currently a requirement In
the TUC district — however, City-wide we do not want to
have all landscaping areas serve as storm water collection
areas —we meant to revise this before sending to
Committee to say: "Landscape areas maybe designed to
aHow...."
Commented [AC49]: Taken directly from current code,
TMC 18.52.040 E.
129
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 61h)
a. Outdoor storage shall be screened from abutting public and private streets
and from adjacent properties. Such screens shall be a minimum of eight feet
high and not less than 60% of the height of the material stored. The screens
shall be specified on the plot plan and approved by the Community
Development Director. In the MDR and HDR zones, outdoor storage shall be
fully screened from all public roadways and adjacent parcels with a high
obscuring structure equal in height to the stored objects and with a solid
screen of exterior landscaping.
b. Ground level mechanical equipment and garbage storage areas shall be
screened with evergreen plant materials and /offences or masonry jwallsj_
c. Fences. All fences. shall be placed on the interior side of any required
perimeter landscaping
5. Ir�igetiori -- _ _ - _ _ _ _ .. _
a. The intent of this standard is to ensure that plants will survive the critical
establishment period when they are most vulnerable due to lack of watering
and to ensure their long term viability.., .
b. All required plantings must be served by a permanent automatic irrigation
system, unless approvedby the Director.
(1) Irrigation shall be designed to conserve water by using the best
practical management techniques available., These techniques may
include, but not be limited to: drip irrigation (where appropriate) to
minimize evaporation loss, moisture sensors to prevent irrigation
dunng rainy periods, automatic controllers to insure proper duration of
watering, sprinkler head selection and spacing designed to minimize
overspray, and separate zones for turf and other landscaping and for
full sun exposure and shady areas to meet watering needs of different
sections of•the landscape.
(2) Exceptions to the irrigation requirement may be approved by the
dDirector, such as xeriscaping (i.e., low water usage plantings),
plantings approved for low impact development techniques,
established indigenous plant material, or landscapes where natural
appearance is acceptable or desirable to the City. However, those
exceptions will require temporary irrigation until established.
6. Utilityies along Streets Easefn- li- �
Utility alignments along streets. whether In easements or in cif street rights_
of -wa -a {eas when located betwee4-prGpeFly lines af4d
behind street curbing shall be landscaped and /or treated with dust and
erosion control planting or surfacing such as evergreens, groundcover,
shrubs, trees, sod or a combination of similar materials. In areas of overhead
tsa*&-r4e {a -utiht lines, no shrubs or trees shall be allowed that could
Page 12 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
130
PSE comments on Oct. 6, 2016
Commented [CL-50]: 1852.040 F.
Commented [CLS1]:,18.52.040 G.
Commented [CL52]: Taken directly from TMC 18.28,
Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) District.
Commented ICLS31: p5 from 18.28,240 8.4.
Commented (CLSQ: Taken directly from current code,
TMC 18:52.040 J.
2016 Draft Landscaping Cod_ e
(PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
mature over 20 feet in height- at rAmyFity will be- a4(ew94. Trees should not be
planted within 10 feet of underground water, sewer or storm drainage pipes.
7. Maintenance andEPrun1n_J_
a. Any landscaping required by this chapter shall be retained and maintained by
the property owner for the life of the project in conformance with the intent of
the approved landscape plan and this chapter. Maintenance shall include
keeping all planting areas free of weeds and trash and replacing any
unhealthy or dead plant materials.
b. Pruning of trees is only allowed for the Health of the'tiee, to maintain sight
distances or sight lines into commercial areas, oflif interfering with overhead
utilities. All pruning must be done in accordance +itr[th American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) A -300 }specifications
c. No tree planted by a property owner or the City to fulfill landscape
'requirements or any existing tree, may be topped or removed without prior
approval from the City. Any tree topped or removed without approval shall be
subject to code enforcement action per TMC Chapter 8.45 in addition to the
requirements of TMC 18.52.070 B, Violations.
Cl. Private property owners shall collect all on -site landscaping debris and
'dispose of this materialpropeiiy; Private property landscaping debris shall
not be placed or blown intoahe public right of way,for City collection.
Violations will be subject to code enforcement actionper TMC Chapter 8.45.
4
8. Landscape.Plan Requirements. '
Commented (CL55): Taken directly from TM[ 18.28,
Tukwila Urtian Center district-
Commented [CL56): 18,28,240 C. 9.a,
�Commented (CLS7): 18.28.24oC.9.b.
Commented (CLSB): This text a mix of current codde
Il (18,52.050 8.) and new teat. 1111
Commented (CL59): New text to address problem of
private property owners blowing debris into City Row for
City collection.
A Washington State licensed landscape architect or other landscape design
professional shall prepare and stamp the landscape plans in accordance with _ - commented [arol: All but last sentence in a. is aom
the standards herein. Detailed plans for landscaping and screening shall be 18.52.050A. New handout being prepared with llst of Items
submitted with plans for building and site improvements. Included in the plans that must be included onlandappeplen.
shall be type, quantity, spacing and location of plants and materials; typical
planting details; soil amendrhentlnstallation; tree protection details as
applicable; and the location of irrigation systems and significant trees within
20 feet of the property line on adjacent properties. Underground and at-
ground utilities shall be shown on the plans so that planting conflicts are
avoided. A detailed list of items to be included on the landscape plan is
available in the Landscape Plan handout, available on -line or at the DCD
offices.
Installation of the landscaping and screening shall be completed and a
Landscaping Declaration submitted by the owner or owner's agent prior to
issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy. Any plant substitutions shall be
noted on the Declaration. If necessary due to weather conditions or
construction scheduling, the installation may be postponed to the next
planting season (October— April) if approved by the Director and stated on
the building permit. A performance assurance device equal to 150% of the
Page 13 of 20
W:\ \Lang Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18,52
PSE comments on gd,6,_2Q16
131
_2016 Draft Landscaping Code
PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
cost of the labor and materials must be provided to the City before the
deferral is �ppre�.
Commented (CL611: Most of b. from 19 28.240 85,
Underlined tent new to reflect current requirement when
18.52.060 Parking Lot Landscaping
Landscaping Affidavit Is completed & provided toCity,
A. Purpose: The purpose of this section is to mitigate adverse impacts created by
parking lots which include noise, glare, and increased heat and to improve their
physical appearance
Commented (CL62): Need to add storm water to list of
Impacts parking lot landscaping addresses.
B. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping:
1. For surface parking lots adjacent to public or private streets, a minimum of 20
square feet of interior parking lot landscaping is required for each parking �talll
except in C /LI, LI and HI, a minimum of 15 square feet per, stall is required and in
the MIC/L, and MIC/H, a minimum of 10 square feet per stall is required.
2. For surface parking lots located behind �buildings , or otherwise screened from
public or private streets or public spaces, aI minim um of 10 square feet of interior
parking lot landscaping is required for each p6Aing stall in all" onesl,.
3. Trees shall be evenly distributed .throughout the parking lot and planted in
continuous, landscaped planting,strips between rows of parking is encouraged.
Surface water management design may also be combined with landscaping in
parking )ots. However, in industrial design. LI, HI, MIC/L, MIC /H)
clustering of interior parking lot landscaping may be permitted to accommodate
site tusage,
4. For parking lots adjace6t'to'public or private streets, if landscape islands are
designed into the parking lot layout to divide continuous rows of parking stalls,
they must be placed at minimum spacing of every 10 parking spaces. For parking
areas located behind buildings or otherwise screened from public or private
streets or public spaces, if landscape islands are used, they shall be placed at a
minimum of one island every 15 parking �stall4.
5. Landscape islands must be a minimum of 6 feet wide, exclusive of overhang, and
a minimum of 100 square feet in area. All landscaped areas must be protected
from damage by vehicles (curbs, tire stops, or other �echniquesb.
6. Landscape islands shall be placed at the ends of each row of parking to protect
parked vehicles from turning movements of other Vehicles),.
7. The number and stature of trees shall be based on the area available in the
landscape island. A minimum of one large stature evergreen or deciduous tree or
two medium stature trees are required for every 100 square feet of landscaped
Page 14 of 20
w:\ \long Range Projects \20161andscaping Code update \Draft TMC 18.52
132
PSE cpmmen. s,on Oa 6 ZQ36
Commented (CL63): 18.28.240 8,6:b. Remainder of text
new to require less landscaping In parking lots located in
Industrial districts'
f.Commented [CL64): 1828.240 8.6,b.(2)
Commented [CL6S): 18.28.240 8,6:b.(3) portion.
Commented [CL66): p3 • New text to allow flexibility of
site design,
- ' Commented [CL67]: Portion of 18.28.240 B.6.b. (3)
Commented tCL681: 18.28.240 B.6.b. (4)
Commented (CL69]: 18.26.240 6.6.b. (5)
2016 Draft landscaping Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 6tr')
island, with the remaining area to contain a combination of shrubs, living /--
groundcover, and knulclil. _ - _ _ - _ I Commented [CL70]: New text -goal is to Inetease
number of large canopy trees in parking lots.
8. Bioretention, which includes trees, shrubs, and groundcover, may be used to
meet interior parking lot landscaping requirements. The bioretention facility must
be designed by a professional trained or certified in Low Impact Development
techniqu9S. - Commented [CL71]: New text to support implementation
-- - � -- - - - - - - - - - -
of bloretention techniques as part of formal landscaping
9. Vehicular Overhang.
a. Vehicle overhang into any landscaping area shall not exceed two feet. Commented [CL72]: 9. a, and b. from Maple Valley
b. No plant material greater than 12 inches in height shall be located within Y landscape code
two feet of the curb or other protective barrier in landscape areas adjacent
to parking spaces and vehicle use areas.
c. Raised curbs or curb stops shall be used around the landscape islands to
prevent plant material from being struck by automobiles. Where
bioretention is used, curb cuts shall be placed to allow stormwater runoff
from adjacent pavements to enter the bioretention (system Commented [CL73]: last sentence in 9. c. - language
recommended by OTAK, City's consultant on incorporating
10. Pervious pavement shall be used, where feasible, adjacent to landscape reas[ bioretention features into City code, First sentence from
18.52.035 4.d.
C. Street Trees in the Public Frontage. Commented [CL74]: New text - supports new NPOE5
permit and reduction of Impervious surfaces throughout
t
1. Purpose: The purpose of this section is.to implement Comprehensive Plan goals city,
and policies to increase tree canopy throughout the City along street frontages
on both public and private property`
a. Street tree spacing in the public frontage shall be as specified above in
Section 18.52.040 B.2. based on the stature size of the free_ Spacinn must . - Commented [CL75]: first sentence revised fm�l
also consider sight vision distance at intersections, driveway locations, 18.28.240 B.B. text
and utility conflicts as specified above in Section 18.52.040 BA Commented [CL76]: 18.28.240 B. E. lastsentance
b. Street trees in the public frontage shall be planted using the general
guidance of the following spacing lstandards .......... _ - ....... Commented [CL77]: 18,28.240 B.B.b. - yellow text added
(1) At least 3.5 feet back from the face of the curb at request of PW.
(2) At least 5 feet from underground utility lines.
(3) At least 10 feet from power poles.
(4) At least 7.5 feet from driveways.
(5) At least 3 feet from pad- mounted transformers (except 10 feet in
front for access).
(6) At least 4 feet from fire hydrants and connections. tc. Tree grates are not encouraged, but when used, shall be designed so that Commented [CL78]: 18.28.2408. s. c., yeilowtext
sections of grate can be removed incrementally as the tree matures and revised based on meeting with PW staff j
shall be designed to avoid accumulation of trash. When used, tree grates
and landscaped tree wells shall be a minimum 36 square feet in size (6'x
6'). Tree well size may be adjusted to comply with ADA standards on
narrower sidewalks. See TMC Section 18.28.240.B.3, "Soil Preparation
Page 15 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
PSE comments a,: _O_3.6 2016
133
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
and Planting," for structural soil requirements. Root barriers may be
installed at the curb face if structural soils are not used.
Cl. Planting and lighting plans shall be coordinated so that trees are not
planted in locations where they will obstruct existing or planned street or
site lighting, while maintaining appropriate spacing and allowing for their
size and spread at Heturiiy{. Commented [CL79):
e. Planting plans shall consider the location of existing or planned signage to
avoid future conflicts from mature trees and (landscaping.
f. Street trees are subject to the most current planting, maintenance, and
removal standards and BMPs. Street trees planted prior to the adoption of
the most current tree planting standards shall be exempt from these
planting standards but are still subject to current removal and
maintenance tandard i'
g. Street Tree Maintenance: LandscaRing in the right of way's� all be
maintained by the abutting property owners) unless maintenance has
been accepted by the City. See TMC 11.20115dt . _ _
i. Street trees shall. be maintained consistent with International
Society of Arbbrists best management practices.
ii. Street trees shall be maintained in a manner that does not impede
public street or sidewalk traffic, consistent with the specification in
•the'Public Works Infrastructure Design Manual, including:
a)` 8 feet of clearance above public sidewalks;
b)', 13 feet of clearance above public local and neighborhood
streets; .
c) 15 feet of clearance above public collector streets; and
d) 18 feet of clearance above public arterial streets.
Street trees shall be maintained so as not to become a defective
tree as defined in TMC 18.06NX) j
iv. For reasons of public and worker safety, trees near overhead utility
lines shall only be pruned, tooped or removed by professionals
certified to work near energized utility wires.
Trees planted in a median shall be appropriate for the planting
environment, to achieve a balance of therfollovifing:
i. Consistency with previously approved median tree plans given
space constraints for roots and branches at maturity.
ii. Compatibility with space constraints for roots and branches at
maturity;
iii. Providing adequate species diversity citywide and reasonable
resistance to pests and diseases.
iv. Columnar trees may be considered for median plantings to avoid
conflicts with vehicles.
Page 16 of 20 PSE comments on Oct 6, 2016
W: \\Long Range Projects \20161andscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
134
Commented [CL90]: New text to ensure sign location Is
considered when landscaping plan Is developed. Key Bank
on Tie example of where this did not happen.
'Commented [C181]: New text — City of Tigard Urban
l Forestry Manuel, pg. 2.2. H.
Commented [CL82]: From TMC 11.20.150 —1— iii are
from City of Tigard Urban Forestry Mahual, pg. 203
Commented [CL63]: The terminology currently used Is ,
hazardous tree" — the definition will be revised to be called
"defective tree`, a more accurate term.
Commented [CL84]: h. is iii from City of Tigard Urban
Forestry Manual, (pg. 4.11. Remaining text developed by
staff. Currently there is no guidance on landscaping in
medians In the City's code.
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
(PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
v. Structural soils shall be used to avoid the need for root barriers and
to ensure the success of the median plantings.
vi. Any median tree that is removed must be replaced within the same
median unless spacing constraints exist. Replacement trees shall
be of the same stature or greater at maturity as the removed tree.
18.52.070 Procedures
A. Landscape ;MOdiflCatlOnd Commented ICL85): This section identifies what types �Of 1. The following modifications to the requirements.of this chapter may be modificationswlu be considered, the process for reviewi
considered either as a Type 2, Director decision or through the design review L and establishes review criteria, i
process if the project is subject to design review.
a. Modifications to the requirements of Type I, 11, or Ill landscaping or
revisions to existing landscaping;.
b. Clustering and /or averaging of required landscaping;
c. Substitution of bioretention facility for required landscaping
d. Credit of retained significant trees towards landscaping requirement
2. The following criteria apply to requests to modify, required landscaping or
revise existing landscapingc
a. Modifications to required landscaping. Such modifications can include,
but are not limited to the use. of the landscape area for pedestrian and
transit facilities, landscape planters, rooftop gardens or green roofs,
terraced planters or green walls: The modification to landscaping
requirements may be approved if two or more of criteria i -iii are met.
L The modification or revision more effectively screens parking areas
and blank building.walls; or
ii. The modification or revision enables significant trees or existing built
features to be retained; or
iii. The modification or revision is used to reduce the number of driveways
and curb cuts and allow joint use of parking facilities between
neighboring businesses.
In addition, both criteria below must be met:
i. The modification or revision doss not reduce the landscaping to the
point that activities on the site become a nuisance to neighbors.;
and
ii. The modification or revision does not diminish the quality of the site
landscape as a whole.
Page 17 of 20 PSE comments or, O L 6, 2b16
W:\ \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
135
2016 Draft Landscaoin>; Code
PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
b. Revisions to existing landscaping may be approved if either I or ii are met and
both iii, iv and iv are i nej.
i. Proposed vegetation removal, replacement, and any mitigation measures
proposed are consistent with the purpose and intent given in this chapter;
or
ii. The granting of an exception or standard reduction will not be detrimental
to the public health, safety or welfare or injurious to other property in the
vicinity; and
iii. The modification or revision doss not reduce the landscaping to the point
that activities on the site become a nuisance to neighbors.; and
iv. The modification or revision does not diminisfi the quality of the site
landscape as a whole.
V. If modification or revision does diminish the site landscape, such as tree
pruning, topping or removal to maintain safe clearance to overhead utility
lines, then commensurate off -site planting will be t�roylded.
c. Clustering or perimeter averaging of landscaping may be considered if it does not
diminish the quality of the site landscape as a whole and, if adjacent to
residential development, the impacts from clustering to residential (LDR, MDR or
HDR) *must be considered. 1n addition, one or more of the following criteria must
be met:
i. Clustering or perimeter averaging of plant material allows more
effective use of the industrial property; or
ii. Clustering or perimeter averaging of landscaping enables significant
trees to be retained; or,
iii. Clustering or perimeter' averaging is used to reduce the number of
driveways' and curb cuts and allow joint use of parking facilities
between neighboring businesses;
iv. Clustering or perimeter averaging avoids future conflicts with
signage
V. Clustering or . perimeter averaging the width of the perimeter
landscaping does not create a nuisance to adjacent properties.
d. Landscaping in a bioretention facility, which includes trees, shrubs, and
groundcovers as identified on the City's approved Bioretention Vegetation list
and as regulated in TMC 14.30, may be counted up to 100% towards required
Type I or Type II landscaping. Bioretention facilities shall not be counted towards
required Type III landscaping. All of the following criteria must be met:
i. The bioretention facility has been designed by a professional
trained or certified in Low Impact Development techniques; and
ii. The landscaping meets the screening requirements of the specified
landscape type (Type I or 11) and
iii. Public safety concerns have been addressed; and
iv. The number of trees required by the landscape type are provided.
Page 18 of 20
W:j \Long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 16.52
136
?SE_ comments on Oct 6, 2016
Commented [CL86]: My apologies for the crazy
formatting — I cannot get word to accept the editsl
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
PSE Edits Oct. 6")
e. Credit of retained significant trees may be counted towards required landscaping
if the following criteria are met:
i. Assessment of trees by an ISA Certified Arborist as to tree health,
value of the trees and the likelihood of survivability during and after
construction is provided.
ii. Retention of tree(s) supports the Tukwila Comprehensive Plan
urban tree canopy goals and policies;
iii. A financial assurance is posted based on 50% of the value of the
retained tree(s) to ensure tree replacement should the retained
trees be damaged or die as a result of construction impacts. The
financial assurance shall be retained for three years.
B. Violations of this ,Chapter
1. Violations. The following actions shall be considered a violation of this
chapter:
a. Any removal or damage of landscaping that is required by this
Chapter;
b. Topping or excessive pruning of trees except as allowed b�this code.
2. Remedial Measures: In addition to penalties provided in TMC Chapter 8.45,
the Director shall require any person conducting work in violation of this
chapter to mitigate the impacts of unauthorized work -by carrying out remedial
measures:'
a. Any illegal removal of required trees shall:be subject to obtaining a tree
permit and replacement with trees'that meet or exceed'the functional
value of the removed trees; and`
b. To replace the tree canopy lost due, to the tree removal, additional trees
must be planted on -site or payment may be made into the City's Tree
Fund if the trees cannot be accommodated on -site. The number of
replacement trees required will be based on the size of the tree(s)
removed as follows:
Tree Replacement Requirements
Diameter' of Tree Removed ('measured
at height of 4.5 feet from the round
Number of Replacement Trees 9Require .
4-6 inches (single trunk)
2 inches (any trunk of a multi -trunk tree
3
Over 6 -8 inches
4
Over 8 -20 inches
6
Over 20 inches
8
Page 14 of 20
W:\ \long Range Projects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
CSC comments on Oct 6 2016
I Commented [CL87]: Clarifies whet Is a violation of this.
chapter, and how violations will be addressed.
Commented [CL88]: The current landscaping code does
not provide specific penalties for the removal of required
trees. This chart mirrors the tree replacement ratios
required In the shoreline regulations. Requiring
replacement trees is a way to replace lost tree canopy due
to tree removal without a permit.
137
2016 Draft Landscaping Code
,PSE Edits Oct. 6th)
3. Enforcement. It shall be the duty of the Community Development Director
to enforce this chapter pursuant to the terms and conditions of TMC 8.4,35.
4. Inspection Access
a. For the purposes of inspection for compliance with the provisions of a
permit or this chapter, authorized representatives of the Community
Development Director may enter all sites for which a permit has been
issued.
b. Upon completion of all requirements of a permit, the applicant shall
request a final inspection by contacting the planner of record. The permit
process is complete upon final approval by an authorized representative of
the Community Development Director.'
S. Penalties.
a. Any violation of any provision of this chapter, or failure to comply with any
of the requirements of this chapter shall be subject to the,penalties
prescribed in TMC Chapter 8.45, Enforcement and shall be imposed
pursuant to the procedures and conditions set forth in that chapter.
b. It shall not be defense to the prosecution. for a failure to obtain a permit
required by this chapter that-a contractor, subcontractor, person with
responsibility on the site or,person authorizing or directing the work
erroneously believe a permit had been issued to the property owner or any
other person.
Page 20 of 20
W:\ \Long Range Pmiects \2016 Landscaping Code Update \Draft TMC 18.52
138
a5€ comments on Oct. 6� 2026
Commented ]CL89]: Items 713-5 are taken from the Citys
Sensitive Area regulations, TMC 18.45; .
18.52.010 Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to establish minimum
requirements for landscaping to promote safety, to provide
screening between incompatible land uses, to mitigate the
adverse effects of development on the environment, and to
improve the visual environment for resident and nonresident
alike.
(Ord. 1872 §14 (part), 1999)
18.52.020 Perimeter Landscaping Requirements by
Zone District
A. In the various zone districts of the City, landscaping in
the front, rear and side yards shall be provided as established by
the various zone district chapters of this title. These
requirements are summarized in the following table, except for
Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) requirements, which are listed in
TMC Chapter 18.28.
Attachment I
ZONING
CHAPTER 18.52
LANDSCAPE
LANDSCAPE, RECREATION,
RECYCLING /SOLID WASTE
DISTRICTS
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
Sections:
SIDE
18.52.010
Purpose
18.52.020
Perimeter Landscaping Requirements by Zone
FRONTS
District
18.52.030
Perimeter Landscape Types
18.52.035
Interior Parking Lot Landscaping Requirements
18.52.040
General Landscaping and Screening Requirements
18.52.050
Landscape Plan Requirements
18.52.060
Recreation Space Requirements
18.52.065
Lighting
18.52.070
Recycling Storage Space for Residential Uses
18.52.080
Recycling Storage Space for Non - Residential Uses
18.52.090
Design of Collection Points for Garbage and
Recycling Containers
18.52.010 Purpose
The purpose of this chapter is to establish minimum
requirements for landscaping to promote safety, to provide
screening between incompatible land uses, to mitigate the
adverse effects of development on the environment, and to
improve the visual environment for resident and nonresident
alike.
(Ord. 1872 §14 (part), 1999)
18.52.020 Perimeter Landscaping Requirements by
Zone District
A. In the various zone districts of the City, landscaping in
the front, rear and side yards shall be provided as established by
the various zone district chapters of this title. These
requirements are summarized in the following table, except for
Tukwila Urban Center (TUC) requirements, which are listed in
TMC Chapter 18.28.
Attachment I
ZONING
FRONT YARD
LANDSCAPE
LANDSCAPE
DISTRICTS
(SECOND
TYPE FOR
SIDE
REAR
TYPE FOR
FRONT)_
FRONTS
YARD
YARD
SIDE /REAR
LDR
(for uses other
152
Type I
10
10
Type I
than dwelling
units
MDR
151,2
Type I
10
10
Type I
HDR
151 ,2
Type[
10
10
Type I
MUO
15(12.5) 2
Type 1
54
54
Type 1
0
15 (12.5)2
Type 1
54
54
Type 1
RCC
20(10) 2,3
Type 1
54
10
Type II
NCC
54
Type 1
04
04
Type II
RC
10
Type I
54
04
Type 11
RCM
10
Type I
54
04
Type l8
YP
TUC — See TMC Chapter 18.28
C /LI
12.55
Type 6
55
05
Type 11
LI
12.52
Type II
04
04
Type III
HI
12.5 2
Type II
0
04
Type III
MIC /L
55
Type II
05
05
Type III
MIC /H
55
Type II
05
05
Type III
TVS
1523
Type II
04
04
Type III
TSO
1592
Type I
010
010
Type III
Notes:
1. Minimum required front. yard landscaped areas in
the MDR and HDR zones may have up to 20% of their required
landscape area developed for pedestrian and transit facilities
upon approval as a Type 2 special permission decision.
2. In order to provide flexibility of the site design while
still providing the full amount of landscaping required by code,
the front yard landscape width may be divided into a perimeter
strip and one or more other landscape areas between the
building and the front property line, if the perimeter strip is a
minimum of 10 feet and the landscape materials are sufficient to
provide landscaping along the perimeter and screening of the
building mass.
3. Required landscaping may include a mix of plant
materials, pedestrian amenities and features, outdoor cafe -type
seating and similar features, subject to approval as a Type 2
special permission decision. Required plant materials will be
reduced in proportion to the amount of perimeter area devoted to
pedestrian oriented space.
4. Increased to 10 feet if any portion of the yard is
within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
5. Increased to 15 feet if any portion of the yard is
within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
6. Increased to Type II if the front yard contains truck
loading bays, service areas or outdoor storage.
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page 1"§1
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
7. Increased to Type II if any portion of the yard is
within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
8. Increased to Type III if any portion of the yard is
within 50 feet of LDR, MDR or HDR.
9. Only required along public streets.
10. Increased to 10 feet if adjacent to residential uses
or non -TSO zoning.
B. The landscape perimeter may be averaged if the total
required square footage is achieved, unless the landscaping
requirement has been increased due to proximity to LDR, MDR
or HDR. Landscape perimeter averaging may be allowed as a
Type 2 special permission decision if all of the following criteria
are met:
1. Plant material can be clustered to more effectively
screen parking areas and blank building walls.
2. Perimeter averaging enables significant trees or
existing built features to be retained.
3. Perimeter averaging is used to reduce the number
of driveways and curb cuts and allow joint use of parking facilities
between neighboring businesses.
4. Width of the perimeter landscaping is not reduced
to the point that activities on the site become a nuisance to
neighbors.
5. Averaging does not diminish the quality of the site
landscape as a whole.
(Ord. 2442 §1, 2014; Ord. 2251 §61, 2009, Ord. 2235 §13, 2009,
Ord. 1872 §14 (part), 1999)
18.52.030 Perimeter Landscape Types
A. Type I landscape perimeter.
1. Purpose is to enhance Tukwila's streetscapes,
provide a light visual separation between uses and zoning
districts, screen parking areas, and allow views to building
entryways and signage.
2. Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a. One tree for each 30 lineal feet of required
perimeter excluding curb cuts; and
b. One shrub for each 7 lineal feet of required
perimeter excluding curb cuts or a planted berm at least 24
inches high; and
c. Living groundcover to cover 90% of the
landscape area within three years.
B. Type Il landscape perimeter.
1. Purpose is to enhance Tukwila's streetscapes,
provide a moderate visual separation between uses and zoning
districts, screen blank building walls and parking areas, and allow
views to building entryways and signage.
2. Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a. One tree for each 20 lineal feet of required
perimeter excluding curb cuts; and
b. One shrub for each 5 lineal feet of required
perimeter excluding curb cuts; and
c. Living groundcover to cover 90% of the
landscape area within three years.
C. Type Ill landscape perimeter.
1. Purpose is to provide extensive visual separation
between industrial areas and nearby residential areas.
2. Plant materials shall consist of the following:
a. One tree per 20 lineal feet of required perimeter
excluding curb cuts; and
b. Shrubs to provide a solid planting screen with a
height of five to eight feet or a solid wooden fence or masonry
wall to be approved by the Community Development Director;
and
c. Living groundcover to cover 90% of the
landscape area within three years.
D. Plant material requirements.
1. Plants shall meet the current American Standard
for Nursery Stock (American Nursery and Landscape Association
— ANLA), and shall be healthy, vigorous and well- formed, with
well - developed, fibrous root systems, free from dead branches or
roots. Plants shall be free from damage caused by temperature
extremes, lack of or excess moisture, insects, disease, and
mechanical injury. Plants in leaf shall be well foliated and of
good color. Plants shall be habituated to outdoor environmental
conditions (hardened -off).
2. A mix of evergreen trees and evergreen shrubs
shall be used to screen blank walls.
3. Deciduous trees shall be used to allow visual
access to entryways, signage and pedestrian use areas.
4. Evergreen shrubs shall be used to screen parking
lots along street frontages.
5. In perimeters located adjacent to residential zones
75% of trees and shrubs shall be evergreen.
6. Evergreen trees shall be a minimum of 6 feet in
height at time of planting.
7. Deciduous trees shall have at least a 2 inch caliper
at time of planting, determined according to the American
Standard for Nursery Stock.
8. Shrubs shall be at least 18 inches in height at time
of planting.
9. No plants listed on the current King County Noxious
Weed list may be used.
10. Existing vegetation may be used to meet the
requirements of this chapter. All significant trees located within
any required perimeter landscaping area which are not dead,
dying, or diseased and which do not pose a safety hazard as
determined by the Community Development Director shall be
retained.
11. The classification of plant material as trees, shrubs
and evergreens shall be as listed in the Hortus Third, A Concise
Dictionary of Plants Cultivated in the U.S. and Canada.
(Ord. 2251 §62, 2009; Ord. 1872 §14 (part), 1999)
Pagr4t- -162 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
18.52.035 Interior Parking Lot Landscaping
Requirements
Landscaping within parking areas shall be provided as
shown below.
1. Requirements for each distinctly separate parking
area within the LDR zone for uses other than dwelling units, and
in the MDR and HDR zones:
a. For areas with up to 20 parking stalls per
parking area, no interior landscaping is required.
b. For areas with 21 - 40 parking stalls per parking
area, 7 square feet of interior landscape area is required for each
parking stall.
c. For areas with more than 40 parking stalls per
parking area, 12 square feet of interior landscape area is
required for each parking stall (see Multi - Family Design
Guidelines, Site Planning Section, No. 31, for the normal 15
square feet to be provided).
d. All parking areas shall have a perimeter
landscape strip a minimum of 2 feet wide with an average width
of 5 feet.
2. Requirements for parking lots within the 0, MUO,
RCC, and NCC zones
a. For lots with up to 20 parking stalls, no interior
landscaping is required.
b. For lots with 21 - 40 parking stalls, a minimum
of 10 square feet of interior landscape area is required for each
parking stall over 20.
c. For lots with more than 40 parking stalls, a
minimum of 200 square feet of interior landscape area plus 15
square feet for each parking stall over 40 is required. For areas
placed behind buildings or otherwise screened from streets,
parks and City trails the interior landscape requirement is
reduced to a minimum of 200 square feet plus 10 square feet for
each parking stall over 40.
3. Requirements for parking lots within the RC, RCM,
C /LI, TSO and TVS zones:
a. For areas adjacent to public or private streets, a
minimum of 15 square feet of landscaping is required for each
parking stall.
b. For areas placed behind buildings or otherwise
screened from streets, parks and City trails a minimum of 10
square feet of interior landscape area is required for each
parking stall.
4. Planting Standards:
a. Interior landscape islands shall be distributed to
break up expanses of paving. Landscaped areas shall be placed
at the ends of each interior row in the parking area, with no stall
more than 10 stalls or 100 feet from a landscape area.
b. The minimum size for interior parking lot
planting islands is 100 square feet.
c. Planting islands shall be a minimum of 6 feet in
any direction and generally the length of the adjacent parking
space.
TITLE 18 — ZONING
d. Raised curbs or curb stops shall be used
around the landscape islands to prevent plant material from
being struck by automobiles.
e. A minimum of 1 evergreen or deciduous tree is
required per landscape island, with the remaining area to contain
a combination of shrubs, living groundcover and mulch.
(Ord. 2442 §2, 2014; Ord. 2251 §63, 2009; Ord. 2235 §14, 2009,
Ord. 1872 §14 (part), 1999)
18.52.040 General Landscape and Screening
Requirements
A. Appropriate plant materials. New plant materials shall
include native species or non - native species that have adapted
to the climatic conditions of the Puget Sound Region and are
suited to the planting site, taking into account final plant size,
stresses such as heat or freezing, space for planting, overhead
lines or underground utilities present, and shade or sun
exposure. Drought resistant species are encouraged, except
where site conditions within the required landscape areas assure
adequate moisture for growth. Grass may be used as a
groundcover where existing or amended soil conditions assure
adequate moisture for growth. Landscape perimeter trees
should be selected for compatibility with existing plant material or
street trees.
B. Site preparation. Site preparation and planting of
vegetation shall be in accordance with best management prac-
tices for ensuring the vegetation's long -term health and survival
and shall include incorporation and tilling in of organic material to
a depth of 18 inches and mulching.
C. Coverage standards. All landscaped areas in the
MDR and HDR zones (including shrub beds) shall achieve 90%
live ground coverage in three years, and all areas not occupied
by a building (including surface parking areas) shall achieve 40%
horizontal tree coverage in ten years.
D. Visibility. The landscaping shall not obstruct view from
or into the driveway, sidewalk or street. Landscape design shall
allow for surveillance from streets and buildings and avoid
creating areas that might harbor criminal activity. No shrubs
shall be planted or allowed to grow over two feet in height within
thirty feet of intersecting curblines or pavement edges (see TMC
11.20.090). No tree may be planted within two feet of a sidewalk
or pavement edge.
E. Outside storage areas. Outdoor storage shall be
screened from abutting public and private streets and from
adjacent properties. Such screens shall be a minimum of eight
feet high and not less than 60% of the height of the material
stored. Said screens shall be specified on the plot plan and
approved by the Community Development Director. Except in the
MDR and HDR zones, where outdoor storage shall be fully
screened from all public roadways and adjacent parcels with a
sight obscuring structure equal in height to the stored objects
and with a solid screen of exterior landscaping.
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page 1 " #3
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
A top screen cover may be exempted if the item(s) has a
finished top and an equivalent design quality is maintained. The
screening structure shall reflect building architecture as
determined by the BAR to be appropriate.
F. Ground level mechanical equipment and garbage
storage areas shall be screened with evergreen plant materials
and/or fences or masonry walls.
G. Fences. All fences shall be placed on the interior side
of any required perimeter landscaping.
H. Lighting. Trees shall not be planted in locations where
they would obstruct existing or planned street or site lighting.
I. Automatic irrigation. All landscape areas shall be
served by an automatic irrigation system. Water conservation
features such as moisture sensors with automatic rain shut -off
devices, automatic timers, pressure regulating devices, backflow
prevention devices, separate irrigation zones for grass and
planting beds, and sprinkler heads matched to site and plant
conditions shall be installed. Irrigation water shall be applied with
goals of avoiding runoff and overspray onto adjacent property,
non irrigated areas and impervious surfaces.
J. Utility easements. Utility easements and other similar
areas between property lines and curbing shall be landscaped
and/or treated with dust and erosion control planting or surfacing
such as evergreens, groundcover, shrubs, trees, sod or a
combination of similar materials. In areas of overhead trans-
mission lines, no shrubs or trees over 20 feet at maturity will be
allowed. Trees should not be planted within 10 feet of
underground water, sewer or storm drainage'pipes.
(Ord. 2251 §64,2009, Ord. 1872 §14 (part), 1999)
18.52.050 Landscape Plan Requirements
A. A Washington State licensed landscape architect shall
prepare and stamp the landscape plans in accordance with the
standards herein. Detailed plans for landscaping and screening
shall be submitted with plans for building and site improvements.
Included in the plans shall be type, quantity, spacing and location
of plants and materials, site preparation and specifications for
soils and mulches, location of all overhead and underground
utilities (so as to avoid conflicts with proposed planting locations),
typical planting details and the location of irrigation systems.
B. Installation of the landscaping and screening shall be
completed and a Landscaping Declaration submitted by the
owner or owner's agent prior to issuance of the certificate of
occupancy. If necessary, due to weather conditions or
construction scheduling, the installation may be postponed to the
next planting season if approved by the Community Development
Director and stated on the building permit. A performance
assurance device equal to 150% of the cost of the labor and
materials must be provided to the City before the deferral is
approved. The property owner shall keep all planting areas free
of weeds and trash and replace any unhealthy or dead plant
materials for the life of the project in conformance with the intent
of the approved landscape plan and TMC Section 8.28.180. Any
landscaping required by this chapter shall be retained and
maintained for the life of the project. Additionally, topping or
removal of required trees is prohibited. Only trees that pose a
danger or are diseased, as determined by an ISA certified
arborist, shall be allowed to be removed. Any illegal removal of
required trees shall be subject to obtaining a tree permit and
replacement with trees that meet or exceed the functional value
of the removed trees.
(Ord. 2368 §53, 2012; Ord. 2251 §65, 2009,
Ord. 1971 §19, 2001; Ord. 1872 §14 (part), 1999)
18.52.060 Recreation Space Requirements
In all MDR and HDR zoning districts, any proposed multiple -
family structure, complex or development shall provide, on the
premises and for the use of the occupants, a minimum amount of
recreation space according to the following provisions:
1. Required Area.
a. For each proposed dwelling unit in the multiple -
family development and detached zero -lot -line type of
development, a minimum of 400 square feet (100 square feet for
senior citizen housing) of recreation space shall be provided. Any
multiple - family structure, complex or development shall provide a
minimum of 1,000 square feet of total recreation space.
b. Townhouse units shall provide at least 250
square feet of the 400 square feet of recreation space as private,
ground level open space measuring not less than 10 feet in any
dimension.
c. The front, side and rear yard setback areas
required by the applicable zoning district shall not qualify as
recreation space. However, these setback areas can qualify as
recreation space for townhouses if they are incorporated into
private open space with a minimum dimension of ten feet on all
sides.
2. Indoor or Covered Space.
a. No more than 50% of the required recreation
space may be indoor or covered space in standard multi - family
developments. Senior citizen housing must have at least 20%
indoor or covered space.
b. The Board of Architectural Review may grant a
maximum of two square feet of recreation space for each one
square foot of extensively improved indoor recreation space
provided. Interior facility improvements would include a full range
of weight machines, sauna, hot tub, large screen television and
the like.
3. Uncovered Space.
a. A minimum of 50% of the total required
recreation space shall be open or uncovered, up to 100% of the
total requirement may be in open or uncovered recreation space
in standard multi - family developments. Senior citizen housing
allows up to 80% of recreation space to be outdoors and has no
minimum outdoor space requirement.
Pagr4t�-964 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
b. Recreation space shall not exceed a 4% slope
in any direction unless it is determined that the proposed space
design clearly facilitates and encourages the anticipated use as
endorsed by the Director.
c. The Board of Architectural Review may grant a
maximum credit of two square feet of recreation space for each
one square foot of outdoor pool and surrounding deck area.
4. General Requirements.
a. Multiple - family complexes (except senior citizen
housing, detached zero -lot -line and townhouses with nine or
fewer units), which provide dwelling units with two or more
bedrooms, shall provide adequate recreation space for children
with at least one space for the 5- to- 12- year -old group. Such
space shall be at least 25% but not more than 50% of the total
recreation space required under TMC 18.52.060.1, and shall be
designated, located and maintained in a safe condition.
b. Adequate fencing, plant screening or other
buffer shall separate the recreation space from parking areas,
driveways or public streets.
c. The anticipated use of all required recreation
areas shall be specified and designed to clearly accommodate
that use.
(Ord. 2199 §18, 2008, Ord. 1872 §14 (part), 1999)
18.52.065 Lighting
A. Parking and loading areas shall include lighting capable
of providing adequate illumination for security and safety.
Lighting standards shall be in scale with the height and use of the
associated structure. Any illumination, including security lighting,
shall be directed away from adjoining properties and public
rights -of -way.
B. In the MDR and HDR zones, porches, alcoves and
pedestrian circulation walkways shall be provided with low level
safety lighting. Pedestrian walkways and sidewalks may be
lighted with lighting bollards.
(Ord. 1872 § 14 (part), 1999)
18.52.070 Recycling Storage Space for Residential
Uses
Apartment and condominium developments over six units
shall provide 1 -1/2 square feet of recycling storage space per
dwelling unit and located in collection points as follows:
1. No dwelling unit within the development shall be
more than 200 feet from a collection point.
2. Collection points shall be located so that hauling
trucks do not obstruct pedestrian or vehicle traffic on -site, or
project into any public right -of -way.
3. Collection points shall not be located in any
required setback or landscape area.
(Ord. 1872 § 14 (part), 1999)
TITLE 18 — ZONING
18.52.080 Recycling Storage Space for Non -
Residential Uses
A. Recycling storage space for non - residential uses shall
be provided at the rate of at least:
1. Two square feet per every 1,000 square feet of
building gross floor area in office, medical, professional, public
facility, school and institutional developments.
2. Three square feet per every 1,000 square feet of
building gross floor area in manufacturing, industrial and other
non - residential uses not specifically mentioned in these
requirements.
3. Five square feet per every 1,000 square feet of
building gross floor area in retail developments.
B. Outdoor collection points shall not be located in any
required setback or landscape area.
C. Collection points shall be located in a manner so that
hauling trucks do not obstruct pedestrian or vehicle traffic on -site,
or project into any public right -of -way.
(Ord. 1872 § 14 (part), 1999)
18.52.090 Design of Collection Points for Garbage and
Recycling Containers
Residential and non - residential collection points shall be
designed as follows:
1. An opaque wall or fence of sufficient size and
height to provide complete screening shall enclose any outside
collection point. Architectural design shall be consistent with the
design of the primary structure(s) on the site.
2. Collection points shall be identified by signs not to
exceed two square feet.
3. Weather protection of recyclables and garbage
shall be ensured by using weather -proof containers or by
providing a roof over the storage area.
(Ord. 1872 §14 (part), 1999)
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page 1"5
144
Sections:
INTRODUCTION
18,28,010 Purpose and Orientation
18,28.020 How to Use the Development Code
18,28.030 Applicability and Design Review
Table 18 -1: Summary of Applicable Review
Process and Standards /Guidelines
District-Based Standards
18,28.040
Districts
18.28,050
District Land Uses
18.28.240
Table 18-2: Land Uses Allowed By District
18.28.060
District Standards
18.28.140
Table 18-3: District Standards
18.28.070
Structure Height
18.28,080
Maximum Block Face Length
18.28.090
Permitted Corridor Types for New Streets
18.28.100
Side and Rear Setbacks
18.28.110
Side and Rear Yard Landscaping Requirements
Corridor - Specific Standards
18.28.120
Corridors
18.28,130
Corridor Regulations
18.28.240
Figures 18-20 through 18-27
18.28.250
Corridor Standards
18.28.140
New Streets
18.28.150
Public Frontage Standards
18.28.160
Building Orientation to Street/Open Space
18.28.170
Frontage Building Coverage
18.28.180
Front Yard
18.28190
On-Site Surface Parking Location
18.28.200
Architectural Design Standards
18.28.210
Front Yard Encroachments
Supplemental Development Standards
18.28.220
Special Corner Feature
18.28,230
Landscaping Types
18.28.240
General Landscaping
18.28.250
Open Space Regulations
Table 18-4: Provision of Open Space
18.28.260
General Parking Requirements
Table 18-5: Provision of Parking
18.28.270
General Parking Guidelines
18.28.280
Site Requirements
Tlqlfff�
18.28.010 Purpose and Orientation
The purpose of this chapter is to implement the goals and
policies of the Tukwila Comprehensive Plan and Southcenter
Subarea Plan. This chapter contains the primary development
Attachment 3
code that will be used to evaluate development projects or
improvement plans proposed on properties within the Tukwila
Urban Center (TUC) zone area. The Code contains regulations
governing Use, Height, Building Placement, Public and Private
Frontage, Parking, Streets, Blocks, Open Space, Landscaping,
Site Design, and Architecture. See the Tukwila Comprehensive
Plan and Southcenter Subarea Plan for more detail about the
long range vision for the Plan area and a discussion of City
actions and investments that support implementation of the
Southcenter vision.
(Ord 2443 §Z 2014)
18.28.020 How to Use the Development Code
A. The Development Code is organized into four primary
sections:
1. District-based standards,
2. Corridor-based standards,
3. Supplemental development regulations, and
4. A separate Southcenter Design Manual.
B. Following are instructions on how to locate and review
the development regulations that apply to a specific property:
1. Locate the property on the District Map
(Figure 18-16), and Corridor Map (Figure 18-19). Identify which
District and Corridor Type(s) apply to the property.
2. Review the District Standards (Tables 18-2 and
18-3) and Corridor Standards (Figures 18-20 through 18-27)
and identify the specific standards for the applicable District and
Corridor Type. Note that the tables and figures are intended as a
summary and do not encompass all mandatory requirements
presented throughout the development regulations.
3. District-Based Standards (TMC Sections 18.28.040
through 18.28.110) govern:
a. The use of a building or site; see Table 2, "Land
Uses Allowed by District."
b. The scale and configuration of the built
environment; see Table 3, "District Standards."
4. Corridor-Based Standards (TMC Sections
18.28.120 through 18.28.200) govern:
a. Thoroughfare configuration, public frontage
conditions, building and parking placement, front yard
landscaping, and architectural aspects of that portion of a
building's fagade within the first 185 feet of a parcel, measured
from the curb line provided, however, that for Future Corridors
mapped on Figure 18-19 these Corridor Standards do not apply
until the Corridor is activated by: (i) City acquiring the right-of-
way and installing thoroughfare and public frontage
improvements or lawfully requiring dedication and installation of
the same in connection with a project proposal; or (ii) an
applicant or owner elects to install the Corridor improvements
and provide public access in connection with adjoining
development. See the Corridor Standards (Figures 18-20
through 18-27).
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page JW13
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
b. More detailed information about the
development regulations and guidelines that apply to each
Corridor can be reviewed in the subsequent sections. These
regulations are set forth to ensure that the configuration, location,
orientation and design of new development match the envisioned
character of all streets and open spaces in the Plan area.
5. Supplemental Development Regulations (TMC
Sections 18.28.220 through 18.28.280): These sections contain
regulatory definitions, requirements and guidelines that are
common for all properties in Southcenter. They address front
yard encroachments, special corner features, new streets
configurations and guidelines, open space, landscaping, site
components, and parking.
C. Interpretation of the Development Code. Most
sections of the code feature the following elements:
1. Purpose. Purpose statements are overarching
objectives.
2. Standards. Standards use words such as "shall ",
"must ", or "is /are required ", signifying required actions.
3. Guidelines. Guidelines use words such as
"should" or "is /are recommended ", signifying voluntary
measures.
4. Alternatives. Some standards within the code
allow applicants to propose alternative methods of meeting the
particular standards. In such cases, the applicant shall
demonstrate how the proposal meets the purpose of the
standard and the overall objectives of the Plan.
D. See the Applicability and Design Review section
(TMC Section 18.28.030) to determine how the provisions in this
chapter apply to properties in the TUC zone and which other
Tukwila codes may apply to a specific property.
(Ord 2443 3, 2 14)
18.28.030 Applicability and Design Review
A. Relationship to Other Tukwila Codes.
1. The provisions of this chapter apply to properties
within the Southcenter Plan Area, shown on the District Map
(Figure 18 -16).
2. The provisions of this chapter shall modify the
regulations and other provisions in TMC Title 18, "Zoning,"
provided that the regulations and provisions of the entire Tukwila
Municipal Code shall apply when not specifically covered by this
chapter; and, further, provided that where Title 18 and the goals
of the Southcenter Plan and this chapter are found to be in
conflict, the provisions of this chapter shall apply unless
otherwise noted.
3. Areas within 200 feet of the Ordinary High Water
Mark (OHWM) of the Green River are subject to the regulations
in TMC Chapter 18.44, "Shoreline Overlay," which supersede this
chapter when in conflict.
4. Areas meeting the definition of sensitive areas or
sensitive area buffers are subject to the regulations of TMC
Chapter 18.45, "Environmentally Sensitive Areas," and TMC
Chapter 18.54, "Tree Regulations."
5. Alterations to non - conforming structures, uses,
landscape areas or parking lots shall be made in accordance
with the standards in TMC Chapter 18.70, "Non- Conforming Lots,
Structures and Uses," except that existing structures greater than
the applicable district's maximum building height at the time of
adoption of Ordinance No. 2443 (effective June 10, 2014) shall
not be considered non - conforming as to height provisions.
6. Tukwila has adopted local amendments to the
International Building and Fire Codes, which should be reviewed
early in the development process; see TMC Title 16, "Buildings
and Construction."
7. Boundary line adjustments, lot consolidations, short
plats, subdivisions and binding site improvement plans shall be
subject to the requirements of TMC Title 17, "Subdivisions and
Plats."
8. Signs shall be regulated according to Title 19, "Sign
and Visual Communication Code."
9. Public and private infrastructure must be designed
and built in compliance with the standards contained in the
current edition of the Tukwila Public Works Department
Infrastructure Design and Construction Standards.
B. Intensification of Use. Maximum block face length
(TMC Section 18.28.080) and public frontage improvements
(TMC Section 18.28.150) are required when an individualized
assessment by the Director determines that the improvements
are reasonably necessary as a direct result of the transportation
impacts of a proposed development.
C. Pad Development, Expansions or Complete
Redevelopment.
1. Construction of a new pad building on a site with.
existing development shall meet all requirements for the new
structure, and any alterations to non - conforming landscape areas
or parking lots shall be made in accordance with the standards in
TMC Chapter 18.70, "Non- Conforming Lots, Structures and
Uses."
2. Expansions of existing buildings shall meet all
requirements for the new portions of the structure, and any
alterations to non - conforming landscape areas or parking lots
shall be made in accordance with the standards in TMC Chapter
18.70, "Non- Conforming Lots, Structures and Uses."
3. Development of a vacant site or complete
redevelopment of a site shall require compliance with all of the
standards and guidelines in this chapter.
D. Design Review. (Table 18 -1)
1. Design review for projects located in the Regional
Center (TUC -RC), Transit Oriented Development Neighborhood
(TUC -TOD), Pond (TUC -P), or Commercial Corridor (TUC -CC)
Districts:
a. Projects meeting the thresholds for design
review set forth in subparagraph 18.28.030.D.1.b. and c. shall be
evaluated using applicable regulations in this chapter and the
guidelines set forth in the Southcenter Design Manual. Work
performed within the interior of a structure does not trigger
design review or application of District or Corridor Standards.
Pa.1468 -54 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
b. Major remodels and small-scale projects.
Projects meeting any one of the following criteria shall be
reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision (see TMC
Chapter 18.60):
(1) New non - residential structures between
1,500 and 25,000 square feet in size (total on premises).
(2) New residential or mixed -use buildings
providing up to 50 dwelling units (total on premises).
(3) Any exterior repair, reconstruction,
cosmetic alterations or improvements, when the cost of that work
exceeds 10% of the building's current assessed valuation (the
cost of repairs to or reconstruction of roofs screened by parapet
walls is exempt). Compliance with corridor -based architectural
design standards and building orientation is required for existing
buildings only if they are destroyed by any means to an extent of
more than 50% of their replacement cost at the time of
destruction, in the judgment of the City's Building Official.
(4) Exterior expansions between 1,500 and
25,000 square feet in size (total on premises).
c. Large scale projects. Projects meeting the
following criteria shall be reviewed by the Board of Architectural
Review (BAR) as a Type 4 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60):
(1) New non - residential structures greater
than 25,000 square feet in size (total on premises).
(2) New residential or, mixed -use buildings
with more than 50 dwelling units (total on premises).
(3) Exterior expansions greater than 25,000
square feet in size (total on premises).
d. Minor remodels and very small scale
projects. Projects NOT meeting the design thresholds set forth
in subparagraph 18.28.030.D.1.b. or c. are not subject to design
review and shall be evaluated using applicable regulations in this
chapter EXCEPT for the corridor -based architectural design
standards.
2. Design Review for Projects located in the
Workplace District.
a. Buildings containing any dwelling units that
meet the following thresholds for design review shall be
evaluated using applicable regulations in this chapter and the
guidelines set forth in the Southcenter Design Manual. Work
performed within the interior of a structure does not trigger
design review or application of District or Corridor Standards.
Type of Review
(1) New small scale residential or mixed -use
buildings providing up to 50 dwelling units (total on premises)
shall be reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision (see
TMC Chapter 18.60).
(2) Major remodels. Any exterior repair,
reconstruction, cosmetic alterations or improvements to buildings
over 10,000 square feet, when the cost of that work exceeds
10% of the building's current assessed valuation (the cost of
repairs to or reconstruction of roofs screened by parapet walls is
exempt) shall be reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision
(see TMC Chapter 18.60).
TITLE 18 — ZONING
(3) New large scale residential or mixed -use
building projects with more than 50 dwelling units (total on
premises) will be reviewed by the Board of Architectural Review
(BAR) as a Type 4 decision (see TMC Chapter 18.60).
b. All other projects meeting the following
thresholds for design review shall be evaluated using the
applicable regulations in this chapter and the design review
criteria in TMC Section 18.60.050.
Type of Review:
(1) Small scale new construction or exterior
expansions between 1,500 and 25,000 square feet shall be
reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision (see TMC
Chapter 18.60).
(2) Major remodels. Any exterior repair,
reconstruction, cosmetic alterations or improvements to buildings
over 10,000 square feet, when the cost of that work exceeds
10% of the building's current assessed valuation (the cost of
repairs to or reconstruction of roofs screened by parapet walls is
exempt) shall be reviewed administratively as a Type 2 decision
(see TMC Chapter 18.60). Compliance with corridor -based
building orientation /placement and architectural design standards
is required for existing buildings only if they are destroyed by any
means to an extent of more than 50% of their replacement cost
at the time of destruction, in the judgment of the City's Building
Official.
(3) Large -scale new construction or exterior
expansions greater than 25,000 square feet shall be reviewed by
the Board of Architectural Review as a Type 4 decision (see
TMC Chapter 18.60).
c. Minor remodels and very small scale
projects. Projects NOT meeting the design thresholds set forth
in subparagraph 18.28.030.D.2.a. or b. shall be evaluated using
applicable regulations in this chapter EXCEPT for the corridor -
based architectural design standards.
(Oal 2500 § 14, 2016; Ore, : 2443 §4, 2074)
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page J5
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
18.28.040 Districts
A. Five Districts are hereby established within the Tukwila
Urban Center in the specific locations and with the specific
names indicated in the District Map (Figure 18-16).
Figure 18-16: District Map
District
Commercial Corridor
Pond
V
Regional Center
Transit Oriented Development
Workplace
Soutticenter Plan Boundary
vv y
E ans Slac
L --- - --------
'bat"
t"o-
S an er d Z
D
V
a
8178
✓
6z"
. . . . . . . . . .
ale Park D Dr
Pa$r488-56 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
B. Districts — Purpose.
1. TUC-RC, Regional Center. The area in the vicinity
of Westfield Southcenter Mall, with easy access to the bus
Transit Center, is intended to provide an area that will continue to
infill and intensify with more retail, services, and entertainment
uses southward toward Strander Boulevard and eastward across
Andover Park West. Over the long term, infill development on
the high-value property of the Mall may continue the transition
from surface parking to structured parking, and may be
increasingly characterized by mid-rise or high-rise building
components built over the retail base.
2. TUC-TOD, Transit Oriented Development (TOD)
Neighborhood. The area extending from the bus transit center
on Andover Park West eastward towards the Sounder commuter
rail/Amtrak station is intended to provide a more compact and
vibrant mix of housing, office, lodging and supportive retail and
service uses. Parking will be accommodated by a combination of
off- and on-street parking spaces/lots. The overall structure of
the TOD Neighborhood will be characterized by moderate
development intensities and building heights. A fine-grained
network of streets with pedestrian amenities will increase the
walkability of the area.
3. TUC-P, Pond District. The northern edge of the
Pond District is intended to provide an area of higher-density
mixed-use development over retail, restaurants and services,
oriented towards the Pond and a paved waterfront esplanade.
Maximum building heights will be lower than in the adjacent
Regional Center District, to provide sunlight to and views of the
Pond. The eastern, western, and southern edges of the Pond
will be characterized by a more natural park environment.
Buildings will be separated from the Pond by streets on the
eastern and southern edges, and stepped down in height toward
the water to preserve views. Ground floors on these edges will
range from office to support services and retail uses, with more
private uses like residential above.
4. TUC-CC, Commercial Corridor District.
Southcenter Parkway will continue to feature auto-oriented retail
and services in a manner similar to the existing patterns of
development in that area.
5. TUC-WP, Workplace District. The large southern
portion of the plan area will continue to provide a wide range of
distribution, warehousing, light industrial, "big box" retail, and
furniture outlets, with incremental infill by office and other
complementary commercial uses. Residential uses may front the
Green River.
C. The scale and pattern of all development shall be
governed by the standards and regulations for the applicable
District.
(Ord. 2443 §5, 2014)
18.28.050 District Land Uses
For permitted uses of a building or site, see Table 18-2,
"Land Uses Allowed by District."
1. All Districts appear in the top row of the table.
TITLE 18 — ZONING
2. The uses are organized by category and if allowed
in a District are listed as either Permitted (P), Accessory (A),
Conditional (C), or Unclassified Use Permit (UUP).
3. All permitted uses for a single district are allowed
either alone or in combination with any other permitted uses
within a parcel.
4. Other uses not specifically listed in this title are
permitted should the Director determine them to be similar in
nature to and compatible with other uses permitted outright within
a District, consistent with the stated purpose of the District, and
consistent with the policies of the Southcenter Plan.
(Ord. 2443 §6, 2014)
18.28.060 District Standards
For the scale and configuration of the built environment, see
Table 18-3, "District Standards."
1. All Districts appear in the top row of the table.
2. The primary regulations are listed in the left-most
column of the table in the order that they appear in the text.
3. The development standards that apply to each
District can be reviewed by cross referencing a regulation with a
District.
4. More detailed information about the regulations and
guidelines that apply to each District can be reviewed in the
Tukwila Municipal Code section referenced in the row sub-
headings. These regulations are set forth to ensure that the
height and setbacks of new buildings and the scale of new blocks
and streets are consistent with the purpose of each Southcenter
District.
(Ord, 2443 §71 2014)
18.28.070 Structure Height
A. The minimum and maximum height of a structure shall
be as specified by District or modified by a special height overlay.
See Table 3, "District Standards."
1. Structures oriented to Baker Boulevard shall have
an average height at least as high as the minimum listed in Table
18-3, "District Standards."
B. Pond Edge Height Limit.
1. Development located within 150 feet of the edge of
Tukwila Pond is not eligible for incentive height increases.
2. The maximum height in this location shall be as
specified by District.
C. Public Frontage Improvement Height Incentive.
1. As an incentive to provide public frontage
improvements and/or new streets that are not otherwise required
under this code, allowable structure heights may be increased to
the limits as specified for each District as shown in Table 18-3,
"District Standards," when:
a. Developer's construct public frontage
improvements along their parcel frontages on existing streets,
constructed to the standards of this code; or
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page J"7
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
b. Developers construct new 20 foot wide half
streets with one side of public frontage improvements,
constructed to the standards of this code; or
c. The existing sidewalk width and configuration
along a parcel's frontage meets or exceeds the public frontage
standard and, when averaged, the landscape width and street
tree spacing meet the required public frontage standard.
Additional sidewalk width may substitute for an equal area of
landscaping.
d. In order to take advantage of this incentive, the
public frontage improvements must start and stop at property
boundaries, intersections or traffic signals and transition safely to
neighboring conditions.
2. The public frontage height incentive will be applied
proportionally to parcels with more than one frontage based on
the following:
a. Each frontage will be evaluated separately
based on its Corridor Type's public frontage standards.
b. The height bonus will be applied to a
percentage of the total building footprint(s) on site based on the
percentage of the parcel's total public frontage that, when
averaged, meets the public frontage standard. For example,
when averaged, if one of a parcel's two similar length frontages
meets the corridor's public frontage standard, then 50% of the
total building footprint on site is eligible for the height incentive.
D. Multi-Family Height Incentive.
1. As an incentive to construct residential dwelling
units, allowable structure heights may be increased to the limits
specified in Table 18-3, "District Standards."
2. Structures may be completely residential .or mixed
use, with residential uses comprising at least half of the occupied
floor area of the building.
E. Structures qualify for increased height as set forth in
Table 18-3, "District Standards," when integrating any of the
following combination of height incentives:
1. In the TUC-TOD District, allowable structure
heights may be increased to 115 feet for developments that meet
both the frontal improvement and multi-family height incentive
requirements.
2. In the TUC-TOD District, allowable structure
heights may be increased to 115 feet for developments that
achieve a LEED certification of silver or higher and meet either
the frontal improvement or multi-family height incentive
requirements.
3. In the TUC-TOD District, allowable structure
heights may be increased to 115 feet for developments that meet
the multi-family height incentive requirements and make at least
20% of the residential units affordable per the standards in WAC
365-196-870. For rental units, affordability is set at 50% of the
county median family income, adjusted for family size. For
owner-occupied units, affordability is set at 80% of the county
median family income, adjusted for family size.
(Ord, 2443 §8, 2014)
18.28.080 Maximum Block Face Length
A. Definition. Block face length is a measure of a length
of a block, in feet, from curb face to curb face of two intersecting
and publicly accessible streets (public or private).
See Figure 18-17 (below).
Figure 18-17: Block face length
"i n
Z BLOCK FACE LENGTH
Z_
B. Regulation.
1. When required per TIVIC Section 18.28.030.13,
development sites (properties or assemblages of contiguous
properties) with a block face that exceeds the specified maximum
block face length standard must construct new publicly
accessible streets in locations that result in the creation of city
blocks that do not exceed the maximum block face length for that
District.
2. For the purposes of determining block face length,
alleys are considered as part of the interior of a block. For
development sites bounded by rivers or ponds, property lines
along the i water body and pedestrian ways providing
waterfront access may qualify as defining the edge of a block. In
no other case shall pedestrian ways qualify as defining the edge
of a block.
3. New streets must be designed, configured, and
located in accordance with TIVIC Section 18.28.140, "New
Streets."
(Ord, 2443 §9, 2014)
Paqo568-58 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
18.28.090 Permitted Corridor Types for New Streets
New streets built to satisfy maximum block face
requirements or built voluntarily by a developer that are not
shown on the Corridor Type Map (Figure 18-19) shall be built as
one of the Corridor Types permitted in Table 18-3, "District
Standards." See TMC Section 18.28.140, "New Streets," for
more details.
(Oat 2443 §10, 2014)
Figure 18-19: Corridor Type Map
TITLE 18 - ZONING
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page W9
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
18.28.100 Side and Rear Setbacks
A. The width of side and rear setbacks shall be as
specified by Table 18-3, "District Standards."
B. Front yard setbacks are specified by the Corridor
Standards (Figures 18-20 through 18-27).
(Ord, 2443 § 11, 2014)
18.28.110 Side and Rear Yard Landscaping
Requirements
A. The width of side and rear yard landscaping shall be as
specified by Table 3, "District Standards."
B. Side and rear yard landscaping shall be designed,
planted and maintained as specified in TIVIC Section
18.28.230.B, "Side and Rear Yard Landscape Types," and TIVIC
Section 18.28.240, "General Landscaping."
(Ord. 2443 §12, 2014)
18.28.120 Corridors
A. Purpose. To provide standards specific to a hierarchy
of corridors and to implement the vision for Southcenter as set
forth in the Subarea Plan.
B. A Corridor consists of the following elements (see
figure 18-18 below):
Figure 18 -18: Corridor Definition of Terms
OF MEWALK
sl0c.—
4V
1. Street: Comprised of the thoroughfare and public
frontage.
a. Thoroughfare — Includes the moving and
parking lanes from curb face to curb face.
b. Public Frontage — The portion of a property
between the curb face and back of sidewalk, including the
sidewalk and any sidewalk landscaped areas. Public frontage is
also associated with pedestrian walkways and open spaces,
such as Tukwila Pond or the Green River.
2. Private Frontage. The portion of a property
between the back of sidewalk and the primary building fagade
along the street, pedestrian walkway or open space, and portions
of all primary building fagades up to the top of the first or second
floor, including building entrances, located along and oriented
toward the street, pedestrian walkway or open space.
C. Eight Corridor Types are hereby established in the
specific locations and with the specific names indicated in
Figure 18-19, "Corridor Type Map."
1. Walkable Corridors. To provide and support a
high-quality pedestrian realm for shopping and strolling along
active retail, eating and entertainment uses, with buildings pulled
up to the street and parking located to the side or rear, on
Southcenter's primary streets connecting the Mall, Tukwila Pond,
the Transit Center, and the Sounder Commuter Rail/Amtrak
Station. Sidewalks associated with these Corridors should be
wide and unobstructed to provide ample room for pedestrians to
walk, and, where appropriate, to encourage activities including
outdoor dining and locations for kiosks, food carts, and flower
stalls.
2. Pedestrian Walkways. The design and location of
this corridor is intended to supplement the existing and future
street network with non-motorized pathways; to support and
foster an alternative mode of travel to motorized vehicles within
the area; and to provide a safe, pleasant, and direct route for
pedestrians between significant activity areas (such as the
Sounder Commuter Rail/Amtrak Station and Baker Boulevard,
and the Mall and Tukwila Transit Center with Tukwila Pond
Park). Pedestrian walkways should be wide with amenities such
as trees, planters, benches and other street furniture. Buildings
should be pulled up to the edge of the corridor and designed to
be pedestrian-friendly. Where appropriate, uses such as kiosks,
viewing areas, food carts and flower stalls shall be encouraged
along this corridor. Walkways will be well-lit to create a safe
night-time environment.
3. Tukwila Pond Esplanade. To provide a public
esplanade environment along the northern edge of Tukwila Pond
Park that functions as a focal point and central gathering spot for
the urban center, suitable for shopping or strolling. The
esplanade is intended to be integrated with adjoining retail and
restaurant activities, providing an active waterside promenade to
augment the shopping, eating and other uses in the vicinity.
4. Neighborhood Corridors. To provide an
intimately-scaled pedestrian environment within northern
Southcenter's higher density mixed-use neighborhoods, in a
"complete streets" setting with on-street parking and bicycles
sharing the roadway with vehicles.
5. Urban Corridors. To provide an attractive
streetscape along the crossroads in the urban center, which
provide greater capacity for transit and auto traffic, with modest
improvements for pedestrian safety.
6. Commercial Corridors. To provide greater
capacity for vehicles, and attractive streetscapes along heavily
travelled roadways serving auto-oriented commercial uses, with
modest improvements for pedestrian safety.
Pa.1518-60 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
7. Freeway Frontage Corridors. To provide heavily
travelled parkways oriented towards both the area's freeways
and Westfield Southcenter Mall, with modest improvements for
pedestrian safety.
8. Workplace Corridors. To provide streets serving
truck loading and parking access for primarily
warehouse/distribution uses in the southern part of the
Southcenter area, with modest improvements for pedestrian
safety.
(Ord. 2443 §13, 2014)
18.28.130 Corridor Regulations
A. This section contains regulations and guidelines for the
provision, design, and configuration of new and existing streets
and adjacent public and private frontage to ensure that these
components of a Corridor support the type of development
desired within each district, enhance the connectivity of the street
network, create safe and attractive streetscape environments,
encourage walking, and provide sufficient capacity and proper
accessibility and circulation as the area intensifies.
B. The form of all development along a street, primary
open space, or water body shall be governed by the standards
and regulations of the applicable Corridor Type. Corridor Type
establishes the following:
1. For existing streets: A specific configuration of
the public frontage.
2. For new streets: A specific configuration for the
thoroughfare and public frontage.
3. For existing and new streets: Specific private
frontage requirements. .
4. For projects that trigger design review:
Architectural Design Standards.
C. Modifications. An applicant may propose
modifications to the Corridor standards. Modifications must be
approved by the Director as a Type 2 decision (TMC Chapter
18.104). The applicant must show that the modified Corridor
design:
1. Satisfies the urban design goals as stated in each
Corridor Type's purpose, requirements, and description;
2. Is designed to transition safely to the existing
conditions at either end; and
3. Enhances the streetscape of the site and adjacent
development.
D. Summary of Standards. Figures 18-20 through 18-
27 summarize the corridor regulations. TMC Sections 18.28.140
through 18.28.200 provide supporting details.
(Ord, 2443 §14, 2014)
TITLE 18 — ZONING
18.28.140 New Streets
A. Purpose. New street regulations ensure the creation of
an appropriate sized network of blocks, streets and pedestrian
paths that will support the envisioned future development,
B. Regulations.
1. New streets shall be required when an
individualized assessment by the Director determines that the
improvements are reasonably necessary as a direct result of the
proposed development. New streets may also be provided
voluntarily by a developer, or constructed by the City.
2. All New Streets:
a. New streets shall be designed based on their
Corridor Type.
b. New street locations must meet safety and
spacing requirements, as approved by the Public Works Director.
c. New streets may be publicly or privately owned
and maintained, as approved by the Public Works Director.
d. New streets shall connect with existing streets
and be configured to allow for future extension whenever
possible.
e. Permanent dead ends shall not be permitted,
unless the new street dead ends at a public access point to the
Green River.
f. In order to maintain the accessibility provided by
the block structure of the urban center, existing public streets or
alleys may not be closed permanently unless the closure is part
of the provision of a network of new streets that satisfies all street
regulations.
g. New alleys and passageways do not satisfy
street provision requirements.
h. New streets are encouraged to be located along
side property lines. These new streets may require coordination
with neighboring property owners in order to maximize the
continuity of the new street network.
i. As part of new street construction or sidewalk
improvements, landscaped areas within the street right-of-way
should be designed to be functional stormwater treatment
facilities where appropriate.
(Ord. 2443 §15, 2014)
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page I",
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
18.28.150 Public Frontage Standards
A. Regulations.
1. Public frontage standards establish a specific
configuration of improvements that match the configuration and
design of new and existing thoroughfares. See Figure 18-28 for
an example of public frontage.
Figure 18-28: Three examples of public frontages
A— ¢Laa4 of sldexsa4k st—t t-
spng: 20-36°
tideweEk
/BACK OF SIDEWALK I,
,dA
20' - 30'
PEDESTRIAN AIN
WALKWAY
POND PROPERTY LINE III,
BACK OF StOEWALK
1v
r
LANDE
2. Installation of new public frontage improvements, if
required by TIVIC Section 118.28.030.13 or constructed voluntarily,
shall be as specified by the Corridor Type's public frontage
standards (see Figures 18-20 through 18-27) along all parcel
frontages, except where the public frontage area already
contains the required features.
3. In instances where existing public frontage areas
already contain features that are sufficiently similar to those
required in the Plan, all or part of the required public frontage
requirements may be waived by the Director.
4. In instances where new streets are required or
constructed voluntarily—that is, in instances where there are no
existing public frontage conditions—the public frontage shall be
configured as specified by the Corridor Type's public frontage
standards. See Figures 18-20 through 18-27.
5, The exact location of the new back of sidewalk may
or may not coincide with the front property line. As a result,
newly installed public frontage improvements may be partially
located on private property.
6. Along Tukwila Pond, all public frontage
improvements are measured from the pond property line.
7. Each block shall have no more than 40% of the
same species of large, open-habit deciduous trees. To provide
optimum canopy cover for the streetscape, each block shall be
planted with deciduous trees at intervals set forth in the Corridor
Standards (Figures 18-20 through 18-27). Spacing shall be a
function of mature crown spread, and may vary widely between
species or cultivars. The trees shall have a minimum branching
width of 8 feet within 5 years and when mature shall be large
broad canopy species selected from the City's recommended
street tree list established for each corridor.
8. Pedestrian -scale decorative street lighting shall be
installed with a maximum spacing consistent with
recommendations of the Illuminating Engineering Society of
America (IES). The light source shall be located 12 to 14 feet
above finished grade. Where vehicular lights are needed,
vehicular lighting height and location should be consistent with
IES recommendations.
9. Where appropriate, special paving patterns should
be used to emphasize the pedestrian realm within the public
frontage. The sidewalk shall include a 1 foot wide paved auto
passenger landing located along the curb where on-street
parking is present.
10. Street furnishings such as benches and trash
receptacles shall be provided where appropriate.
B. Exceptions.
1. In instances where installation of required public
frontage improvements as part of on-site construction are found
to be impractical—for example in instances where the private
frontage is particularly narrow or fragmented—the property
owner may pay an in-lieu fee covering the construction cost to
install the required public frontage improvements when they can
be combined with those on adjacent properties or as part of a
City-sponsored street improvement program with the approval of
the Director.
2. When public frontage improvements are triggered
by development on a portion of a larger site and the cost of the
public frontage improvements is disproportionate to the triggering
work, the Director will determine the degree of compliance.
(Ord 2443 §16, 2014)
PaqSA8-62 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
18.28.160 Building Orientation to Street/Open Space
A. Intent. The building orientation to street provisions are
intended to implement the vision for Southcenter by creating a
network of "complete streets" and corridors that provide
pedestrian comfort, bicycle safety, and automobile movement
according to their location and necessary function in the overall
area. The provisions herein include a hierarchy of street or
'corridor' types ranging from vibrant and activated shopping and
dining frontages (Walkable Corridors) to the Workplace
Corridors, which accommodate significant truck traffic and
support warehouse/distribution uses. The design provisions
intend to physically enclose the street or pedestrian corridor to
create the sense of an outdoor room with connections across the
street to the extent appropriate for the particular street or corridor
type. This is accomplished by locating buildings close to the
street and containing visible pedestrian entries directly
accessible from the street, with parking areas predominately
located to the side or rear of buildings along most corridors.
B. Regulation.
1. Building orientation is required or not required, as
specified by Corridor Type (see Figures 18-20 through 18-27.
2. A building is oriented to a street or open space
(Figure 29) if the building has a primary public entrance that
opens directly on to or facing new or existing streets or open
space, excluding alleys. See Section 7 of the Southcenter
Design Manual for additional standards and guidelines for
entrances.
Figure 18-29: Example of a building oriented to the street
Direct pedestrian Vehicular access to the
entries into building side of building with
from sidewalk parking to the side, rear,
and/or tinder/within
building
ZU
!
9
a
3. Where building orientation to streets/open spaces
is required for the applicable Corridor Type, weather protection at
least 6 feet in width along at least 75 percent of the fagade must
be provided (see Figures 18-30 and 18-31). See Section 14 of
the Southcenter Design Manual for additional standards and
guidelines for weather protection.
TITLE 18 — ZONING
Figure 18-30: Example of features on a building oriented to street
Weather protection:
Entry:
At least 6' deep
facing street
Windom/
J
transpare nc y
711
At least 7S%
of facade
between 24"
al
Ind 10'
Figure 18 -31: Examples of building orientation to streets /open
space treatments
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page J"3
ITT ]IF,11111 111 ��� 111 •
4. Parking structures, garages, and accessory
buildings are permitted and encouraged to be located along
alleys in lieu of streets or open spaces. Those portions of
parking structures, garages, and accessory buildings that are
within 185 feet of the street are subject to applicable Corridor
Standards (see Figures 18-20 through 18-27.
C. Corner Parcels. New buildings located at the
intersection of two or more Corridors where building orientation is
required shall have an entrance(s) oriented towards at least one
Corridor to be determined by the developer.
(Of-d, 2443 § 17, 2014)
18.28.170 Frontage Building Coverage
A. Regulations.
1. Frontage building coverage is the percentage of the
length of the street frontage that is occupied by a primary
building fagade(s) excluding any side yard setbacks
(Figure 18-32).
Figure 18-32: Frontage Building Coverage
HkONF STUO
dl- -1-11-1�111-
MCK Of SJCKWALX
c
MPN FRONT YARD SET8ACK
AX FRONT YARD WUCK
H
I(IIIIA11
to ION"
FRONTAGE X 100
COVI V
N
2. Minimum building frontage coverage percentages
are required by the Walkable Corridor and Tukwila Pond
Esplanade Corridor Types (see frontage building coverage
minimum in Figures 18-20 and 18-22).
3. Where required, all new development shall include
buildings sited such that minimum frontage building coverage
requirements are met.
B. Exceptions.
1. In order to provide vehicular access to parking
areas in the interior or at the rear of a parcel if no other access is
available, vehicular breezeways may count toward frontage
coverage requirements.
a. A vehicular breezeway is a covered driveway
penetrating the building.
b. The width of a vehicular breezeway shall not
exceed the width of the curb cut plus the width of an adjacent
pedestrian sidewalk.
c. In order to connect the public sidewalk with
active open spaces, courtyards, parking areas, and alleys in the
interior or at the rear of a parcel, pedestrian passages designed
to the standards in the Open Space Regulations, TIVIC Section
18.28.250.E.2J, may count toward frontage coverage
requirements.
(Ord 2443 §18, 2014)
18.28.180 Front Yard
A, Setback.
1. The minimum and/or maximum required front yard
setback shall be as specified in the applicable Corridor
Standards. See Figures 18-20 through 18-27.
2. Setbacks for the Walkable Corridor may be
increased to allow for additional pedestrian space (see Figure
18-33) between the sidewalk and the building.
Figure 18-33: Example of exceeding maximum building setbacks
to provide pedestrian space
B. Landscaping.
1. The minimum required landscaping shall be as
specified in the applicable Corridor Standards.
See Figures 18-20 through 78-27.
2. Front yard landscaping shall be designed, planted
and maintained as specified in TIVIC Section 18.28.230.A, "Front
Yard Landscape Types," and TIVIC Section 18.28.240, "General
Landscaping."
3. Front yard landscaping requirements shall be
waived if the public frontage improvements are built to the
required standard. Exceptions: perimeter parking lot landscaping
(see TIVIC Section 18.28.240,13,6) and blank wall screening
standards (see Section 15 of the Southcenter Design Manual)
still apply, where applicable.
(Ord, 2443 § 19, 2014)
Paqoj68-64 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
18.28.190 On-Site Surface Parking Location
A. Permitted Locations. The permitted on-site surface
parking locations on a parcel shall be as specified in the
applicable Corridor Standards (Figures 18-20 through 18-27).
See TMC Sections 18.28.260 and 18.28.270 for additional
parking regulations and guidelines.
B. On Site Parking Types.
1. Parking areas shall be designed as one of the
parking types defined in this section. A property's permitted
parking types shall be as specified by Corridor Type. For all
parking types, parking shall be connected with the street by a
driveway as stated in TMC Section 18.28.260.C., "Vehicular
Access."
2. Surface Parking Lot - Front.
a. Definition: A parking lot that is located
between a building and the primary street fronting a development
(Figure 18-34).
Figure 18-34: Surface Parking - Front
TITLE 18 — ZONING
3. Street Front Parking:
a. This regulates the width of a front parking area
allowed between a building and the closest street (Figure 18-35).
Figure 18-35: Examples of Street Front Parking
b. For new construction the maximum width of
street front parking is regulated by Corridor Type. (See Figures
18-20 through 18-27.)
c. This standard does not apply when adding on to
an existing building, constructing a parking garage or where
there is an existing structure at least as wide as the proposed
structure between the new construction and the closest street.
d. For buildings with complex shapes, the section
of the building meeting the criteria must be at least 80 percent of
the overall width of the building, measured parallel to the primary
street.
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page J"5
4
>0
z,
4
b. For new construction the maximum width of
street front parking is regulated by Corridor Type. (See Figures
18-20 through 18-27.)
c. This standard does not apply when adding on to
an existing building, constructing a parking garage or where
there is an existing structure at least as wide as the proposed
structure between the new construction and the closest street.
d. For buildings with complex shapes, the section
of the building meeting the criteria must be at least 80 percent of
the overall width of the building, measured parallel to the primary
street.
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page J"5
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
4. Surface Parking Lot - Side.
a. Definition: A parking lot that is located in part
or entirely along the side of a building, in a side yard, and fully or
partially extends toward, but does not encroach into, the front
yard setback area. Parking located between a building and a
side property line that is directly visible from a street.
(Figure 18-36).
Figure 18-36: Examples of Surface Parking - Side
Street
5. Surface Parking Lot - Rear.
a. Definition: A parking lot where a building(s) is
located between the entire parking lot and the street so that it is
not directly visible from a street. A rear parking lot does not
extend beyond the rear wall of the primary building into any side
yard setback, except where driveway access is provided.
(Figure 18-37).
Figure 18-37: Surface Parking - Rear
6. Parking Structure.
a. Parking structures may stand alone or be
integrated into a building.
b. Parking structures are permitted in all Districts.
c. Those portions of parking structures that are
within 185 feet of the street are subject to applicable Corridor
Type standards.
(Ord 2443 §20, 2014)
Pa_1!568-66 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
18.28.200 Architectural Design Standards
A. Applicability and definitions (see Figure 18-38).
Figure 18-38: Example of vertical modulation and horizontal
modulation
Horizontal modulation (upper level stepback)
TITLE 18 — ZONING
2. Faqade Articulation Increment — Requirements.
The maximum increment shall be as specified by Corridor Type
and ground level use. When a notch or pilaster/pier is used for
the massing element, measurement of the vertical increment
shall be from centerline to centerline of elements (see Figures
18-39 and 18-40). See the Southcenter Design Manual, Section
10, "Building Massing," A. and B., Fagade Articulation, for
techniques to achieve this standard.
Figure 18-39: Faqade articulation example for a mixed-use
building
1. Architectural design regulations control the
minimum required fagade articulation and transparency, and are
determined by Corridor Type as shown in the Corridor
Standards. See Figures 18-20 through 18-27.
2. Street Faqade. The architectural design
regulations apply to the plane of a fagade that fronts upon a
street, extending from the ground up to the street fagade eave
line.
3. Articulation. The giving of emphasis to
architectural elements that create a complementary pattern of
rhythm, dividing large buildings into smaller identifiable pieces.
4. Modulation. The stepping back or projecting
forward of portions of a building face, as a means of the building
function and/or breaking up the apparent bulk of a structure's
continuous exterior walls.
B. Faqade Articulation Regulations.
1. Intent. The objective of this section is to ensure
that the length of new or renovated building fagades maintain the
desired human scale and urban character appropriate for the
Southcenter area.
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's office
Canopft
Entries and fenes4ration pattern
Figure 18-40: Example of articulating faVade of a residential
building
-30' max. 30' max. 30' max.
Page JW7
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
3. Major Vertical Modulation Increment —
Requirements. The maximum increment shall be as specified by Figure 18-42: Ground level transparency requirements apply to the
Corridor Type. See Figure 18-41 for an example, and the transparency percentage for the area between the height of 2 and
Southcenter Design Manual, Section 10, "Building Massing," C., 10 feet along the length of a building faqade
Major Vertical Modulation Increment, for techniques to achieve
this standard. rr
Figure 18 -41: Major Vertical Modulation Example
IN
Major vertical
Facade
iculation
�rements
Figure 18-43: Examples of percentage of transparency between 2
50% Transparency
Paqto-68 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
3. A minimum 3 foot zone behind the window glazing
must provide an unobstructed view of the establishment's goods
or services. Display areas separated from the interior of the
space may be used to meet this requirement if they have a depth
of at least 3 feet and contain displays that are regularly updated
(see Figure 18-44).
Figure 18-44: Display window example
This example meets the display window criteria:
This example does not meet the display window criteria:
4. Darkly tinted glass, mirrored glass, and glass
covered by screening sheets, white, or UV protection film shall
not meet transparency requirements.
5. On sites where all sides of a building are subject to
Corridor Standards per TMC Section 18.28.020.B.4.a., ground
level transparency may be waived for the facade facing the least
travelled Corridor.
(Ord 2443§21, 2014)
TITLE 18 — ZONING
18,28.210 Front Yard Encroachments
Building overhangs such as trellises, canopies, awnings and
freestanding covered walkways may extend horizontally into the
public frontage up to a maximum of 6 feet and no closer than 8
feet from the back of curb. These overhangs must provide a
minimum of 8 feet clear height above sidewalk grade and not
interfere with street trees (see Figure 18-45).
Figure 18-45: Encroachment provisions for building overhangs or
weather protection features
(Ord. 2443 §22, 2074)
18.28.220 Special Corner Feature
A. Special comer features are permitted by District as
shown in Table 18-3, "District Standards."
B. A special corner feature is a distinctive building element
used to emphasize the corner of a building at an important
intersection. See the Southcenter Design Manual, Section 9,
"Corner Treatments," for additional guidance.
C. Special corner feature masses may encroach up to
2 feet into the required setback areas but may not encroach into
the public right-of-way. See TMC Section 18.28.210, "Front Yard
Encroachments."
D. Special corner features may exceed the permitted
height limit by 20 feet, up to a maximum of 115 feet.
(Ord 2443 §23, 2014)
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page W9
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
18.28.230 Landscaping Types
A. Front Yard Landscaping Types.
1, Frontage Improvements per Corridor Type.
a. When public frontage is constructed to meet the
Corridor standard, any other front yard landscaping requirement
shall be waived. Exceptions: perimeter parking lot landscaping
(see TIVIC Section 18.28.240.B.6) and blank wall screening
standards (see Section 15 of the Southcenter Design Manual
still apply, where applicable. To qualify for the waiver, public
frontage improvements must be made along the entire street
fronting the parcel. Public frontage improvements may continue
into a courtyard or plaza.
b. For Corridor Types that contain a planting strip
(Urban, Commercial, Freeway Frontage and Workplace),
minimum plantings shall consist of:
(1) Trees at the spacing listed per Corridor
Type.
(2) 1 shrub per 4 linear feet of frontage,
excluding curb cuts, or a planted berm at least 24 inches high.
(3) Sufficient live groundcovers of varying
heights, colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the
landscape area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover
must be planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center
for 4-inch pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If grass
is being used as the groundcover, a 3-foot diameter ring of bark
mulch is required around each tree.
2. Paved / Sidewalk Extension.
a. Provide paved pedestrian areas along
the back of sidewalk, such as plazas or courtyards that
enhance/enlarge the public frontage.
b. Only permitted on parcels where the
public frontage improvements meet the Corridor Standards in this
code.
c. Must meet applicable pedestrian space
design requirements (see TIVIC Section 18.28.250.E.).
3. Streetscape.
a. Cover front yards with landscaped, pervious
surfaces that visually soften and enhance the built environment.
b. Provide pathways connecting the public
sidewalk to the front door through parking areas.
c. 1 tree per 500 square feet of landscaped
setback area or 1 tree per 20 to 30 linear feet of frontage
(depending on tree species and location of underground or at-
ground utilities and excluding curb cuts), whichever results in
more trees.
d. Where there are existing street trees, the
additional trees required by this section shall be planted behind
the sidewalk in an informal pattern and consist of a mix of
deciduous and evergreens.
e. Minimum 1 shrub per 4 linear feet of frontage,
excluding curb cuts, or a planted berm at least 24 inches high.
f. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights,
colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the
landscape area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover
shall be planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center
for 4-inch pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If grass
is being used as the groundcover, a 3-foot diameter ring of bark
mulch is required around each tree.
4. When there is an existing sidewalk that does not
meet the Corridor standard for public frontage and the sidewalk
remains in place, the required front yard landscaping width shall
be measured from the back of sidewalk or edge of right-of-way,
whichever is further from the road centerline,
B. Side and Rear Yard Landscape Types (see Figure
18-46).
Figure 18-46: Illustrating the various side and rear yard treatment
standards and options
1. Heavy landscape screening 2 Moderate landscape screening
Property Line
Property Line
3a Shared pathway 3b Shared internal roadway
ZIEMEM
Property Line
3c. Privacy fence 3d. Other option - low hedge or
fence
118330M
Pa_qt W-70 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
1, Groundcover.
a. This is appropriate where the adjacent uses are
compatible and no screening is necessary.
b. Cover side and rear yards with landscaped,
pervious surfaces. Landscaping treatment at a minimum shall
consist of sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights, colors
and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the landscape
area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover must be
planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4-inch
pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If grass is being
used as the groundcover, a 3-foot diameter ring of bark mulch is
required around each tree.
2. Shared pathway along or adjacent to the property
line with landscaping. This is a desirable configuration that can
enhance pedestrian circulation and provides an efficient use of
space. This treatment requires a recorded agreement with
applicable adjacent property owner(s).
3. Shared internal drive along or adjacent to the
property line. This is a desirable configuration for non-residential
uses that can enhance circulation and provides an efficient use
of space.
4. Moderate Screening.
a. Provide light visual separation along property
lines between somewhat incompatible development.
b. Landscaping designed to screen parking/service
areas and blank side and rear building fagades.
c. Landscaping that maintains views to building
entrances and signage.
d. 1 tree per 20 linear feet of property line
(excluding curb cuts) spaced regularly (except where there are
conflicts with utilities) and consisting of a mix of deciduous and
evergreen trees along the applicable property line.
e. 1 shrub per 4 linear feet of property line,
excluding curb cuts.
f. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights,
colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the yard
area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover must be
planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4-inch
pots and 18 inches on center for 1- gallon pots. If grass is being
used as the groundcover, a 3-foot diameter ring of bark mulch is
required around each tree.
5. Heavy Screening.
a. Provide heavy visual separation along property
lines between highly incompatible development, such as
warehousing and residential uses.
b, Landscaping designed to screen parking/service
areas and blank side and rear building fagades.
c. 1 tree per 20 linear feet of property line
(excluding curb cuts) spaced regularly (except where there are
conflicts with utilities) and consisting of at least 50% conifers
along the applicable property line (75% along property line
adjacent to residential uses).
d. Privacy screening utilizing evergreen shrubs,
screening walls or fences (up to 7 feet tall) is allowed.
TITLE 18 — ZONING
e. Sufficient live groundcovers of varying heights,
colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the yard
area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover must be
planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4-inch
pots and 18 inches on center for 1-gallon pots. If grass is being
used as the groundcover, a 3-foot diameter ring of bark mulch is
required around each tree.
(Ord, 2443§24, 2014)
18.28.240 General Landscaping
A. The provisions herein are applicable to setbacks, public
frontage areas, open space, and other areas on-premises.
These regulations address plant materials and design, visibility,
irrigation, landscape plans, utility and service areas.
B. General Landscaping Requirements.
1. Plant Materials.
a. A mix of evergreen trees and evergreen shrubs
shall be used to screen blank walls.
b. All plant material shall meet the most recent
American Standards for Nursery Plant Stock (ANSI Z60.1).
c. Evergreen trees shall be a minimum of 6 feet in
height at time of planting.
d. Deciduous trees shall be a minimum 2.5 inch
caliper six inches off the ground when installed.
e. Shrubs shall be at least 18 inches in height at
time of planting.
f. Existing vegetation may be used to meet the
perimeter landscaping requirements. All significant trees located
within any required perimeter landscape area that are not dead,
dying, or diseased and that do not pose a safety hazard as
determined by the City or a qualified arborist shall be retained
and protected during construction with temporary fencing or other
enclosure, as appropriate to the site. The area designated for
protection will vary based on the tree's diameter, species, age,
and the characteristics of the planted area. Property owners may
be required to furnish a report by an International Society of
Arborist (ISA) certified arborist to document a tree's condition.
The Director may require that an ISA certified arborist be
retained to supervise tree protection during construction. Grade
changes around existing trees are to be avoided whenever
possible.
g. New plant materials shall include native species
or non-native species that are drought tolerant and have adapted
to the climatic conditions of the Puget Sound Region. There
must be a diversity of tree and shrub genus and species in the
site landscaping, taking into account species in existing
development around the site.
h. No species that are listed on the State or King
County noxious weed lists may be planted.
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page flkyl
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
i. Plant materials shall be selected that reinforce
the landscape design concept, and are appropriate to their
location in terms of hardiness, tolerance to urban conditions,
maintenance needs and growth characteristics. Large and
medium canopy tree species are required, except where there is
insufficient planting area (due to proximity to a building, street
light, above ground or underground utility line, etc.).
2. Visibility.
a. Design of new landscaping and maintenance of
existing landscaping shall consider Crime Prevention Through
Environmental Design (CPTED) principals and visibility for safety
and views. Appropriate plant species shall be specified to avoid
the need for excessive maintenance pruning. Trees along the
street frontages, as they mature, shall be limbed up to a
minimum height of 6 feet (8 feet where they extend over
sidewalks) to allow adequate visibility and clearance for vehicles.
Trees may be pruned to improve views of signage and entryways
by using such techniques as windowing, thinning, and limbing-
up. However, no more than 1/4 of the canopy may be removed
within any 2-year period, and the crown should be maintained to
at least 2/3 the height of the tree. All pruning shall be done in
accordance with ANSI Standard A-300 specifications. Trees
may not be topped for any reason. Trees may only be pruned to
lower their height to prevent interference with an overhead utility
or electrical line, with prior approval by the Director.
b. Landscaping shall not obstruct views from or
into the driveway, sidewalk or street. Landscape design shall
allow for surveillance from streets and buildings and avoid
creating areas that might harbor criminal activity.
c. Landscaping at crosswalks and other locations
where vehicles and pedestrians intersect must not block
pedestrians' and drivers' views.
d. Evergreen shrubs and trees shall be used for
screening along rear property lines, around solid waste/recycling
areas and mechanical equipment, and to obscure grillwork and
fencing associated with subsurface parking garages.
3. Soil Preparation and Planting.
a. For trees planted in sidewalks and parking lots,
Cornell University CU-Structural Soils must be used to a
preferred depth of 36 inches, to promote tree root growth and
provide structural support to the paved area. Minimum soil
volumes for tree roots shall be 750 square feet per tree (see
specifications and sample plans for CU-Structural Soils). Trees
and other landscape materials shall be directly planted into a
planting mix, approved by the Director, that is installed on top of
the structural soils.
b. For all other plantings, soils must be prepared
for planting in accordance with BMP T5.13, "Post Construction
Soil Quality and Depth," from the Washington Department of
Ecology Stormwater Management Manual for Western
Washington (or as amended), regardless of whether a
stormwater permit is required by the City.
c. The applicant will be required to schedule an
inspection by the City of the planting areas prior to planting to
ensure soils are properly prepared.
d. Installation of landscape plants must comply
with best management practices including:
(1) Planting holes that are the same depth as
the size of the root ball and 2 times wider than the size of the root
ball.
(2) Root balls of potted and balled and
burlapped (B&B) plants must be loosened and pruned as
necessary to ensure there are no encircling roots prior to
planting. At least the top 2/3 of burlap and all straps or wire
baskets are to be removed from B&B plants prior to planting.
(3) The top of the root flare, where the roots
and the trunk begin, should be about one inch from the
surrounding soil. The root ball shall not extend above the soil
surface.
(4) If using mulch around trees and shrubs,
maintain at least a 3-inch mulch-free ring around the base of the
plant trunks and woody stems of shrubs. If using mulch around
groundcovers until they become established, mulch shall not be
placed over the crowns of perennial plants.
4. Irrigation.
a. The intent of this standard is to ensure that
plants will survive the critical establishment period when they are
most vulnerable due to lack of watering.
b. All required plantings must be served by a
permanent automatic irrigation system.
(1) Irrigation shall be designed to conserve
water by using the best practical management techniques
available. These techniques may include, but not be limited to:
drip irrigation to minimize evaporation loss, moisture sensors to
prevent irrigation during rainy periods, automatic controllers to
insure proper duration of watering, sprinkler head selection and
spacing designed to minimize overspray, and separate zones for
turf and shrubs and for full sun exposure and shady areas to
meet watering needs of different sections of the landscape.
(2) Exceptions to the irrigation requirement
may be approved by the Director, such as xeriscaping (i.e., low
water usage plantings), plantings approved for low impact
development techniques, established indigenous plant material,
or landscapes where natural appearance is acceptable or
desirable to the City. However, those exceptions will require
temporary irrigation until established.
5. Landscape Plan Requirements.
a. A Washington State licensed landscape
architect shall prepare and stamp the landscape plans in
accordance with the standards herein. Detailed plans for
landscaping and screening shall be submitted with plans for
building and site improvements. Included in the plans shall be
type, quantity, spacing and location of plants and materials;
typical planting details; and the location of irrigation systems.
Underground and at-ground utilities shall be shown on the plans
so that planting conflicts are avoided.
PaV648-72 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
b. Installation of the landscaping and screening
shall be completed and a Landscaping Declaration submitted by
the owner or owner's agent prior to issuance of the Certificate of
Occupancy. If necessary due to weather conditions or
construction scheduling, the installation may be postponed to the
next planting season if approved by the Director and stated on
the building permit. A performance assurance device equal to
150% of the cost of the labor and materials must be provided to
the City before the deferral is approved.
6. Parking Lots.
a. Setback and Perimeter Landscaping:
(1) Surface parking lots shall set back a
minimum of five feet from any open space, building fagade, or
Corridor back of sidewalk. The setback shall be designed and
planted with:
(a) 1 evergreen shrub per 4 linear feet of
property line, excluding curb cuts.
(b) Sufficient live groundcovers of varying
heights, colors and textures to cover, within 3 years, 100% of the
yard area not needed for trees and shrubs. Groundcover must
be planted with a minimum spacing of 12 inches on center for 4-
inch pots and 18 inches on center for 1-gallon pots. If turf grass
is being used as the groundcover, a 3-foot diameter ring of bark
mulch is required around any tree.
(2) Surface, parking lots shall be buffered
from adjacent residential development with heavy screening in
the side and rear setback areas.
b. Interior Parking Lot Landscaping:
(1) For surface parking lots adjacent to public
or private streets, a minimum of 20 square feet of interior parking
lot landscaping is required for each parking stall. In the
Workplace District, a minimum of 15 square feet per stall is
required for warehouse and light industrial uses.
(2) For surface parking lots located behind
buildings or otherwise screened from public or private streets or
public spaces, a minimum of 10 square feet of interior parking lot
landscaping is required for each parking stall.
(3) Flexibility is allowed for the layout of
parking lots and landscaped areas, but the goal is to provide
shade from trees that are evenly distributed throughout the
parking lot. Planting trees in continuous, landscaped planting
strips between rows of parking is encouraged. This approach
may also be combined with surface water management design.
For parking lots adjacent to public or private streets, if landscape
islands are designed into the parking lot layout to divide
continuous rows of parking stalls, they must be placed at
minimum spacing of every 10 parking spaces. For parking areas
located behind buildings or otherwise screened from public or
private streets or public spaces, if landscape islands are used,
they shall be placed at a minimum of one island every 15 parking
stalls.
TITLE 18 — ZONING
(4) Landscape islands must be a minimum of
6 feet wide and a minimum of 100 square feet in area. All
landscaped areas must be protected from damage by vehicles
(curbs, tire stops, other techniques),
(5) Landscape islands shall be placed at the
ends of each row of parking to protect parked vehicles from
turning movements of other vehicles.
(6) A minimum of one large-canopy
evergreen or deciduous tree or two medium-canopy trees are
required for every 100 square feet of landscaped island, with the
remaining area to contain a combination of shrubs, living
groundcover, and mulch (see Figure 18-47).
Figure 18-47: A single tree planted with no other materials and
little room for viability is not acceptable.
7. Utility and Service Areas. Utility easements and
other similar areas between property lines and curbing shall be
landscaped and/or treated with dust and erosion control planting
or surfacing. Trees proposed under overhead transmission lines
shall be approved by the City on a case-by-case basis.
8. Street Trees in the Public Frontage.
a. Street tree spacing in the public frontage shall
be as specified in the applicable Corridor Standards. For smaller
stature trees (those with canopies at maturity of less than 20
feet), spacing should be every 20 feet. For larger canopy trees,
spacing should be wider as appropriate to the mature spread of
the tree. Spacing will also need to consider sight vision distance
at intersections, driveway locations, and utility conflicts.
b. Street trees in the public frontage shall be
planted to at least the following spacing standards:
(1) At least 3.5 feet back from the face of the
curb and with an approved root barrier installed on the curb side.
(2) At least 5 feet from underground utility
lines.
(3) At least 10 feet from power poles.
(4) At least 7.5 feet from driveways.
(5) At least 3 feet from pad-mounted
transformers (except 10 feet in front for access).
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page %-g3
TUKWLA MUNICIPAL CODE
(6) At least 4 feet from fire hydrants and
connectbris.
c. When used, tree grates and landscaped tree
wells shall be a minimum 36 square feet in size (6' x 6'). Tree
grates are not encouraged, but when used grates must have
easily removable rings so that sections of grate can be removed
incrementally as the tree matures. Tree well size may be
adjusted to comply with ADA standards on narrower sidewalks.
Root barriers must be installed at curb face. See TIVIC Section
18.28,240.6.3, "Soil Preparation and Planting," for structural soil
requirements.
d. Planting and lighting plans shall be coordinated
so that trees are not planted in locations where they would
obstruct existing or planned street or site lighting, while
maintaining appropriate spacing and allowing for their size and
spread at maturity.
9. Maintenance and Pruning.
a. Any landscaping required by this chapter shall
be retained and maintained by the property owner for the life of
the project in conformance with the intent of the approved
landscape plan and this chapter. Maintenance shall include
keeping all planting areas free of weeds and trash and replacing
any unhealthy or dead plant materials.
b. Pruning of trees is only allowed for the health of
the tree to maintain sight distances or sight lines into commercial
areas, or if interfering with overhead utilities. All pruning must be
done in accordance with American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) A-300 specifications. No tree planted by a property
owner or the City to fulfill landscape requirements, or any existing
tree, may be topped or removed without prior approval from the
City. If a tree is topped or removed without approval, it shall be
replaced with a new tree that meets the intent of this chapter
within 120 days or the property owner will be subject to code
enforcement action per TIVIC Chapter 8.45. Options at the
Director's discretion are to require replacement of the tree with a
new tree of similar species that will achieve a similar canopy size
at maturity, replace the tree with multiple smaller diameter trees
of an appropriate species (only if there are limitations on space
or conflicts with utility infrastructure), and/or require an in-lieu fee
for off-site tree replacement.
C. General Landscaping Considerations.
1. Plant Materials.
a. Drought resistant species are encouraged in
order to minimize irrigation requirements, except where site
conditions within the required landscape areas ensure adequate
moisture for growth.
b. The mature size of selected tree species should
be suitable to lot size, the scale of adjacent structures, and the
proximity to utility lines.
c. In general, deciduous trees with open branching
structures are recommended to ensure visibility to retail
establishments, More substantial shade trees are recommended
in front of private residences.
d. All trees should be selected and located so they
will not obstruct views to showroom windows and building
signage as they mature.
e. Evergreen landscaping (Figure 18-48) is
appropriate for screening utility vaults, loading docks and some
storage areas. (Also see TIVIC Section 18.52.040 for screening
outdoor storage areas,)
Figure 18-48: Using evergreen landscaping to screen utilities
Pa.1668-74 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
f. Species selection is very important in grouped
plantings (Figure 18-49). Drought tolerant species are strongly
recommended and monoculture plantings are discouraged. Low
maintenance cost and low replacement costs are two
advantages of planting drought tolerant species in grouped
configurations. Low (24-30 inches) shrubs, perennial or
groundcover plantings that provide a superior degree of
separation between the sidewalk and street at reduced
maintenance costs may be used.
Figure 18-49: Examples of landscaped tree wells
2. Design.
a. Shade trees should be planted to shade
buildings' east and west-facing windows to provide a balance
between summer cooling and winter heating through solar gain.
b. All landscaped areas should be designed to
allow aquifer filtration and minimize stormwater run-off utilizing
bio-swales, filtration strips, and bio-retention ponds where
appropriate.
(Ord 2443 425, 2014)
TITLE 18 —ZONING
18.28.250 Open Space Regulations
A. Purpose. This section contains regulations and
guidelines for the provision, design, and configuration of new
open spaces that may be publicly accessible. Open space
regulations are set forth to ensure that the provision, design, and
configuration of new open spaces contribute to the character of
and support the type of development desired within each District.
Open space for residential uses is also intended to promote the
health of residents by providing on-site open space for
recreational activities, physical exercise, and/or food production.
Open spaces may consist of pedestrian spaces for commercial
uses, and common and private open space for residential uses.
B. All new open spaces, whether or not they are required
by open space regulations, shall be designed and configured
according to the following regulations.
C. The following requirements for the provision and design
of pedestrian, common and private open spaces are organized
by Use Type. These regulations are established to ensure a
wide range of public spaces that complement the primary public
streets and open spaces in each District as the Southcenter area
intensifies.
D. General Open Space Regulations.
1. Open space requirements for commercial and
residential uses are as specified in Table 18-4, "Provision of
Open Space."
2. Compliance with the open space square footage
ratio listed in Table 18-4 is required for new construction, the
area of expansion of existing buildings and changes in use from
one category in Table 18-4 to another.
3. Open space for new or expanded commercial and
residential uses shall be built within the development by
developers at the time development occurs.
4. Options for provision of open space.
a. The square footage of all streets built per TMC
Section 18.28.140, "New Streets," may be counted toward
meeting the provision of open space requirements for pedestrian
space. They may not be used to satisfy common and/or private
open space requirements for residential uses.
b. The Director shall give credit for existing on-site
open space amenities that meet the requirements of this section
toward the open space square footage triggered by the new
construction or change of use.
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page jff5
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
c. At the discretion of the Director, required
pedestrian space for commercial uses or residential common
open space may be constructed off-premises and/or as part of a
larger open space being provided by the City or other private
developments within that District or within 1,000 feet of the
project premises.
d. If strict compliance with these regulations would
create substantial practical difficulties for a site and none of the
above approaches would provide relief, the property owner may
apply for a Special Permission Modification and propose an
alternate solution that meets the intent of the regulations.
(1) Special Permission Modification shall be
a Type 2 decision. An applicant shall submit evidence of the
above (subparagraph 18.28.250.D.4.d) to the Director, which
could take the form of a brief report and site plan that addresses
the difficulties of meeting the regulations, the proposed
alternative solution, and how the proposed solution meets the
intent of the applicable open space regulations.
(2) Applicants may request that up to 75
percent of their required pedestrian open space be provided
indoors.
E. Pedestrian Space for Commercial Uses.
1. Pedestrian spaces for commercial uses are publicly
accessible, outdoor, landscaped spaces used primarily for active
or passive community recreation and civic purposes. These may
include a linear green, square, plaza, courtyard, or pedestrian
passage. Play areas for children may be provided indoors or
outdoors. These spaces shall be privately owned and
maintained, including keeping the space free of trash and graffiti.
Amenities provided within the space, such as benches, planters,
art and water features, shall be maintained for the life of the
project.
2. Pedestrian Space Design Requirements.
a. Ground level pedestrian spaces shall be
connected to public sidewalks and abut public rights-of-way on at
least one side.
b. Ground level pedestrian spaces shall be located
where they are visible and easily accessible to the public from
adjacent sidewalks and avoid masses of shrubs around edges.
The space shall not be more than 2 feet above or below the
adjacent sidewalk.
c. Pedestrian spaces shall be comprised of a
greater proportion of hardscape (paved areas, fountains, plants
in pots), than softscape (grass or other landscape material).
See Figure 18-50.
Figure 18-50: Examples of pedestrian spaces
d. Pedestrian spaces shall be publicly accessible
during the hours of operation of the use. Pedestrian spaces,
except for passages, shall be a minimum of 500 square feet or
the required amount of open space (whichever is less) in size,
contain seating areas, and open on to pedestrian generators
such as entrances to offices, stores, or restaurants.
e. Pedestrian spaces shall be located to take
advantage of sunlight to the greatest extent possible. South-
facing plazas are generally preferred, unless particular lot
configurations prevent such orientation.
f. At least 3 feet of seating area (bench, ledge,
etc.) or one individual seat per 60 square feet of plaza area or
open space shall be provided. This provision may be relaxed or
waived where there are provisions for movable seating that.meet
the purpose of the standard. See Section 4 of the Southcenter
Design Manual for guidelines on designing walls for seating.
g. Site design features that create entrapment
areas in locations with pedestrian activity shall be avoided.
h. Development shall incorporate Crime
Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles
into open space site design.
Pa!V688-76 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
i. Pedestrian spaces shall not be located adjacent
to dumpster enclosures, loading/service areas, or other
incompatible uses unless fully screened with an architecturally
consistent wall or solid fence (no chain link) and landscaping.
j. Pedestrian passage design requirements:
(1) A passage shall serve as a pedestrian
connector passing between buildings to provide shortcuts
through long blocks and access to rear parking areas or
courtyards. (See Figure 18-51.)
Figure 18 -51: Examples of pedestrian passages
(2) Passages shall be paved and
landscaped, and specifically reserved for pedestrian travel.
(3) Passages shall be a minimum of 10 feet
and a maximum of 30 feet wide.
(4) The design of the passage shall
encourage pedestrian circulation. This can be accomplished by:
TITLE 18 — ZONING
(a) Having the walkway meet the public
sidewalk in an engaging and identifiable manner.
(b) Providing pedestrian amenities such
as alternative paving methods, seating, and planters.
(c) Designing the passage using CPTED
principles.
(5) Incorporate design treatments to mitigate
impacts of any blank walls along the passageways (see Section
15 of the Southcenter Design Manual).
(6) For properties adjacent to fixed rail transit
or bus facilities, a passage may include transit station or bus stop
access.
(7) For properties adjacent to the Green
River, a passage may include a pedestrian connection between
the Green River Trail and a publicly accessible street/sidewalk.
The passage should be established in an easement allowing for
public access through private property.
F. Common Open Space for Residential Uses.
1. Purpose:
a. To provide accessible, safe, convenient, and
usable common open space for residential uses;
b. To promote the health of residents by providing
access to common open space for recreational activities,
physical exercise, and/or food production; and
c. To create common open spaces that enhance
the residential setting.
2. Common open spaces are privately owned and
maintained interior common spaces, such as pools or exercise
rooms, and/or outdoor landscaped spaces, such as rooftop
decks, ground level open spaces, children's play areas, or other
multipurpose green spaces associated with multi-family
developments that provide for the recreational needs of the
residents of the development and are not publicly accessible.
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page %47
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
3. Common open space design requirements (see
Figure 18-52, and Section 5 of the Southcenter Design Manual,
for additional guidance).
Figure 18-52: Common open space examples
a. Required building setback areas shall not be
counted towards common open space.
b. No more than 50 percent of the required
common space may be indoor or covered space.
c. Common open spaces shall be easily visible
and readily accessible to multi-family residents.
d. The common open spaces for a site shall
provide at least one of the following amenities for every 200
square feet of common open space up to a maximum
requirement of three amenities to accommodate a variety of ages
and activities:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
e. Corr
feet wide.
Site furnishings (tables, benches)
Picnic and/or barbecue areas
Patios, plazas, courtyards, or rooftop
terraces
Active play areas for children
Urban (private/individual) garden plots
Pool and/or hot tub
Multi-purpose room with cooking facilities
Exercise facility
imon open spaces shall not be less than 20
f. Courtyards shall be a minimum of 30 feet along
the east-west axis and 20 feet along the north-south axis.
g. Adequate fencing, plant screening or other
buffer shall separate the common open space area from parking
areas, driveways, utility areas, mechanical equipment or public
streets. Rooftop utilities shall be adequately screened and
separated from rooftop common open spaces.
h. Common open spaces shall be located to take
advantage of sunlight to the greatest extent possible.
i. Site design features that create entrapment
areas in locations with pedestrian activity shall be avoided.
j. Development shall incorporate Crime
Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles
into open space site design.
k. Common open spaces shall not be located
adjacent to dumpster enclosures, loading/service areas, or other
incompatible uses, unless fully screened with an architecturally
consistent wall or solid fence (no chain link) and landscaping.
I. Interior located common space must be:
(1) Located in visible areas, such as near an
entrance lobby and near high traffic corridors.
(2) Designed to provide visibility from interior
pedestrian corridors and to the outside. Windows should
generally occupy at least one-half of the perimeter of the space
to make the space inviting and encourage use.
(3) Designed to specifically serve interior
recreational functions and not merely leftover space used to
meet the common space requirement.
m. Common open spaces shall be maintained by
the property owner, including keeping the space free of trash and
graffiti. Amenities provided within the space, such as benches,
planters, art and water features, shall be maintained for the life of
the project.
Pa.►9,68-78 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
G. Private Open Space for Residential Uses.
1. Private open spaces are privately owned and
maintained and include outdoor balconies, decks, patios, yards,
courtyards, rooftop decks or gardens (Figure 18-53), or
landscaped areas used for recreation by inhabitants of a single
dwelling unit.
Figure 18-53: Rooftop Garden
2. Private open space design requirements.
a. Required setback areas shall not be counted
towards private open space provision requirements, unless
configured as a private yard and accessed by secondary unit
entrance(s).
b. Private open spaces shall have primary access
from the dwelling unit served.
c. Private yard landscaping shall be consistent
with "Side and Rear Yard Landscape Types" (TMC Section
18.28,230.13).
d. Access to a balcony or patio shall be limited to
the dwelling served.
(Ord 2443 §26, 2014)
18.28.260 General Parking Requirements
A. This section contains regulations and guidelines for the
provision, locations, and design of parking. Parking regulations
are set forth to ensure that the provision of parking, and the
design and configuration of parking areas, contribute to the
character of and support the type of development desired within
each District in the urban center.
B. Number of Parking Spaces.
1. The minimum parking provision for vehicles
required by all new development and changes in use shall be as
specified in Table 18-5, "Provision of Parking." In the case of
TITLE 18 — ZONING
a use not specifically mentioned in this table, the requirements
for the number of off-street parking spaces shall be determined
by the Director as a Type 2 Special Permission Decision. Such
determination shall be based on the requirements for the most
comparable use specified in this section or a parking study.
2. Any off-street parking area already in use or
established hereafter shall not be reduced below the ratios
required in Table 18-5. Any change of use must meet the
parking requirements of the new use.
3. A maximum of 30% of the total off-street parking
stalls may be designed and designated for compact cars.
4. Electric vehicle charging stations and parking
spaces shall be governed by TMC Section 18,56.135.
5. Parking Reductions.
a. New on-street parking spaces provided along
adjacent new streets may be counted toward the minimum
parking requirement for commercial development on that
property.
b. Parking requirements for commercial
development within 600 feet of the Sounder transit station or the
Tukwila bus Transit Center, or residential development within
1,320 feet of either station may be reduced or modified by the
Director as a Type 2 Special Permission Decision. This distance
will be the walking distance measured from the lot line of the
development to the lot line of the station.
c. A reduction in minimum parking requirements
may be requested per TMC Section 18.56.140, "Administrative
Variance from Parking Standards."
d, Shared Parking: When two or more property
owners agree to enter into a shared parking agreement, the
setbacks and landscaping requirements on their common
property line(s) may be waived with that land used for parking,
driveway and/or building. The total number of spaces may be
reduced if it is demonstrated through a parking study that
complementary uses, internal trip capture or uses with different
peak parking needs justify the reduction in number.
e. All or part of a development's parking
requirement may be satisfied through payment of in-lieu fees
based on the current real cost of constructing a parking space in
an exposed above-ground parking structure, when approved by
the Director.
C. Vehicular Access.
1. Curb Cuts and Driveways.
a. When access to parking facilities and loading
areas is provided from front or side streets, the maximum
number of curb cuts associated with a single development shall
be one two-lane curb cut or two one-lane curb cuts for each 500
linear feet of street frontage. Shared driveways and new public
or private streets do not count against this total.
b. The maximum width of driveways/curb cuts is
15 feet for a one-lane and 30 feet for a two-lane driveway. In the
Workplace District, the maximum width of driveways/curb cuts is
35 feet.
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page It,79
TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE
c. On Walkable and Neighborhood Corridors, the
curb cut design for driveways or private streets shall match the
height of the sidewalk to ensure that the sidewalk stays at a
consistent grade for pedestrians, with the apron dipping down to
meet the street level starting at the planting strip or tree wells
(see Figure 18-54).
Figure 18-54: Example of driveway level with the height of the
sidewalk
Driveway With Planting Strips
Planting stills allow the .sidewalk to rernain level
alldin a continuous difTy-tion,
d. The total width of parking access openings on
the ground level of structured parking may not exceed 30 feet
when fronting on a public or private street.
e. Driveways shall be set back a minimum of five
feet from adjoining properties (unless the driveway is shared with
adjacent premises), and a minimum of three feet from adjacent
buildings.
f. If two adjoining properties combine their side
yards for the purposes of having a shared driveway, side yard
landscaping requirements along that property line will be waived.
g. Driveways may not be signalized. In order to be
considered for installation of a traffic signal, a new public or
private street must be constructed per the standards in TMC
Section 18.28.140.
h. These standards may be varied by the Director
when there is a demonstrated conflict with truck maneuvering or
fire access that cannot be addressed otherwise.
D. Parking Lots.
1. Dimensions. Minimum parking area dimensions
for surface parking shall be as provided in TIVIC Chapter 18.56,
Figure 18-6, "Off-street Parking Area Dimensions."
2. Maneuverability.
a. Adequate ingress to and egress from each
parking space shall be provided without moving another vehicle
and without backing more than 50 feet.
b. Tandem parking spaces (where one car is
parked directly behind another) are allowed for residential units
with two or more bedrooms and both spaces must be assigned
for the exclusive use of that unit. All tandem parking spaces must
be designed for full size rather than compact size vehicles based
on the dimensions in TIVIC Chapter 18.56, Figure 18-6.
c. Turning and maneuvering space shall be
located entirely on private property (Figure 18-55) unless
specifically approved by the Public Works Director.
Figure 18-55. Not enough room on-site to exit loading area,
resulting in disruption of traffic movements
d. The slope of off-street parking spaces shall not
exceed 5%. The slope of entrance and exit driveways providing
access for off-street parking areas and internal driveway aisles
without parking stalls shall not exceed 15%.
3. Surface.
a. The surface of any required off-street parking or
loading facility shall be paved with asphalt, concrete or other
similar approved material(s) and shall be graded and drained as
to dispose of all surface water, but'not across sidewalks.
b. All traffic-control devices, such as parking
stripes designating car stalls, directional arrows or signs, curbs
and other developments shall be installed and completed as
shown on the approved plans.
c. Paved parking areas shall use paint or similar
devices to delineate car stalls and direction of traffic.
d. Wheel stops shall be required on the periphery
of parking lots so cars will not protrude into the public right-of-
way, walkways, off the parking lot or strike buildings. Wheel
stops shall be two feet from the end of the stall of head-in
parking.
4. Setbacks, Perimeter, and Interior Landscaping.
a. Surface parking lots shall set back a minimum
of five feet from any back of sidewalk, open space, or building
fagade. The setback shall be designed and planted as specified
in TIVIC Section 18.28.240.B.6.a.
b. See TIVIC Section 18.28.240.B.6.b for interior
parking lot landscaping requirements.
Paqq,18-80 Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office
5. Parking Lot Walkways.
a. A hard-surfaced walkway a minimum of 6 feet in
unobstructed width shall be provided for safe walking areas
through surface parking lots between main building entrances
and sidewalks adjacent to streets. Front surface parking lots
shall provide such routes at a maximum spacing of every 300
feet or to each major building entrance, whichever is closer.
b. Walkways through parking areas (see Figure
18-56) shall be separated from vehicular parking and travel lanes
by use of contrasting paving material, curbing, or landscaping
and may be raised above the vehicular pavement. Trees and
pedestrian-scaled lighting (maximum 15 feet in height) shall be
used to clearly define pedestrian walkways or other pedestrian
areas within the parking area.
Figure 18-56: Parking lot walkway standards and example
TITLE 18 — ZONING
c. Pedestrian crossings are required when a
walkway crosses a paved area accessible to vehicles.
Applicants must continue the sidewalk pattern and material
across internal driveways,
6. Lighting and Safety. Parking and loading areas
shall include lighting capable of providing adequate illumination
for security and safety, provide clear views both to and within the
site, and be in scale with the height and use of the associated
structure. See also TMC Section 18.28.280.13, "Lighting."
E. Drive-Through Facilities.
1. Stacking lanes shall be located to the rear or least
visible portion of a building.
2. Stacking lanes shall be designed to accommodate
expected queuing.
F. Parking Structures.
1. Parking structures shall be located and designed to
minimize their impact on public streets and public spaces.
Consider using residential dwelling units, retail storefronts or
office space to line the ground level fagades of parking structures
adjacent to a pedestrian-oriented street or open space.
2. Parking structures shall be buffered from adjacent
residential development with heavy screening (see TMC Section
18.28.230.B.5, "Heavy Screening").
3. See the Southcenter Design Manual (Section 16,
"Parking Structures") and the City of Tukwila's "Parking Structure
Design Guidelines" (2001) for additional requirements and
guidelines regulating parking structures, parking podiums, and
garages.
(Ord. 2443 §27, 2014)
Produced by the City of Tukwila, City Clerk's Office Page I",
174
City of Tukwila
Planning Commission
PLANNING COMMISSION (PC) MINUTES
Date: November 10, 2016
Time: 6:30 PM
Location: Council Chambers
Present: Chair, Sharon Mann; Commissioners, Mike Hansen, Louise Strander, Brooke Alford,
Nhan Nguyen and Dennis Martinez
Absent: Vice Chair, Miguel Maestas
Staff. Nora Gierloff, Deputy Director; Carol Lumb, Senior Planner; Andrea Cummins, Urban
Environmentalist and Wynetta Bivens, Planning Cormilission Secretary
PLANNING COMMISSION
CASE NUMBER: L16 -0012, 2016 Landscaping Code "Update
APPLICANT: City of Tukwila
REQUEST: Repeal TMC Chapter I8.52; 1,',1Landscaping'_:Code and adopt''a new TMC
18.52, landscaping regulation ) cha --pter'i6linplement Comprehensive Plan
policies
LOCATION: City-wide
Chair Sharon Mann called the meeting to order at 6:30 and swore in those individuals testifying.
Chair Sharon Mann ope
Carol Lumb, Senior Planner, Dep
proposed new landscaping chapter
major revision to the Comprehensi
major revision. As part of that proc
and urban forestry and necessitated
with the Comprehensive Plan upo
Advisory Committee. The Cornmi
The Committee was made up.of re
of the community and industrial an
provided explaining how the Draft
the landscape chapter: new confine
and non-residential proiects in the
hearin
artment of Community Development gave the presentation oil the
TMC,,,',1 8.52 The current landscaping code was adopted in 1999, after a
ve,?14n.'Since then the Comprehensive Plan has gone through another
ess"the City
adopted new goals and policies that relate to landscaping
updating the regulations to implement the goals and policies. To help
Ic the City Council appointed the Tukwila Tree and Environment
tee also worked oil and helped to shape the Draft Landscaping Chapter.
presentatives from the Planning Commission, City Council, members
d commercial property owners. There was additional background
Landscaping Chapter was shaped. The following will be affected by
rcial and industrial development projects that trigger design review,
single-family district, such as religious institutions and schools.
Staff entered into the record two ernails, received on I I /10/16, from Puget Sound Energy, regarding the
Landscaping Code, and from Don Tomaso, the City's Fire Marshal, regarding a tree ordinance comment.
Copies of the emails were handed out to the PC.
Staff walked the PC through the review of the recommended Draft Landscaping Code noting new and
revised changes, as well as review of the two comment letters. Questions were addressed and additional
revisions made to the draft code.
175
Page 2
Public Hearing Minutes
November lo. 2016
Concern was raised on preventative upkeep of community gardens on the street front of the property.
There is currently no enforcement process but staff suggested when spring comes contacting the property
c. weer to make sure they are going to use the community garden.
Concern was also raised regarding tree maintenance expectations and responsibilities in the public right -
a-way. The consensus was to remove section 3b, on page 16 and to return at a later date with Public
Works to pursue this issue during the tree ordinance review. Commissioner Strander stated when this
issue comes back to the Commission, she would be interested in hearing comments from the City
Attorney on the issues.
Additional Recommended Revisions:
18.52.030 and 18.52.020 will swap positions.
• 18.52.030, A2, page 5, shrubs, insert comments from the Fire Department, add new sentence,
"The shrubs will provide 4 -foot clearance when mature when adjacent to any fire hydrant or Fire
Department connection."
• 18.52.060, A9, replace "Director" with "staff'.
• 18.52.060, page 11, A] 0, Take the comments from Puget Sound Energy and remove, "dust and"
• 18.52.070, 132a., add "...including best management practices for daily timing of irrigation to
optimize water infiltration and conservation" at the end of the,
sentence
• 18.52.100, pg. 18, B2, penalty, change, "any person who fails to comply" to "any property owner
who fails to comply."
There was no public testimony.
The public hearing was closed.
The Planning Commission
Commissioner Alfori
recommendations and
review. Commissioner
Adj
S
176
s recommendation and the six additional
recommendations to the City Council for their
ere in favor.
City Council Community Development & Neighborhoods Committee
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT & NEIGHBORHOODS COMMITTEE
Meeting Minutes
February 13, 2017- 5:30 p.m. - Hazelnut Conference Room, City Hall
Councilmembers: Kathy Hougardy, Chair; Verna Seal, Kate Kruller
Staff: David Cline, Jack Pace, Carol Lumb, Nora Gierloff, Robert Eaton, Andrea
Cummins, Laurel Humphrey
Guest: Wayne Werle, resident; Joanna Nelson de Flores, Forterra
CALL TO ORDER: Committee Chair Hougardy called the meeting to order at 5:30 p.m.
I. ANNOUNCEMENT
II. BUSINESSAGENDA
There was consensus to consider the landscaping regulations as the first order of business.
A. Ordinances Updating Landscaping_ Regulations
Staff is seeking Council approval of three ordinances that would amend Tukwila Municipal
Code Title 18 to update landscaping regulations in conformance to the Natural Environment
chapter of the Comprehensive Plan and move provisions unrelated to landscaping to more
appropriate areas in the Code. This proposal is also informed by recommendations from the
Tree and Environment Advisory Committee developed between 2012 and 2013 as well as input
from the Planning Commission. Staff described the proposed changes in detail and the
Committee asked clarifying questions. Due to the number of amendments the Committee
chose not to make a recommendation to allow themselves more time for review prior to the
Committee of the Whole discussion. Chair Hougardy requested color copies of the marked up
code sections referenced by staff. NO RECOMMENDATION. FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27,
2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
B. Resolution: Adopting the Green Tukwila 20 -Year Plan
Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would adopt the Green Tukwila 20 -Year
Stewardship Plan, which was developed in partnership with Forterra over a period of two years.
The Plan outlines strategies for caring for parks and open spaces in Tukwila and includes goals,
timeline and objectives in the categories of Field, Community and Resources. Councilmember
Kruller requested a copy of the cost projections referenced by staff with regard to figure 14 on
page 52 of the draft. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017
COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
177
178
COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS
--------------- -------- ------ - - - - -1 nitials
Meeliq Dale
Pro ' Pared b ' y
Mayor'- reiV6,jp
Council revien)
01/23/17
RB
❑ Resolution
g Dale
MI
❑ Ordinance
A/I!g Date
02/27/17
RB
❑ 01,19er
Alg Dale
SI)ONSOR. ❑Council EMayor ❑.1-IR ❑DCD ❑11'inance ❑Fire ❑ ']-,.V ❑P&R ❑POlice ❑Couy
SP()NS01Z'S Council is asked to provide consensus on the framework for the Siting Advisory Committee
SUNINNIARY that will provide community input and feedback on siting and public outreach efforts
around the Public Safety Plan.
Ri:11,irv,,i,,t) iiy El C.O.W. mtg. F-1 CDN Comm ❑ Finance Comm. Public Safety Comi-ii.
❑ Trans &Infrastructure ❑ Arts Comm. ❑ Parks Comm. ❑ Planning Comm.
DATJ-,1: 2/21/17 COMMITITE CIJAIR: MCLEOD
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SP()Nsoit /Ai),wN• Communications Division
CONIMYI'FFL Unanimous Approval; Forward to C.O.W.
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
Exj)i,',NDYFUM,'1 AmoUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
Fund Source:
Comments:
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
01/23/17
ITEM NO.
179
IS'YAFFS1'()NS0R: RACHEL BIANCHI
1 2/27/17
A(,I NI)A Public Safety Plan Siting Advisory Committee Framework
Cx1,I'1'(,()ItY E Discujrsion
,A/(tg Date 2127117
❑ Motion
Aftg Date
❑ Resolution
g Dale
MI
❑ Ordinance
A/I!g Date
F-1 B& ward
Altg Date
F-1 Public Flearin�
All Dale
❑ 01,19er
Alg Dale
SI)ONSOR. ❑Council EMayor ❑.1-IR ❑DCD ❑11'inance ❑Fire ❑ ']-,.V ❑P&R ❑POlice ❑Couy
SP()NS01Z'S Council is asked to provide consensus on the framework for the Siting Advisory Committee
SUNINNIARY that will provide community input and feedback on siting and public outreach efforts
around the Public Safety Plan.
Ri:11,irv,,i,,t) iiy El C.O.W. mtg. F-1 CDN Comm ❑ Finance Comm. Public Safety Comi-ii.
❑ Trans &Infrastructure ❑ Arts Comm. ❑ Parks Comm. ❑ Planning Comm.
DATJ-,1: 2/21/17 COMMITITE CIJAIR: MCLEOD
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SP()Nsoit /Ai),wN• Communications Division
CONIMYI'FFL Unanimous Approval; Forward to C.O.W.
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
Exj)i,',NDYFUM,'1 AmoUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
Fund Source:
Comments:
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
01/23/17
The Committee of the Whole referred this back to Public Safety Committee
2/27/17
MTG. DATE
ATTACHMENTS
2/27/17
Informational Memorandum dated 02/01/17_
Updated Siting Advisory Committee Charter, updated after the PS Committee
Minutes from the Public Safety Committee meeting of 2/21/17
179
M:1
City of Tukwila
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
TO: Public Safety Committee
FROM: Rachel Bianchi, Communications and Government Relations Manager
CC: Mayor Ekberg
DATE: February 13, 2017
SUBJECT: Public Safety Plan Siting Advisory Committee Framework
ISSUE
The Public Safety Committee and Committee of the Whole reviewed the draft framework for the
Public Safety Plan Siting Advisory Committee and asked staff to return with a more formal
document and more specifics as to the responsibility of the committee.
BACKGROUND
Staff took comments provided at the January 23 meeting and developed a more formal charter,
similar in format to the charter developed for the Public Safety Bond Financial Oversight
Committee. Most of the language remains the same as what was presented on January 23,
with the addition of specifics on the committee's responsibility and an edit that reflects Council's
desire to appoint three of the four community members, with the mayor appointing one.
In addition, staff had further conversations with the City Attorney who indicated that advisory
committees such as this one do not have similar responsibilities as elected officials when it
comes to issues of quasi-judicial decisions. Because this body is simply offering the City advice
and will not be making decisions, they are not subject to similar restrictions as City elected
officials. The ultimate siting decisions rest with the councilmembers and cannot be ceded to an
advisory committee. The City attorney drafted the language in section 11 titled Ethics Policy
and Advisory Committee Limitations.
Proposed timeline:
Staff recommends moving out the timeline from what Council reviewed on January 23 in order
to ensure that recruitment is effective and people have clear expectations as to what serving on
the Committee entails. Until the charter is approved via consensus, it is recommended that we
hold off on advertising for this effort. Assuming there is consensus at the February 21, 2017
Committee of the Whole to move forward with the Siting Advisory Committee as described in
the attached charter, the following timeline is proposed:
• Recruitment for the four community members will begin February 24 through the E-
Hazelnut, social media and web posting. Information on recruitment will be included in
the February Tukwila Reporter to be published on March 15. We will also recruit at the
first Public Safety Plan open house, currently scheduled for March 18. Closing for
recruitment will be Friday, March 31.
• Staff will present information on the applicants at the April 3, 2017 Council meeting, as
well as the Mayor's appointment, and Council will make a determination as to their three
appointments by motion at the April 17 Regular Meeting.
• The Council President would appoint the two Councilmembers to the Committee to be
approved by motion at the April 17, 2017 Regular meeting.
181
INFORMATIONAL MEMO
Page 2
• The Siting Advisory Committee would have its first meeting by April 30, 2017 on a
mutually-agreed upon date.
While this timeline does not allow us to have the Committee seated prior to the first Public
Safety Plan open house, it does ensure a fair process that allows community members to
clearly understand the expectations around serving on this committee and provides us with the
opportunity to recruit potential members in person at the first open house.
RECOMMENDATION
The Public Safety Committee is asked to assist staff in refining the Committee and forwarding it
on to the Council meeting on February 27, 2017 for full Council discussion and consensus on
the framework for the Siting Advisory Committee.
182 W2017 Info Memos\PS Siting Advisory Com Memo 2-21 PS Comm,doc
City of Tukwila
Public Safety Bond
Siting Advisory Committee
Charter
1. Background - Public Safety Plan
The City of Tukwila developed a comprehensive Public Safety Plan, which has two
general components:
Public Safety Bonds:
On the November 8, 2016 General Election, voters of Tukwila approved issuance of
general obligation bonds not to exceed $77,385,000 to pay for:
Replacement of three seismically deficient fire stations (Stations 51, 52 and
54)
Guaranteed funding for fire equipment and apparatus for the life of the 20-
yearbond
Construction of a Justice Center to house the Tukwila Police Department and
Municipal Court.
Public Works Shops Replacement:
The City's shops will be replaced by allocating an equal amount of funds from the
General Fund and Enterprise Fund to cover the cost of constructing the new
facility.
2. Charter Purpose
The purpose of this Charter is to ensure a shared understanding of the role of this
committee and provide clear direction to Staff, Advisory Committee members and the
Community as to the role of this group.
3. Committee Purpose
The Tukwila City Council and Administration share the common goal of ensuring robust
community engagement regarding the siting of the facilities included in the Public Safety
Plan. As such, the City will appoint and staff a Siting Advisory Committee that will
provide input and advice to City officials throughout the siting process, particularly with
regard to the Justice Center.
While fire station locations are data-driven to ensure optimum response times, and
while the Public Works facility will be constrained by acreage and zoning requirements,
these facilities can also benefit from the Siting Advisory Committee.
183
It is important to note the distinction between the Siting Advisory Committee and the
Public Safety Bond Financial Oversight Committee. Both are important efforts to ensure
community oversight and review, but have distinct purposes and roles in this effort.
4. Committee Responsibilities
• Meet regularly to review outreach efforts, provide advice on strategies and tactics
for outreach, and key audiences.
• Participate in public outreach efforts such as town hall meetings, review feedback
generated by the community and verify that common themes heard from the
community are being incorporated into siting decisions and facility plans when
feasible.
• Provide the City Council with feedback about the physical siting process and
outcomes.
• Provide the City Council with outreach advice, such as reviewing materials and
identifying other groups to contact.
• Review potential sites and provide feedback.
5. Committee Structure and Membership
The Committee shall have seven members comprising two members of the City
Council, the Public Works Director, and four community members, including at least one
from the business community. The Mayor will appoint one community member and the
Council will appoint the other three.
Members shall serve for terms of two years. Community members may be reappointed
for additional terms, if needed. The two seats held by members of the City Council will
be appointed by the Council President during his or her term and may be annual
appointments. All members shall serve without compensation.
The Committee will choose its chair and/or co-chairs, who will serve on an annual basis.
The Committee shall continue in existence until each facility is constructed and fully
occupied.
6. Appointment Process
The City will advertise broadly the opportunity to serve on the Committee. Interested
individuals may apply by completing the City's Boards and Commissions Application
Form available on the City website. Applications will be reviewed by the Mayor and the
City Council's Public Safety Committee. The Mayor's recommendation and Finance and
Safety's recommendation will go forward consecutively to the Committee of the Whole.
Volunteers for City Boards, Commissions, and Committees are subject to a background
check and conflict of interest statement.
IT.M.
7. Bylaws
The Committee shall adopt bylaws regarding its internal organization, including the
following:
• A provision for electing a Chair and a Vice-Chair, as well as any other officers
deemed necessary by the Committee.
• All meetings will be open to the general public.
• A majority of active members shall constitute a quorum.
• Reports and/or recommendations to the City Council must be approved by a
majority of active members of the Committee.
• The bylaws will include specific information on Advisory Committee members
declaring potential conflict of interest, specifically as it relates to real estate.
• Reminder that the Citv Council is the ultimate decision maker in sitina facilties.
8. Meetings
The Committee shall determine its meeting schedule according to the flow of information
to evaluate. Meetings will be held at a time and place that work for all members of the
committee. This could change depending on where the City is in the process of each
facility. Members are expected to reliably attend and participate in meetings. If a member
fails to attend two or more meetings without cause, then the Committee shall define the
member as inactive and inform the Council of its action.
9. Committee Reporting
The Committee shall report to the City Council on its activities at a minimum of once
every six months. at a Committee of the Whole or Regular meeting. The Committee may
choose to report more frequently to the City Council either in-person or in written format.
In addition, the Committee will report to the City Council in advance of a Council decision
related to siting and after significant community outreach events in order to provide an
overview of the feedback received at the event.
10. City Support
The City will provide the Committee with reasonable technical and administrative
assistance, including:
• Adequate staff support to ensure the Committee's success
• Preparation and distribution of agendas and minutes
• Provision of relevant documents such as siting reports, outreach plans, collateral
materials and other reports requested by the Committee.
• Provision of a meeting room
185
• Provision of a space on the City website and digital records center for public access
to agendas, minutes, reports, and any other relevant information.
11. Ethics Policy and Advisory Committee Limitations
As appointed officials, members of the Committee are subject to the City's Code of Ethics
(TIVIC 2.95), and they will be held to the highest ethical standards. Further, in the spirit of
transparency, the Committee will abide by the rules and standards set forth in the Open
Public Meetings Act (OPMA). Committee members are appointed to study and provide
comments and advice to the City Council on siting. The Committee is not authorized to
act on behalf of the City Council, nor is the City Council bound by the Committee's
recommendations. The final decision on siting will be made by the City Council.
The Committee serves the general interest of the public and not any personal or special
interest.
Committee members are required to sign a conflict of interest statement and to disclose
any potential conflicts that may arise during the course of service.
12. Member Termination
The City Council retains the right to remove a Committee member for specific reasons
such as, but not limited to:
• The member has been declared inactive due to missing two or more meetings
without cause.
• The member has been found to violate a provision of the Code of Ethics (TMC
2.95)
If a member is removed from the Committee, the community will be notified of the vacancy
and the City Council and/or the Mayor, depending on which seat is at issue, will appoint
another qualified person to the Committee per the process outlined in Section 6 of this
Charter.
UM
Public Safety Committee Minutes ......................................................................................... ............................... February 21, 2017
ultimately adopt final criteria. The criteria is outlined in the memo from Shiels Obletz Johnsen
and formatted in matrices that will be used as scoring sheets for each potential site. Criteria
include city operational requirements (including the affected departments), city policy
requirements, public desires, site details, and costs. Councilmember Quinn requested the
addition of "innovation" under city policy requirements and "containing development costs to
ensure all facilities are built" under costs. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL WITH REQUESTED
ADDTIONS. FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
D. Framework for Public Safety Plan Siting Advisory Committee
Staff is seeking Council approval of a framework for the Siting Advisory Committee associated
with the Public Safety Plan. The Committee had previously recommended a framework to the
Committee of the Whole, which sent it back to Committee for additional review. The revised
draft is presented in Charter format and includes additional details on the committee's
responsibility, additional language regarding ethics and limitations, and updates the
appointments to reflect three members to be appointed by Council and one by the Mayor. The
Committee recommended that when the bylaws are developed by the Siting Advisory
Committee they further address potential conflicts of interest. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL.
FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
E. Format of Monthly Public Safety Plan Report to Council
Staff is seeking Council approval of a format for a monthly report to the Council on the Public
Safety Plan. The proposal includes status updates, upcoming activities, and a rolling annual
calendar. The report will be included in the agenda packet of the first Regular Meeting of every
month in hopes of keeping Council well - informed throughout the complex projects. The
Committee approved the format and Councilmember Duffie suggested minimizing the use of
acronyms as this will be available to the public. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO
FEBRUARY 27, 2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
F. 20164' Ouarter Police Department Report
This item will be rescheduled to the March 6, 2017 Public Safety Committee meeting.
III. MISCELLANEOUS
Adjourned 6.46 p.m.
(* Committee Chair Approval
Minutes by LH
Wit
W-H
064 TO A 16: �#W,
lnilialr
Meeting Dale
Pre aced by
Mayor's review
Council review
02/27/17
Co
F-] Resolution
All
,g Date
❑ Ordinance
Altg Dale
F-] Bid llxard
Aftg bate
❑ Pubfic.Flea)-ing
Al/
,g Date
❑ Otber
Mtg Date
SPONSOR ❑Council ZMayor ❑HR ❑DC'D ❑1"inance E] Fire ❑7,S' E] P&1R E] Police ❑PIV ❑Courl
SPONSOR'S The Council is asked to provide feedback on the draft criteria prior to the Open House on
March 18, 2017.
Rl?\111,'W],'11) BY ❑ C.O.W. Mtg. ❑ CDN Comm ❑ Finance Comm. Z Public Safety Comm.
F-1 Trans &Infrastructure ❑ Arts Comm. ❑ Parks Comin. ❑ Planning Comm.
DATE: 2/21/17 COMMTYI'FJ'CI 1AIR: MCLEOD
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SP()NS(.)R/ADNI1N. Communications Division
CONIN, Unanimous Approval; Forward to C.O.W.
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
Ex i)i,"N 1) 1," RLQLJIRI,11) AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
I
I
I
I
ITEMNO,
77F,
AFFSK)NSOR,: RACHEL BIANCHI
2/27/17
A(,FINI),1 Public Safety Plan Facilities Draft Siting Criteria
Cxr]"'("oRy Z Discussion
,14g Dale 02127117
❑ Motion
Ylf{ g Dale
F-] Resolution
All
,g Date
❑ Ordinance
Altg Dale
F-] Bid llxard
Aftg bate
❑ Pubfic.Flea)-ing
Al/
,g Date
❑ Otber
Mtg Date
SPONSOR ❑Council ZMayor ❑HR ❑DC'D ❑1"inance E] Fire ❑7,S' E] P&1R E] Police ❑PIV ❑Courl
SPONSOR'S The Council is asked to provide feedback on the draft criteria prior to the Open House on
March 18, 2017.
Rl?\111,'W],'11) BY ❑ C.O.W. Mtg. ❑ CDN Comm ❑ Finance Comm. Z Public Safety Comm.
F-1 Trans &Infrastructure ❑ Arts Comm. ❑ Parks Comin. ❑ Planning Comm.
DATE: 2/21/17 COMMTYI'FJ'CI 1AIR: MCLEOD
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SP()NS(.)R/ADNI1N. Communications Division
CONIN, Unanimous Approval; Forward to C.O.W.
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
Ex i)i,"N 1) 1," RLQLJIRI,11) AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
Fund Source:
Comments:
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
02/27/17
MTG. DATE
ATTACHMENTS
02/27/17
informational Memorandum dated 02/15/17
Shiels Obletz Johnsen Memo, updated after PS Com. in strike-thru underlined format
Siting Criteria matrix, updated after PS Committee
Minutes from the Public Safety Committee meeting of 2/21/17
n M...
I • 1,
TO:
FROM:
CC:
DATE:
SUBJECT
City of Tukwila
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
Public Safety Committee
Rachel Bianchi, Communications and Government Relations Manager
Mayor Ekberg
February 15, 2017
Public Safety Plan facilities draft siting criteria
ISSUE
As the City continues to implement the Public Safety Plan the Council must ultimately approve
the siting criteria for the various facilities listed in the plan. Prior to Council approval, the City
wishes to share the draft criteria with the public for their feedback. As presented in the Public
Involvement Plan to Council on Monday, February 13, 2017, the open house on Saturday,
March 18 will initiate such outreach. As such, staff wishes to have Council feedback on the
draft criteria prior to the open house.
The Council will have additional opportunities to refine the draft criteria once feedback from the
community on the draft criteria has been received. Staff will then present Council with an
overview of that feedback and ultimately Council will approve the final criteria.
BACKGROUND
Based on the work done to date, interviews with key staff and their own expertise, the City's
Project Management consultants, Shiels Obletz Johnsen prepared the attached memo and
criteria matrix for Council review.
RECOMMENDATION
The Committee is asked to provide feedback to staff on the draft criteria and forward the matter
to the Committee of the Whole meeting on February 27, 2017, which is the last Committee of
the Whole meeting prior to the Open House. The Council will have additional opportunities to
refine the criteria after the public outreach and before finalizing the document.
ATTACHMENTS
Shiels Obletz Johnsen Memo
Siting Criteria Matrix
191
192
Shiels I Obletz I Johnsen
MEMORANDUM
TO: Tukwila City Council
CC: Tukwila Mayor Allan Ekberg
FROM: D.J. Baxter
Shiels Obletz Johnsen
DATE: February 27, 2017
SUBJECT: DRAFT Site Selection Criteria for Public Safety Plan Facilities
Building upon the previous work that the City of Tukwila has done, SOJ has begun to hone a set of
screening criteria to guide the selection and purchase of properties to house Tukwila's new public
safety facilities. Previous work through the multi-year Facilities Needs Assessment study, as well
as public input gathered at three open houses held last summer on siting these facilities, has
informed this draft screening criteria.
In November of 2014, the City Council was presented with the following seven criteria for
evaluating facility alternatives, which served as the guiding principles for the development of the
facilities recommendation associated with the Public Safety Plan. These criteria remain relevant
today and are incorporated into our overall siting effort. They include, in order of priority
determined by the facilities committee:
• Benefit to Public Safety
• Commitment to Customer Service
• Ensuring the Efficient Delivery of Customer Service
• Containing Development Costs
• Mindfulness of Ongoing Operations Expenses
• Importance of Location
• Significance of Flexibility
The Council's Public Safety Committee recently recommended the clarification that, among othe
things, "Containing Development Costs" should include ensuring that the city can deliver all of the
promised facilities within the agreed-upon budget. No site or facility should be allowed to
jeopardize the City's ability to fund all of the facilities contemplated in the Public Safety Plan. In
800 Fifth Avenue I Suite 4130 1 Seattle, WA 98104 1 T 206.838.3700 1 sojsea.corn
193
Tukwila Public Safety Plan - Site Selection Criteria
February 27, 2017
Page 2
addition, during the public engagement process held prior to the Council's decision to place the
Public Safety Bond on the ballot, participants and in- person and on -line open houses were asked to
provide their feedback on siting considerations for both the Justice Center and Public Works
facilities. Because siting fire stations is a data - driven process focused on ensuring equitable
response times across the City, the focus was kept on the Justice Center and Public Works facility.
Below is a list of the public's priorities, in order, associated with siting these two facilities:
Justice Center
i. Expandability to accommodate future needs
ii. Security for the public and the staff
iii. Nearby transit access
iv. Opportunity to enhance a neighborhood
V. Cost of the overall facility
vi. Sustainability /environmental concerns
Public Works Facility
i. Expandability to accommodate future needs
ii. Sustainability /environmental concerns
iii. Opportunity to enhance a neighborhood
iv. Central location
V. Access to new public spaces
vi. Facilities sharing a site
All of this preliminary work has gone into the development of the draft siting criteria for these
facilities. The next step is to share the draft criteria with the public to get their feedback prior to the
Council approving the final criteria. Once approved by the City Council, these criteria will enable
city staff to compare the attributes of various potential properties, and ensure that selected sites
meet the city's operational requirements and maximize conformity with the city's policy objectives
and the desires of the general public. While existing City -owned sites will be evaluated, such as
the Newporter site and existing City Hall campus, it is critical that the sites ultimately selected
meet the criteria developed for each facility. The criteria are divided into three categories:
Operational requirements, as developed by the city staff who will be using the new
facilities;
Policy objectives or guidance, as expressed in the city's adopted plans and input from the
city council; and
Public and neighborhood desires, which will be gathered from a robust public
engagement effort led by the SOJ team.
This memo articulates and describes the criteria developed to date for the Justice Center, and two
fire stations (station 51's location has already been determined), and preliminary criteria for the
Public Works facility to be built pursuant to the city's Public Safety Plan and Bond.
To identify the operational requirements of the Justice Center and the Fire Stations, SOJ developed
a list of questions and issues for consideration by the city's professional staff. SOJ interviewed the
194
Tukwila Public Safety Plan - Site Selection Criteria
February 27, 2017
Page 3
Police Chief, the Court Administrator, and the Fire Chief to ensure a complete understanding of
any operational requirements for these facilities that might bear on site selection. The preliminary
siting criteria for the Public Works facility have been previously developed and are fairly
comprehensive, though additional staff interviews are scheduled in the near future. Many of the
city's operational requirements occur within the proposed facility, and bear more directly on the
design of the new building. Those requirements will be addressed by the selected architects, in
close coordination with the city staff.
Some operational requirements, however, directly influence the selection of an appropriate site for
one of the new facilities. The criteria discussed in this memo and the attached scoring matrix focus
on those considerations that would affect the size, configuration, or location of an appropriate
parcel for each facility.
Building on the Facilities Needs Assessment, community input to date, SOJ's understanding of the
typical needs of a Justice Center and Fire Stations, and our interviews with city staff, we have
developed the following screening criteria for each of the facilities. The preliminary siting criteria
for the Public Works facility have been previously developed and are also included below. Again,
these criteria relate only to the requirements needed for each facility to serve its intended function,
in essence, the "must have" features as they relate to siting. Additional discussions on
programming will come at a later date. The city's policy guidance and additional desires of the
public will be added at later dates, after discussions with the City Council, and after the next round
of public outreach.
As possible sites for each facility are identified, SOJ, city staff, and the city's real estate broker
will use the final approved criteria to evaluate and select sites for further consideration. Upon
selection of a "short list" of options, the team will bring properties to the Mayor and City Council
for consideration.
Below is a list of the proposed criteria for operational requirements, along with descriptions, where
needed. These criteria also form the basis for the attached scoring matrix, where sites can be
compared side -by -side to evaluate their relative merits.
Justice Center:
The Justice Center will provide a new headquarters for the Tukwila Police Department and Court
facilities for the City Courts. The Police Department currently has its offices and needed facilities
spread among several buildings, and suffers significant inefficiencies as a result. The new Justice
Center provides the opportunity to consolidate a wide array of police needs to better serve the
Tukwila community, including administration and office space, evidence storage, booking, holding
cells, equipment storage (both indoor and outdoor), and secure parking for police vehicles and
equipment. The Justice Center will also serve as the City's Emergency Operations Center (EOC)
during a disaster or other event, and therefore must be fully survivable, include off -grid power and
communications, and have multiple access points for vehicles.
The Courts portion of the Justice Center will include new office and administration spaces, a new
courtroom, meeting rooms for attorneys and defendants, a secure private entrance for court staff
195
Tukwila Public Safety Plan - Site Selection Criteria
February 27, 2017
Page 4
that is separate from the Police entrance, and secure parking for court staff. Court staff and police
both report a need for a 50-person meeting room, with flexible seating configurations, that could
be available for city or community functions.
The Justice Center will be a significant multi-use facility, which will require a large, specialized
building and large amounts of public and secured private parking. Given the levels of daily activity
on this site and the needed access for the public, the location must have easy access to high-
frequency public transit, and be easy to access by car, transit, and on foot. This level of activity
also presents an opportunity for the building to positively transform a neighborhood and act as a
catalyst for other nearby investment. Site selection should consider opportunities for surrounding
private investment, as well as the availability of additional adjacent parcels to accommodate future
growth.
City Operational Requirements
a. Police Requirements
i. Building Footprint and Requirements
Many of the Police Department's operational requirements relate to the interior of
the building, and those will be addressed by the architecture team during the
programming and design process. Some of these interior considerations, however,
will bear on the site itself. Naturally, the building's footprint and massing will
influence the appropriateness of a site, and its need for basement space, and how
that space is used will make soil conditions and water table issues relevant. This
criterion will try to encapsulate all site-related considerations that emanate from the
size and configuration of the building itself. If the building footprint cannot fit on
the potential site it would be automatically eliminated.
ii. Parking: Secure Parking for Police Vehicles
The Police Department needs secure space for approximately 80 vehicles during the
day. These include staff vehicles and patrol cars.
iii. Parking: Secure Parking for Police Equipment
The Police Department also operates numerous specialized pieces of equipment,
which also need secure parking. These vehicles need secure storage space and
access to "shore power," to keep batteries charged.
iv. Parking: Evidence Vehicles (optional)
While most of the Police Department's evidence may be stored indoors in a secure
evidence facility, vehicles themselves are often held as evidence. Therefore, a
secure impound lot is required to ensure the preservation of evidence needed in the
prosecution of crimes. This function is currently handled off-site, and may continue
to be handled at a separate location. Having it co-located with the Justice Center
would add convenience for the Police Department, but is not essential.
v. Outdoor Training Area
In order to accommodate the various programmatic needs of the Police Department,
196
Tukwila Public Sq/eiy Plan - Site Selection Criteria
February 27, 2017
Page 5
a flexible outdoor area that could be used for training, gathering, and other uses will
provide needed space while maximizing the development's flexibility.
vi. Emergency Operations Center (EOC): Space for Microwave Communications
Equipment
Wireless communications is an essential component to daily operations, and
becomes even more acutely needed during a disaster. Large transmitters and
repeaters can sometimes be located on the roof of a building, but this will depend
on space needs and building design. In the absence of a roof location, these would
need to be located in a secure area on the ground, again affected the needed size and
shape of the parcel.
vii. Emergency Operations Center (EOC): Seismic and Flood Plain
The location and geotechnical features — particularly soils — of the site will be
essential considerations to ensure the EOC's ability to survive a large-scale natural
disaster.
viii. Emergency Operations Center: Fuel Storage for Emergency Generator
An EOC facility will need to be able to continue operating for a prescribed period
of time without access to the electrical grid. Therefore, all "survivable" facilities of
this kind require backup electrical generators, which are typically powered by diesel
fuel. Depending on the desired "off-grid" operating time, storage of the needed
diesel fuel will require additional space and a secure location for the fuel tank.
ix. Access Points: Minimum of Two Streets
Because of the concentration of police vehicles at this site, the property selected
must have access to more than one public street, to ensure that the blockage of one
street cannot trap all of the police resources. Ideally, more access points would be
available, but two are required, at a minimum.
x. Proximity of High Frequency Transit
For staff, visitors, and those interacting with the Police Department, access to the
regional transit system will be essential. The site should be within a short walking
distance (less than 1/4mile) from at least two bus routes with high frequency service.
Location proximate to the LINK light rail station would also be a plus, but not
required if the bus access and service levels are satisfactory.
b. Court Requirements:
i. Building Footprint and Requirements
Many of the Court's operational requirements relate to the interior of the building,
and those will be addressed by the architecture team during the programming and
design process. Some of these interior considerations, however, will bear on the site
itself. Naturally, the building's footprint and massing will influence the
appropriateness of a site, and its need for basement space, and how that space is
used, will make soil conditions and water table issues relevant. This criterion will
197
Tukwila Public Safety Plan - Site Selection Criteria
February 27, 2017
Page 6
try to encapsulate all site-related considerations that emanate from the size and
configuration of the building itself. If the building footprint cannot fit on the
potential site it would be automatically eliminated.
ii. Public Parking Needs: Approximately 150 spaces
On each of the three days per week when the court is in session (Monday,
Wednesday, Thursday), the Court handles approximately 130 matters. Each of these
will involve a varied group of participants, including the defendant, defense and
prosecuting attorneys, family members, and witnesses for both sides. To
accommodate these participants in each matter handled, the Justice Center will need
public parking capacity for approximately 150 vehicles.
iii. Secure Parking for Staff & Judge: 10 spaces
Because the judge and court staff members handle criminal cases, a secure parking
facility is essential for the safe arrival and departure of court staff. This means a
parking area that is not accessible to the general public, and is physically connected
to a secure entrance to the building. Court staff would prefer that this entrance be
separate from the entrance used by police.
iv. Community/Meeting room for up to 50 people
The Justice Center will host a wide array of functions that will require a meeting
room to accommodate approximately 50 people. Examples include classes, press
briefings, community meetings, and disaster coordination. Ideally, such a room will
have a flexible seating configuration, and have direct access to the outdoors, so it
can be used during off-hours when the remainder of the building is closed. This
space would be shared with the Police Department and could be used as a
community space.
V. Proximity of High Frequency Transit
For staff, visitors, and those interacting with the Court, access to the regional transit
system will be essential. The site should be within a short walking distance (less
than 1/4 mile) from at least two bus routes with high frequency service. Location
proximate to the LINK light rail station would also be a plus, but not required if the
bus access and service levels are satisfactory.
2. City Policy Requirements/Guidance:
a. Benefit to Public Safety
b. Commitment to Customer Service
c. Ensuring the Efficient Delivery of Customer Service
d. Containing, Development Costs
e. Mindfulness of Ongoing Operations Expenses
f. Importance of Location
g. Significance of Flexibility
h. Catalytic Effect
The Justice Center will serve a large number of city staff members and the general public
ow
Tukwila Public Safety Plan - Site Selection Criteria
February 27, 2017
Page 7
on a daily basis. This facility has the ability to positively impact a neighborhood and serve
as a transformational anchor development. As a center of civic activity, the Justice Center
could catalyze private development nearby. Site selection should consider the availability
and proximity of private investment opportunities that might enhance the positive effects of
the Justice Center.
Opportunities for Future Growth and Expansion
Like all of the facilities being built with the Public Safety Bond, the Justice Center will
need to serve the city's needs well into the future. Given the robust growth being
experienced throughout the Seattle metropolitan area, the City of Tukwila's 30-year
planning horizon should include realistic estimates of the city's growth opportunities. Site
selection for the Justice Center should consider the ability of the site or nearby parcels to
accommodate additional capacity as the city grows.
Location of Utilities and Infrastructure
Location will be influenced by the availability of surrounding utilities, as well as
supporting infrastructure to ensure adequate provision of service to the facility.
k. Ongoing Operating Expenses
The City desires to contain ongoing operating expenses as a goal of the Public Safety Plan.
Therefore, all sites shall be reviewed according to potential ongoing operating expenses.
1. Opportunities for Innovation
Site selection for each facility should consider any space or location needs that will enable
Tukwila's staff to pursue accepted best practices, and to adopt innovative approaches to
achieving efficiency and effectiveness in serving the public.
Fire Station,.-
Selection of the sites for two new fire stations (52, and 54; the location of 51 has already been
determined) will necessarily be a data-driven exercise, with the highest priority placed on
providing the best possible response times in an equitable distribution to the entire city. The
response time data will be generated by FACETS Consulting, a specialist in public safety and
crisis response services. This information will be provided in the Spring of 2017, in the form of
GIS polygons that identify geographic areas within which each station may be located to provide
the needed response times. This information will take into account future growth, so that the city
is adequately planning for the generational nature of these new facilities. Within those
geographic areas, the selection criteria developed here, which are based on input from the Fire
Department, the City Council, and the public, will provide further guidance to the site selection
process. The evaluation of each potential site against a common set of criteria will enable the city
to pursue properties that meet the core operational requirements for the fire stations and
maximize each site's ability to also meet city policy objectives and the public's desires for the
community.
1. City Operational Requirements
199
Tukwila Public Safety Plan - Site Selection Criteria
February 27, 2017
Page 8
Response Time — Location within Polygon
First and most important selection criterion for any of the fire station sites will be
location within one of the recommended response time polygons.
b. Parcel Size
The primary driver, after locations based on response time, will be parcel size and
access. The parcel will need to be large enough to accommodate the station itself
and pull-through equipment movements, with outdoor staging aprons for fire
apparatus at both the entry and exit sides of the vehicle bays.
Parking Needs
Each parcel will need to be able to accommodate vehicle parking for firefighters
and public visitors, as well as some outdoor equipment storage, including the Fire
Department's numerous special-purpose trailers and boats. Indoor storage will
also be needed for specialized equipment.
d. Multiple Vehicle Entry Points
Each site will also require multiple access points from at least two public streets.
EOC Standards
While the EOC will be housed in the Justice Center, site conditions must also
meet the standards of an Emergency Operations Center for soil and seismic
stability, and location outside flood plain areas, to ensure the facility can continue
to operate fully during a disaster. Each site must have a location for an emergency
backup generator and associated fuel storage.
f. Neighborhood Considerations
In some locations, adjacent property users may be sensitive to fire station
operations The Fire Department is able to modify its response operations to
minimize evening disruptions for neighboring homes or businesses.
g. Location of Utilities and Infrastructure
Location will be influenced by the availability of surrounding utilities, as well as
supporting infrastructure to ensure adequate provision of service to the facility.
h. Ongoing Operating Expenses
The City desires to contain ongoing operating expenses as a goal of the Public
Safety Plan. Therefore, all sites shall be reviewed according to potential ongoing
operating expenses.
i. Opportunities for Innovation
Site selection for each facility should consider any space or location needs that will
enable Tukwila's staff to pursue accepted best practices, and to adopt innovative
approaches to achieving efficiency and effectiveness in serving the public.
200
Tukwila Public Safety Plan - Site Selection Criteria
February 27, 2017
Page 9
Public Works Facility
Preliminary criteria for selecting the Public Works facility were developed through the Facilities
Needs Assessment process previously undertaken by the City. This foundational work provides
us with a significant understanding of what is needed for this facility.
City Operational Requirements
a. Building Footprint and Requirements
Many of Public Works operational requirements are already known and directly
relate to the site's footprint. The Facilities Needs Assessment identified that a 10 to
15 acre site is needed, with a minimum of 8 to 10 acres of usable land, with areas
for bin storage, covered vehicle storage, repair shop, offices, secure staff parking,
public parking, maintenance shop, specialized equipment storage and outdoor
storage for various materials.
b. Location
As an essential public facility and public safety response facility, the site must be
located outside of the mapped floodplain and flood ways and outside of areas with
soils prone to liquefaction. As an industrial facility, the siting process must be
cognizant of zoning to ensure the facility is located in an appropriate area, such as a
neighborhood zoned light industrial. As a single facility that serves the entire city,
consideration must be given to the site allowing for efficient service delivery
throughout Tukwila.
c. Reserve Power, Fuel Storage
The site must include area for backup power and fuel storage to ensure seamless
delivery of service during an incident that may affect power and other utilities.
d. Expansion Capability
Siting considerations must take into account the ability for the facility to grow as
the City's Public Works needs increase over time with additional development and
residents.
e. Location of Utilities and Infrastructure
Location will be influenced by the availability of surrounding utilities, as well as
supporting infrastructure to ensure adequate provision of service to the facility.
f. Ongoing Operating Expenses
The City desires to contain ongoing operating expenses as a goal of the Public
Safety Plan. Therefore, all sites shall be reviewed according to potential ongoing
operating expenses.
g. Opportunities for Innovation
Site selection for each facility should consider any space or location needs that will
enable Tukwila's staff to pursue accepted best practices, and to adopt innovative
approaches to achieving efficiency and effectiveness in serving the public.
201
202
Site Selection Criteria, v.3
Public Safety Plan Facilities
Justice Center Criteria
—
EVALUATION CRITERIA - JUSTICE CENTER
.Site
.Alternatives
- 'Justice
Carrier
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#8
#9
>
c 2 v
O v v
°1 E
E
W �
1. City Operational Requirements - Must Have
Scores for
s, Polite Requirements
Illustration
i. Parcel accommodates building footprint & requiremen
Only
ii. Secure parking for 80 PD vehicles
iii. Secure parking for PD equipment
9
iv. Secure parking for evidence vehicles (optional)
v. Outdoor training area
vi. EOC Requirement: microwave communications equip
7
vii. EOC Requirement: seismic, flood plain
viii. EOC Req: fuel storage for emergency generator
7
ix. Multiple access points, min 2 streets
7
x. Proximity of high frequency transit
9
b; Court Requirements
i. Parcel accommodates building footprint & requirements
ii. Public parking needs: 150 spaces
iii. Secure parking for staff /judge: 10 spaces
iv. Community /meeting room for 50, flex configuration
v. High Frequency Transit - scored above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
above
Subtotal out of possible 140:
43
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. City Policy Requirements /Guidance
a. Benefit to Public Safety
b. Commitment to Customer Service
c. Ensuring the Efficient Delivery of Customer Service
d. Containing Development Costs
-Ensure ability to deliver all promised facilities
e. Mindfulness of Ongoing Operations Expenses
f. Importance of Location
g. Significance of Flexibility
h. Opportunity to catalyze private developments
i. Opportunities for future expansion
j. Location of utilities and infrastructure
k. Ongoing operating expenses
I. Opportunities for innovation
Subtotal:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 0
3. Public Desires
i. Expandability to accommodate future needs
ii. Security for the public and the staff
iii. Nearby transit access
iv. Opportunity to enhance a neighborhood
v. Cost of the overall facility
vi. Sustainability /environmental concerns
Subtotal:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TotalScorej
43
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
4. Site Details
a. Existing Building?
YES
b. Parcel Size
120,000
c. Building size
45,000
d. Parking capacity - public
175
e. Parking capacity - secure
20
f. Walking distance to transit (feet)
675
g. Transit frequency (every xx minutes)
15
5. Costs
a. Purchase Option - applied to purch price, not in total
b. Purchase Price
$5,699,000
c. Due Diligence
d. Site Modifications
e. Building Modifications
f. New Construction
Total Costs
l$5,699,0001
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
Legend: I� Unfavorable
4 -6 Neutral
7-9 Favorable
Ideal
203
204
Site Selection Criteria, v.3
Public Safety Plan Facilities
Fire Station Criteria
v
a`
a
v
EVALUATION CRITERIA -FIRE STATIONS
Site
Alternatives
- Fine Statistrts
Station 52
Station 54
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
> v
c v
O v v
o a
m a E
« E
w °o
u�- m
m
1. City Operational Requirements - Must Have
a. Location within Response Time Polygon
b. Parcel Size
c. Parking Needs
9
d. Multiple Entry Points
e. EOC Standards
f. Neighborhood Considerations
7
g. Location of utilities and infrastructure
h. Ongoing operating expenses
Subtotal out of possible 60:
40
0
0
0
0
0
2. City Policy Requirements /Guidance
a. Benefit to Public Safety
b. Commitment to Customer Service
c. Ensuring the Efficient Delivery of Customer Service
d. Containing Development Costs
- Ensure ability to deliver all promised facilities
e. Mindfulness of Ongoing Operations Expenses
f. Importance of Location
g. Significance of Flexibility
h. Opportunities for innovation
Subtotal:
0
0
0
0
0
0
3. Public Desires
Subtotal:1
0
0
0
0
0
0
TotalScorej
40
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
0
4. Site Details
a. Parcel Size
43,560
b. Building size
12,500
c. Parking capacity - public
15
d. Parking capacity - equipment
4
S. Costs
a. Purchase Option - applied to purch price, not in total
b. Purchase Price
$1,500,000
c. Due Diligence
d. Site Modifications
e. Building Modifications
f. New Construction
Total Costs
$1,500,000
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
Legend: I� Unfavorable
4 -6 Neutral
7 -9! ' Favorable
��lllllfnH���� "f Ideal
205
206
Site Selection Criteria, v.3
Public Safety Plan Facilities
Public Works Facility Criteria
N
a
EVALUATION CRITERIA - PUBLIC WORKS FACILITY
SitoWternAtives
-Public
Works
Facility,
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
T N
G v
0 N N
� N N
n E
E
O
LL �
m
1. City Operational Requirements - Must Have
a. Building footprint and requirements
b. Location
c. Reserve power, fuel storage
9
d. Expansion capability
e. Location of utilities and infrastructure
f. Ongoing operating expenses
7'
Subtotal out of possible 60:
40
0
0
0
0
0
2. City Policy Requirements /Guidance
a. Benefit to Public Safety
b. Commitment to Customer Service
c. Ensuring the Efficient Delivery of Customer Service
d. Containing Development Costs
- Ensure ability to deliver all promised facilities
e. Mindfulness of Ongoing Operations Expenses
f. Importance of Location
g. Significance of Flexibility
h. Opportunities for innovation
Subtotal:
0
0
0
0
0
0
3. Public Desires
i. Expandability to accommodate future needs
ii. Sustainability /environmental concerns
iii. Opportunity to enhance a neighborhood
iv. Central location
v. Access to new public spaces
vi. Facilities sharing a site
Subtotal:1
0
0
0
0
0
0
TotalScorej
40
1 0
1 0
1 0
1 0
0
4. Site Details
a. Parcel Size
225,000
b. Building size
n/a
c. Parking capacity - public
27
d. Parking capacity - equipment
13
5. Costs
a. Purchase Option - applied to purch price, not in total
b. Purchase Price
$2,600,000
c. Due Diligence
d. Site Modifications
e. Building Modifications
f. New Construction
Total Costs
$2,600,000
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
Legend: I� Unfavorable
4 -6 Neutral
r7 -9. +Favorable
Ideal
207
KIT:
PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE
• . f 1 •
Citv Council Public Safetv Committee
Meeting Minutes
February 21, 2017 - 5:30 p.m. - Hazelnut Conference Room - City Hall
Councilmembers: Thomas McLeod, Chair; Joe Duffie, De'Sean Quinn
Staff: David Cline, Chuck Woolley, Bob Giberson, Rachel Bianchi, Bruce Linton, Mike
Villa, Jay Wittwer, Mark Dunlap, Laurel Humphrey
Guests: Carrie Holmes and D.J. Baxter, Shiels Obletz Johnsen
CALL TO ORDER: Committee Chair McLeod called the meeting to order at 5:30 p.m.
I. ANNOUNCEMENT
II. BUSINESSAGENDA
A. Ordinance: Destruction of Forfeited Firearms
Staff is seeking Council approval of an ordinance that would amend Tukwila Municipal Code
Section 8.11.030 to allow for used, out of warranty, or unserviceable firearms to be returned to
the manufacturer through an authorized "buy back" program." This would be in addition to
destruction of firearms when appropriate, and the reduction in price due to the trade -in would
result in cost savings to the city. The Committee was in favor of the proposal contingent on
written clarity from the manufacturers regarding the disposition of the returned firearms,
expressing concern about former City guns ending up in criminal scenarios. UNANIMOUS
APPROVAL PENDING REQUEST INFORMATION. FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017
COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
B. Small Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS)
Staff updated the Committee on a new Police Department policy related to Unmanned Aircraft
Systems (UAS) and requested to purchase equipment for a UAS pilot program in the amount of
$39,000. PD would like to pilot the use of UAS to enhance search and rescue, reconstruct crime
scenes, respond to incidents, improve situational awareness and safety, and assess damage
during disaster response. The PD policy addresses definitions, procedures, restrictions,
reporting, recording, and privacy. The Committee asked clarifying questions and due to time
restrictions requested that the item return for further discussion. RETURN TO MARCH 6, 2017
PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE.
C. Public Safetv Plan Draft Facilities Siting Criteria
Staff is seeking Council approval of the siting criteria to be used for the various facilities include
in the Public Safety Plan. If approved by Council, the draft criteria will be shared with the public
at the Open House to be held on March 18, 2017 at Station 54, 10:00 a.m. - 12 noon. Once
feedback from the public is collected the Council will be asked to weigh in further and
l
Public Safety Committee Minutes ......................................................................................... ............................... February 21, 2017
ultimately adopt final criteria. The criteria is outlined in the memo from Shiels Obletz Johnsen
and formatted in matrices that will be used as scoring sheets for each potential site. Criteria
include city operational requirements (including the affected departments), city policy
requirements, public desires, site details, and costs. Councilmember Quinn requested the
addition of "innovation" under city policy requirements and "containing development costs to
ensure all facilities are built" under costs. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL WITH REQUESTED
ADDTIONS. FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
D. Framework for Public Safety Plan Siting Advisory Committee
Staff is seeking Council approval of a framework for the Siting Advisory Committee associated
with the Public Safety Plan. The Committee had previously recommended a framework to the
Committee of the Whole, which sent it back to Committee for additional review. The revised
draft is presented in Charter format and includes additional details on the committee's
responsibility, additional language regarding ethics and limitations, and updates the
appointments to reflect three members to be appointed by Council and one by the Mayor. The
Committee recommended that when the bylaws are developed by the Siting Advisory
Committee they further address potential conflicts of interest. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL.
FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
E. Format of Monthly Public Safety Plan Report to Council
Staff is seeking Council approval of a format for a monthly report to the Council on the Public
Safety Plan. The proposal includes status updates, upcoming activities, and a rolling annual
calendar. The report will be included in the agenda packet of the first Regular Meeting of every
month in hopes of keeping Council well - informed throughout the complex projects. The
Committee approved the format and Councilmember Duffie suggested minimizing the use of
acronyms as this will be available to the public. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO
FEBRUARY 27, 2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
F. 20164' Ouarter Police Department Report
This item will be rescheduled to the March 6, 2017 Public Safety Committee meeting.
III. MISCELLANEOUS
Adjourned 6.46 p.m.
(* Committee Chair Approval
Minutes by LH
210
COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS
niliaA-
Meeliq Date Prepared by Mqyors revim Council review
02/27/17 LH
ITEM INFORMATION
ITEM NO.
4.C.
211
S'FAFFSIMNSM: RACHEL BIANCHI
2/27/17
Monthly Report to Council - Public Safety Plan
CXI'V'(',0RY ❑ Dij,cuiwio)v
Altg Da16,2127117
❑ Motion
A fig Dale
❑ D Resolution
11/ g Dale
❑ Ordinance
A fig Dale
❑ Bid_�Jard
Afg Dale
FPublic I learili
T)ale
❑ 0// )el
kltg Date
S110NS0R (.oun,,il E Mayor E]J-11Z 01)(J) ❑ finance E].Fire ❑ N&R. ❑ Police ❑ PIV
SPONS01CS Staff is seeking Council consensus on the format and content of a proposed monthly report
on the activities and schedule of the Public Safety Plan.
Riwww,,i) In, ❑ COW Mtg. ❑ CA&P Cmte ❑ F,&S Cmte ❑ Transportation Cmte
❑ Utilities Cmte ❑ Arts Comm. F-1 Parks Comm. ❑ Planning Comm.
DA'Fi�,,: 2/21/17 PUBLIC SAFETY COMNIDT El' Cl' JAM: MCLEOD
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SPONSOR /Ai),wN• Communications and Council
CON411\1117FIF, Unanimous approva; Forward to C.O.W.
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
Exi,rN1)I'WW,'1 RL'QUIIZFII) AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
Fund Source:
Comments:
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
2/27/17
MTG. DATE
ATTACHMENTS
2/27/17
Informational Memorandum dated 1/31/17
Draft Report
Minutes from the Public Safety Committee meeting of 2/21/17
211
212
City of Tukwila
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
TO: Public Safety Committee
FROM: Rachel Bianchi, Communications & Government Relations Manager
CC: Mayor Ekberg
DATE: January 31, 2017
SUBJECT: Format for Public Safety Plan Monthly Reporting to Council
ISSUE
Implementation of the Public Safety Plan is a complex project involving many planning stages,
processes, and Council actions. Staff strives to communicate frequently with the City Council
regarding the status and activities associated with the Plan.
Staff proposes a monthly written report to the City Council including information on status,
upcoming activities, and a projected annual schedule. This report will then be included in the
agenda packet of the first Regular Meeting every month.
As projects begin to take further shape, this document will ultimately morph into building-specific
updates with additional information on schedule, budget, and other updates and milestones
specific to each discrete project.
RECOMMENDATION
The Committee is asked to review and provide feedback on the draft report to ensure that it is a
successful communication tool that meets the Council's needs. The Committee of the Whole
will then be asked to review the proposal at the February 27, 2017 meeting.
ATTACHMENT
Draft monthly report to Council on the Public Safety Plan
213
214
TUKWILA PUBLIC SAFETY PLAN
Monthly Update
January, 20I7
Overall Plan
Outreach
* Envirolssues, Shiels Obletz Johnsen (SOJ) and the Communications Division are finalizing
the detailed outreach plan to present to the City Council on February 13.
0 Envirolssues and the Communications Division met with Global2l-ocal and Forterra to
develop the specific outreach program around the PSP with the Community
Connectors.
� First Open House scheduled for March 18, 10:00 to I2:00 at Fire Station 54.
Financial Oversight Con7rnittee
�
Recruitment period extended through February 2Oto achieve a larger pool Of
applicants.
Siting Advisory Committee
r Initial framework discussion with Council on January 2I Staff tasked togo back and
develop more detailed framework for Council review by the Public Safety Committee
February 6 and, assuming Committee concurrence, COW on February 13.
Neur-term [ounril Decisions and Key Dates
w
February 6 — Council to be introduced to FACETS and the work they are doing on fire
station analysis — at both Public Safety Committee and full Council.
• February l3— Council presentation On the outreach plan
• February 21 —Site selection and discussion of draft siting criteria begins at Public Safety
Committee; potential concurrence On draft criteria at February 27COW
• March 6—Council review of arch itect/engineerinQ contract begins at Public Safety
Committee; potential COW on March 27 and contract approval at April 3 full Council.
Fire Stations
Siting
0 Station 51 site selected; FACETS studying data tu determine general areas for siting of
52 and 54 that preserve response times and programming (size of stations).
Architecture and Programming
Statement of Qualifications for Architect and Engineering k\/E\ services received,
interviews to occur iD February with Council action inMarch and April.
Internal teams meeting to discuss programming needs and wants to be prepared when
A/E folks come on board.
Design and Permitting
• Phases scheduled to begin for 51 in May, 2017.
• Phases scheduled to begin for 52 and 54 in December, 2017.
Bidding and Construction
• Phases scheduled to begin for 51 in April, 2018.
• Phases scheduled to begin for 52 and 54 in April, 2018.
Justice Center
Siting
• Draft siting criteria in process; to be presented to Council in February, vetted through
community in March and finalized in April.
Architecture and Programming
• Phases scheduled to begin in July, 2017.
Design and Permitting
• Phases scheduled to begin in November, 2017.
Bidding and Construction
• Phases scheduled to begin in October, 2018.
Public Works Facility
Siting
Architecture and Programming
• Phases scheduled to begin in February, 2018.
Design and Permitting
• Phases scheduled to begin in June, 2018.
Bidding and Construction
• Phases scheduled to begin in September, 2019
216
Council Action Target Next Steps — Next 12 Months
January
* Siting Advisory Committee (January 23 COW)
February
• FACETS (fire analysis study) introduction and overview (February 6, Public Safety
Committee & Full Council)
• Monthly reporting format /February6 Public Safety, February 13\
• Siting Advisory Committee (February 6 Public Safety Committee, February 13 COW)
• Outreach plan overview (February I3COW)
• Site Selection Process and Initial Draft of Justice Center Siting Criteria (February 21
Public Safety Committee, February 27COW)
March
• [}pen House (March ID, 10:00— lZ:OO @ Fire Station 54)
• Fire Stations: Architect Selection and Contract (Public Safety Committee K4JrCh 6, CDVV
March 27, Final passage April 3\.
• Financial Oversight Committee Appointments (March 21 Finance Committee, March 27
[OVV\
• Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) discussion and consensus on direction
April
• Siting Advisory Committee Appointments
• Finalize Justice Center siting criteria
May
• Fire Stations: GC/CM [PARB—F5 General Contractor — two rntgs for this topic
o l\ approval topursue G[1CMprOCeSs,
* 2\ approval Of selected contractor and contract amount
• FACETS work complete and presented 1nCouncil
June
* Open House
July
• Justice Center: Architect Selection
• Advisory Committee Report (at minimum)
August
September
�
Justice Center: GC/CM CPAR8 — FS General [Untrador — twO mtgs for this topic
o 1) approval to pursue GC/CM process,
o 2) approval of selected contractor and contract amount
• Open House
• Justice Center: Final site selection
November
* Fire Stations 52 and 54 final sites selection
December
0 Advisory Committee Report (at minimum)
Public Safety Committee Minutes ......................................................................................... ............................... February 21, 2017
ultimately adopt final criteria. The criteria is outlined in the memo from Shiels Obletz Johnsen
and formatted in matrices that will be used as scoring sheets for each potential site. Criteria
include city operational requirements (including the affected departments), city policy
requirements, public desires, site details, and costs. Councilmember Quinn requested the
addition of "innovation" under city policy requirements and "containing development costs to
ensure all facilities are built" under costs. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL WITH REQUESTED
ADDTIONS. FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
D. Framework for Public Safety Plan Siting Advisory Committee
Staff is seeking Council approval of a framework for the Siting Advisory Committee associated
with the Public Safety Plan. The Committee had previously recommended a framework to the
Committee of the Whole, which sent it back to Committee for additional review. The revised
draft is presented in Charter format and includes additional details on the committee's
responsibility, additional language regarding ethics and limitations, and updates the
appointments to reflect three members to be appointed by Council and one by the Mayor. The
Committee recommended that when the bylaws are developed by the Siting Advisory
Committee they further address potential conflicts of interest. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL.
FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
E. Format of Monthly Public Safety Plan Report to Council
Staff is seeking Council approval of a format for a monthly report to the Council on the Public
Safety Plan. The proposal includes status updates, upcoming activities, and a rolling annual
calendar. The report will be included in the agenda packet of the first Regular Meeting of every
month in hopes of keeping Council well - informed throughout the complex projects. The
Committee approved the format and Councilmember Duffie suggested minimizing the use of
acronyms as this will be available to the public. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO
FEBRUARY 27, 2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
F. 20164' Ouarter Police Department Report
This item will be rescheduled to the March 6, 2017 Public Safety Committee meeting.
III. MISCELLANEOUS
Adjourned 6.46 p.m.
(* Committee Chair Approval
Minutes by LH
219
220
COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS
nilials
Me ling Date
Prepared by
Mayor's review
Council review
02/27/17
LH
�MC
'bLR
03/06/17
LH
F-1 01he)
Altg Date
SPONSOR ❑ Council ❑ Mayor ❑ 1-1,R ❑ DCD ❑ Finance ❑ Fire ❑ IT ❑ P&R- Z Iloliee ❑ PfV
SPONSOR'S The amendment allows for used, out of warranty and unreliable or unserviceable firearms
to be returned to the original manufacturer in trade for a new model that increases safety
and reliability for the officer at a substantial savings to the department. The City Council
would exercise its discretion by directing the Tukwila Police Department to dispose of all
forfeited and surplus firearms not meeting an exemption by either destroying the firearm
or trading the firearm to a licensed manufacturer.
Ri,'1vU,1WF1I) BY ❑ C.O.W. mtg. ❑ CDN Comm r-1 Finance Comm. Z Public Safety Comm.
F-1 Trans &Infrastructure [:] Arts Comm. F-1 Parks Comm. F-1 Planning Comm.
DATE: 2/21/17 COMMFITEE CHAIR: MCLEOD
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SPONSOR /.ADMIN. Department of Community Development
CONINIFI'IT'T" Unanimous Approval; Forward to Committee of the Whole
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
F'XIIENDITURk AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
Fund Source:
Comments:
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
02/27/17
41.
221
SPONSOR: OFFICER LARRY HANN
2/27/17
A(&I'NDA I IT"NITITLE, Amending ordinance 1668 as codified in Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) section
8.11.030 "Destruction of Forfeited Firearms"
CxI,I:(;()I(Y Z Discussion
Mtn Date 02127117
[:1 Motion
Aft
,g Date
1-1 Resolution
Altg Dale
Z Ordinance
Aftg bate 316117
1:1 Bid Award
Aftkf)ale
1:1 Public Ilearing
Mtn Date
F-1 01he)
Altg Date
SPONSOR ❑ Council ❑ Mayor ❑ 1-1,R ❑ DCD ❑ Finance ❑ Fire ❑ IT ❑ P&R- Z Iloliee ❑ PfV
SPONSOR'S The amendment allows for used, out of warranty and unreliable or unserviceable firearms
to be returned to the original manufacturer in trade for a new model that increases safety
and reliability for the officer at a substantial savings to the department. The City Council
would exercise its discretion by directing the Tukwila Police Department to dispose of all
forfeited and surplus firearms not meeting an exemption by either destroying the firearm
or trading the firearm to a licensed manufacturer.
Ri,'1vU,1WF1I) BY ❑ C.O.W. mtg. ❑ CDN Comm r-1 Finance Comm. Z Public Safety Comm.
F-1 Trans &Infrastructure [:] Arts Comm. F-1 Parks Comm. F-1 Planning Comm.
DATE: 2/21/17 COMMFITEE CHAIR: MCLEOD
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SPONSOR /.ADMIN. Department of Community Development
CONINIFI'IT'T" Unanimous Approval; Forward to Committee of the Whole
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
F'XIIENDITURk AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
Fund Source:
Comments:
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
02/27/17
MTG. DATE
ATTACHMENTS
2/27/17
Informational Memorandum dated 12/27/16
Draft Ordinance
Glock Inc "Buy Back" Program information sheets.
Minutes from the Public Safety Committee meeting of 2/21/17
3/6/17
221
222
City of Tukwila
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM
TO: Public Safety Committee
FROM: Mike Villa, Chief of Police
BY: Officer Larry Hann, City Attorney Ann Marie Soto
CC: Mayor Ekberg
DATE: December 27, 2016
SUBJECT: An Amendment to Ordinance 1668 regarding Destruction of Forfeited
Firearms
ISSUE
The Council is being asked to consider and approve amending ordinance 1668 as codified in
Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) section 8.11.030 "Destruction of Forfeited Firearms".
BACKGROUND
In 1993, the Washington State Legislature adopted RCW 9.41.098 authorizing local
governments to dispose of seized and forfeited firearms in any manner as determined by local
legislative authority. The Tukwila City Council subsequently adopted Ordinance 1668 providing
for destruction of all seized and forfeited firearms declared surplus.
DISCUSSION
The amendment allows for used, out of warranty and unreliable or unserviceable firearms to be
returned to the original manufacturer in trade for a new model that increases safety and
reliability for the officer at a substantial savings to the department. The City Council would
exercise its discretion by directing the Tukwila Police Department to dispose of all forfeited and
surplus firearms not meeting an exemption by either destroying the firearm or trading the firearm
to a licensed manufacturer through an authorized "buy back" program.
FINANCIAL IMPACT
While there are other firearms manufactures that have similar trade-in programs, the following
example is from Glock Inc (currently the standard pistol issued by the Tukwila Police
Department). Glock's current Law Enforcement Agency price for a new Generation 4 Glock
model 22 is $414.00. If an older generation 2 or 3 model Glock 22 is traded back to Glock, the
cost to the agency for the new generation four handguns drops from $414.00 to $164.00.
RECOMMENDATION
The Council is being asked to approve the amendment of Ordinance 1668 at the February 27,
2017 Committee of the Whole meeting and subsequent March 6, 2017 Regular meeting.
ATTACHMENTS
Proposed amendment to Ordinance 1668
Glock Inc trade-up program flyer
223
224
F
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, REPEALING ORDINANCE NO.
1668, AS CODIFIED IN TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER
8.11, "DISPOSAL OF FORFEITED AND SURPLUS FIREARMS";
REENACTING TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE CHAPTER 8.11 TO
AUTHORIZE DISPOSAL VIA MANUFACTURER "BUY BACK"
PROGRAMS; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND
ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, in 1993 the Washington State Legislature adopted RCW 9.41.098
authorizing local governments to dispose of seized and forfeited firearms in any manner as
determined by the local legislative authority; and
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Tukwila subsequently adopted Ordinance
No. 1668 providing for destruction of all seized and forfeited firearms declared surplus; and
WHEREAS, destruction of firearms limits the City's ability to trade firearms for new
firearms at a cost savings to the City; and
WHEREAS, manufacturer "buy back" programs allow for used, out of warranty and
unreliable firearms to be returned to the original manufacturer in exchange for new models
that increase safety and reliability for officers at a substantial savings to the department;
and
WHEREAS, the City Council chooses to exercise its discretion by directing the
Tukwila Police Department to dispose of all forfeited and surplus firearms not meeting an
exemption by either destroying the firearm or selling the firearm to a licensed manufacturer
through an authorized "buy back" program;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA,
WASHINGTON, HEREBY ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS:
Section 1. Repealer. Ordinance No. 1668 is hereby repealed in its entirety.
W: Word Pror-essing\Ordinances\Disposal of Forfeited and Surplus Firearms 1-13-17
LH:bjs Page 1 of 4
225
Section 2. TMC Chapter 8.11 Reenacted. Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC)
Chapter 8.11 is hereby reenacted to read as follows:
CHAPTER 8.11
DISPOSAL OF FORFEITED AND SURPLUS FIREARMS
Sections:
8.11.010 Applicable Weapons
8.11.020 Retention of Firearms for Department Use
8.11.030 DeStFUGtiOR-Disposal �osal of Forfeited Firearms
8.11.040 Legislative Exemption for the Destruction of Certain Firearms
Section 3. TMC Section 8.11.010 is hereby reenacted to read as follows:
8.11.010 Applicable Weapons
A. All illegal firearms as defined by RCW or the Federal Bureau of Alcohol,
Tobacco, and Firearms (ATF) regulations, and "short firearms" (handguns) within the
inventory of the Tukwila Police Department up to midnight June 30, 1993, and all rifles,
shotguns and short firearms that come into the possession of the Tukwila Police
Department after June 30, 1993 that are judicially forfeited under RCW 9.41.098, no
longer needed for evidence, or forfeited due to a failure to make a claim under RCW
63.32.010 or 63.40.010, or any surplus firearm from the inventory of Tukwila Police
Department service weapons, shall be disposed of by the Tukwila Police Department in
the manner set forth in this chapter.
B. Any "short firearm" (handgun) in the inventory of the Tukwila Police Department
up to midnight June 30, 1993, destroyed by the City of Tukwila shall cause the City to
pay a sum of $25.00 per handgun to the Treasurer of the State of Washington.
C. All legal rifles, shotguns, and antique or relic weapons as described in TMC
Section 8.11.040 in the inventory of the Tukwila Police Department up to midnight June
30, 1993 shall be disposed of through trade and/or auction by commercial sellers.
Section 4. TMC Section 8.11.020 is hereby reenacted to read as follows:
8.11.020 Retention of Firearms for Department Use
A. Any firearm seized after June 30, 1993, having been adjudicated as forfeited to
the Tukwila Police Department or forfeited due to a failure to make a claim under
applicable State law, that is no longer needed for evidence, that is determined to be of
functional value to the Police Service of the City of Tukwila, may be retained for
department use. At no time shall the annual number of Department-retained firearms
exceed 10% of the total number of firearms forfeited to the Department in any calendar
year.
W: Word ProcessingkOrdinances\Disposal of Forfeited and Surplus Firearms 1-13-17
LH:bjs
226
Page 2 of 4
B. Any firearm declared surplus from the inventory of Tukwila Police Department
service weapons shall be destroyed or disposed of in the manner set out in this chapter
under TIVIC Section 8.11.030.
Section 5. TIVIC Section 8.11.030 is hereby reenacted to read as follows:
8.11.030 Destruction-Disposal of Forfeited Firearms
All illegal firearms, all "short firearms" (handguns) in inventory of the Tukwila Police
Department up to midnight June 30, 1993, all firearms legally forfeited to the Tukwila
Police Department after June 30, 1993, no longer needed for evidence, and all firearms
declared surplus from the inventory of weapons in service by the Tukwila Police
Department, with the exception of exempted firearms as set out in TIVIC Section
8.11.040, shall be destroyed by appropriate means available or sold to a licensed
firearm manufacturer who participates in an authorized "buy back" program, under the
direction of the Chief of Police - Department EvidenGe peFSOR.
Section 6. TIVIC Section 8.11.040 is hereby reenacted to read as follows:
8.11.040 Legislative Exemption for the Destruction of Certain Firearms
A. No antique firearm as defined by RCW 9.41.098, or firearm designated a curio,
relic, or firearm of particular historical significance as described in the published
regulations of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms, may be destroyed.
B. Any antique or relic firearm meeting the definition of this section may be
retained by the Department.
1. All other firearms meeting the definition of this section shall be traded to
commercial sellers for equal value applicable police supplies/equipment, or auctioned to
commercial sellers.
2. Any proceeds received from the trade or auction of firearms under this
chapter shall be utilized in the furtherance of the Police Mission.
Section 7. Corrections by City Clerk or Code Reviser. Upon approval of the
City Attorney, the City Clerk and the code reviser are authorized to make necessary
corrections to this ordinance, including the correction of clerical errors; references to
other local, state or federal laws, codes, rules, or regulations; or ordinance numbering
and section/subsection numbering.
Section 8. Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause or
phrase of this ordinance or its application to any person or situation should be held to be
invalid or unconstitutional for any reason by a court of competent jurisdiction, such
invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of the
remaining portions of this ordinance or its application to any other person or situation.
W: Word ProcessingkOrdinances\Disposal of Forfeited and Surplus Firearms 1-13-17
LH:bjs Page 3 of 4
227
Section 9. Effective Date. This ordinance or a summary thereof shall be published
in the official newspaper of the City, and shall take effect and be in full force five days
after passage and publication as provided by law.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at
a Regular Meeting thereof this _ day of 72017.
ATTEST/AUTHENTICATED:
Christy OFlaherty, MMC, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM BY:
Rachel B. Turpin, City Attorney
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
Filed with the City Clerk:
Passed by the City Council:
Published:
Effective Date:
Ordinance Number:
W: Word Pro r-essing\Ord inances\Disposal of Forfeited and Surplus Firearms 1-13-17
LH:bjs
228
Page 4 of 4
GLOCK inc. 2015 POL,I(.-E AGENCY TRADE-UP PROGRAM (KC K "
PERFECTION
GLOCK, Inc. 6000 Highlands Parkway, Smyrna GA 30082 Ph 770-432-1202 / Fx 770-319-4785
11SWAPwAmG LOCK" trade -up offer
for POLICE AGENCIES that issue older GLOCK Pistols
TRADE-IN your OLD USED AGENCY-OWNED GLOCK PISTOLS and
TRADE-UP to NEW GLOCKS with NIGHT-SIGHTS and NEW MAGAZINES
for only, 164.00 ea (OR LESS) with new Glock Night-Sights
Price is Federal Excise Tax Exempt
Prices are applicable on orders placed directly with GLOCK, Inc. - OR - with most Factory-Authorized GLOCK Law Enforcement Distributors
TRADE-IN
PURCHASE
Number of
PAY ONLY
YOUR OLD 1ST, 2ND, or 3RD
NEW GLOCK PISTOLS
New
THE AMOUNT SHOWN
GENERATION GLOCK PISTOLS
with NEW MAGAZINES and
Magazines
BELOW, PER PISTOL
(MODELS as LISTED BELOW)
NEW GLOCK NIGHT-SIGHTS INCLUDED
Included
(DIFFERENCE)
Some 1986-1988 "1st Generation" pistols without "checkering" on the front and rear back-straps may be worth slightly less in trade
OFFER REQUIRES DEPT LETTERHEAD PURCHASE ORDER OR PURCHASE LETTER, & FEDERAL EXCISE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE.
SWAP-A-GLOCK TRADE-UP PRICES QUOTED DO NOT INCLUDE STATE OR LOCAL SALES TAXES, IF APPLICABLE.
CALL FOR A FREE WRITTEN QUOTE.
Please ask your GLOCK District Manager for details. Dave Mallery (503) 805-5409 Email: Dave.mallery @glock.us
Page 3 of 10 1 � " ,,, ,, ' �, , " ,
AL_ u I U31 b
229
GLOCK GEN4 PISTOLS
GEN4 - G17 9mm / G22.40 cal G31 .357 cal
3
164.00
GEN4 - G19 9mm / G23.40 cal G32.357 cal
3
164.00
GEN4 - G26 9mm / G27 .40 cal I G33 .357 cal
3
164.00
9mm Models
GEN4 - G34 9mm / G35.40 cal
3
239.00
17 / 19 / 26 /34
GEN4 - G37.45 GAP I G38.46 GAP
3
179.00
21 /30/30S/36/41
GEN4 - G39.45 GAP
3
179.00
.40 Cal Models
GLOCK GEN4 and GEN3 PISTOLS
22 / 23 / 27 / 35
GLOCK GEN4 & GEN3 PISTOLS
.357 Cal Models
31/32/33
GEN4 -G21 / G21SF.45 ACP
3
224.00
G30S / G30SF / G36.46 ACP
3
224.00
GEN4 - G41.45 ACP
3
239.00
G20SF 10mm
3
224.00
G29SF 10mm
3
224.00
OFFER REQUIRES DEPT LETTERHEAD PURCHASE ORDER OR PURCHASE LETTER, & FEDERAL EXCISE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE.
SWAP-A-GLOCK TRADE-UP PRICES QUOTED DO NOT INCLUDE STATE OR LOCAL SALES TAXES, IF APPLICABLE.
CALL FOR A FREE WRITTEN QUOTE.
Please ask your GLOCK District Manager for details. Dave Mallery (503) 805-5409 Email: Dave.mallery @glock.us
Page 3 of 10 1 � " ,,, ,, ' �, , " ,
AL_ u I U31 b
229
GLOCK GEN4 and GEN3 PISTOLS
GEN4 - G17 9mm I G22.40 cal G31 .357 cal
3
104.00
GEN4 - G19 9mm G23.40 cal G32.367 cal
3
104.00
GEN4 - G26 9mm I G27.40 cal G33 .367 cal
3
104.00
GEN4 - G34 9mm G35.40 cal
3
179.00
.45 ACP Cal Models
GEN4 - G37.45 GAP / G38.45 GAP
3
119.00
21 /30/30S/36/41
GEN4 - G39.45 GAP
3
119.00
GLOCK GEN4 and GEN3 PISTOLS
10mm Models
20/29
GEN4 21SFA5 ACP / G21 .45 ACP
3
164.00
G30SF.46ACP / G30S.46ACP / G36.46 ACP
3
164.00
GEN4 41.45 ACP
3
179.00
G20SF 10mm / G20 10mm
3
164.00
G29SF 10mm / G29 10mm
3
164.00
OFFER REQUIRES DEPT LETTERHEAD PURCHASE ORDER OR PURCHASE LETTER, & FEDERAL EXCISE TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE.
SWAP-A-GLOCK TRADE-UP PRICES QUOTED DO NOT INCLUDE STATE OR LOCAL SALES TAXES, IF APPLICABLE.
CALL FOR A FREE WRITTEN QUOTE.
Please ask your GLOCK District Manager for details. Dave Mallery (503) 805-5409 Email: Dave.mallery @glock.us
Page 3 of 10 1 � " ,,, ,, ' �, , " ,
AL_ u I U31 b
229
- ---------- - - - - - - --- - --------- --------- ---- ------- ---
GLOCK, Inc. USA_._..
... V0
(,(IiO I fighlands, Park%v,)y IOCK
Smyrna, GA 30082
USA
Te. 1 1 770 432 1262 PERFECTION
www.glock.com FaX 4 - 770,133 8719
Law Enforcement Agency Price List
GLOCK, Inc, 6000 Highlands Parkway, Smyrna, GA 30082, Phone: 770-432-1202 Fax: 770-433-8719
Fixed $362.00 $398.20
Adjustable $382.00 $420.20
GLOCK Steel $387.00 $425.70
GLOCK NS $414.00 $455.40
Fixed $384.00 $422.40
Adjustable $404.00 $444,40
GLOCK Steel $409.00 $449.90
GLOCK NS $436.00 $479.60
Fixed $362.00 $398.20
Adjustable $382.00 $420.20
GLOCK Steel $387.00 $425.70
GLOCK NS $414,00 $455.40
Fixed $422.00 $464.20
Adjustable $442.00 $486.20
GLOCK Steel $447.00 $491.70
GLOCK NS $474.00 $521.40
Fixed $462.00 $508.20
Adjustable $482,00 $530.20
GLOCK Steel $487.00 $535.70
GLOCK NS $514.00 $565.40
Fixed $437,00 $48010
Adjustable $457.00 $502.70
GLOCK Steel $462,00 $508.20
GLOCK NS $489,00 $537.90
2-n-s are subject to change *** Page 1 of 4 FRM-72-32 / Rev 25 / 01.07,16 / Law Enforcement Agency Price List
GLOCK, Inc. USA
------- - ------ ---- ------- ------ 0)
6(HiO 11ighlnn(jr Park%w)y �C;K
Srnyma, GA 30082
USA
Te . +1 770 4 3 2 120;2
PERFECTION
www,glock.com Fax _ 7?0 433 8/19
Law Enforcement Agency Price List
GLOCK, Inc 6000 Highlands Parkway, Smyrna, GA 30082, Phone: 770-432-1202 Fax: 770-433-8719
Fixed $507.75 $558.50
Adjustable $521.50 $567.50
GLOCK NS $560.95 $614.40
Fixed $434.00 $477.40
GLOCK NS $486.00 $529.60
Fixed $377,00 $414.70
Adjustable $397.00 $436.70
GLOCK Steel $402.00 $442.80
GLOCK NS $429,00 $471.90
Fixed $377.00 $414.70
Adjustable $397.00 $436.70
GLOCK Steel $402.00 $442.80
GLOCK NS $429.00 $471.90
Fixed $290.00 $319.00
GLOCK INS $338.00 $372.00
Fixed $325,50 $358.00
GLOCK NS $373.60 $411.00
Fixed
$459.00
Adjustable
$479.00
GLOCK Steel
$484.00
GLOCK NS
$511.00
* Prices are subject to change *** Page 2 of 4
$504.90
$526.90
$532.40
$562.10
FRM-72-32 / Rev 25 / 01.07.16 / Law Enforcement Agency Price Lit 31
Law Enforcement Agency Price List
GLOCK, Inc 6000 Highlands Parkway, Smyrna, GA 30082, Phone: 770-432-1202 Fax: 770-433-8719
Fixed $507.00 - - --
Adjustable $527.00 ----
GLOCK Steel $532.00 ----
GLOCK NS $559.00 ----
Fixed $532.00 - - --
Adjustable $552.00 ----
GLOCK Steel $557.00 - - --
Night Sights are not recommended
Fixed $362,00 - - --
Adjustable $382.00 ----
GLOCK Steel $387.00 ----
GLOCK NS $414,00 ----
Fixed $479.00 $526.90
Fixed $534,00 $587.40
2-Mces are subject to change *** Page 3 of 4 FRM-72-32 / Rev 25 / 01.07.16 / Law Enforcement Agency Price List
CLOCK, Inc. USA
[I OC;K
Srnylnt,i, �A ;3008�2
USA
Te . +1 770 432 1 2(i2 PERFECTION
www,glock.com
FaX 4 � 77() 8710
Law Enforcement Agency Price List
GLOCK, Inc 6000 Highlands Parkway, Smyrna, GA 30082, Phone: 770-432-1202 Fax: 770-433-8719
Fixed $507.00 - - --
Adjustable $527.00 ----
GLOCK Steel $532.00 ----
GLOCK NS $559.00 ----
Fixed $532.00 - - --
Adjustable $552.00 ----
GLOCK Steel $557.00 - - --
Night Sights are not recommended
Fixed $362,00 - - --
Adjustable $382.00 ----
GLOCK Steel $387.00 ----
GLOCK NS $414,00 ----
Fixed $479.00 $526.90
Fixed $534,00 $587.40
2-Mces are subject to change *** Page 3 of 4 FRM-72-32 / Rev 25 / 01.07.16 / Law Enforcement Agency Price List
GLOCK, Inc. USA
- - - - - ---- ----------------- - - - Yn)
6650 Highlands Park.,.wiy [�10 C K
S
I myma, Cats 30082
USA
1,. +1 770 432 1202 PERFECTION
www.glock.com Fax + - 770 433 8719
GLOCK, Inc 6000 Highlands Parkway, Smyrna, GA 30082, Phone: 770-432-1202 Fax: 770-433-8719
GLOCK Magazines (All Models)
$21.00
GLOCK G26,G27,G33 W/ + floorplate & G42/G43 6rd W/ EXT
$30.00
GLOCK G18 33rd Magazines
$32.00
GLOCK 22 (22rd) Magazine
$32.00
GLOCK Magazine Loader
$3.00
GLOCK Sport Combat Holster
$9.00
GLOCK Sport Duty Holster
$15.00
GLOCK Magazine Pouch
$7.00
GLOCK Field Knife Black w/ Root Saw
$21.00
GLOCK Field Knife Dark Earth w/Saw
$21.00
GLOCK Field Knife Grey w/Saw
$21.00
GLOCK Field Knife BFG w/Saw
$21.00
GLOCK Entrenching Tool w/ Pouch
$34.00
GLOCK GTL 10
$75.00
GLOCK GTL 21/22
$227.00
GLOCK GTL 51/52
$794.00
GLOCK Pistol Case
$18.00
GLOCK Pistol Case w/ Lock
$30.00
Note:
Magazines being purchased by Individual Officers may only be purchased with a pistol purchase, and must be the
same model as the pistol being purchased with a maximum of 6 per order.
*** Prices are subject to change *** Page 4 of 4 FRM-72-32 / Rev 25 / 01 .07.16 / Law Enforcement Agency Price L1233
234
PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE
• . f 1 •
Citv Council Public Safetv Committee
Meeting Minutes
February 21, 2017 - 5:30 p.m. - Hazelnut Conference Room - City Hall
Councilmembers: Thomas McLeod, Chair; Joe Duffie, De'Sean Quinn
Staff: David Cline, Chuck Woolley, Bob Giberson, Rachel Bianchi, Bruce Linton, Mike
Villa, Jay Wittwer, Mark Dunlap, Laurel Humphrey
Guests: Carrie Holmes and D.J. Baxter, Shiels Obletz Johnsen
CALL TO ORDER: Committee Chair McLeod called the meeting to order at 5:30 p.m.
I. ANNOUNCEMENT
II. BUSINESSAGENDA
A. Ordinance: Destruction of Forfeited Firearms
Staff is seeking Council approval of an ordinance that would amend Tukwila Municipal Code
Section 8.11.030 to allow for used, out of warranty, or unserviceable firearms to be returned to
the manufacturer through an authorized "buy back" program." This would be in addition to
destruction of firearms when appropriate, and the reduction in price due to the trade -in would
result in cost savings to the city. The Committee was in favor of the proposal contingent on
written clarity from the manufacturers regarding the disposition of the returned firearms,
expressing concern about former City guns ending up in criminal scenarios. UNANIMOUS
APPROVAL PENDING REQUEST INFORMATION. FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017
COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
B. Small Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS)
Staff updated the Committee on a new Police Department policy related to Unmanned Aircraft
Systems (UAS) and requested to purchase equipment for a UAS pilot program in the amount of
$39,000. PD would like to pilot the use of UAS to enhance search and rescue, reconstruct crime
scenes, respond to incidents, improve situational awareness and safety, and assess damage
during disaster response. The PD policy addresses definitions, procedures, restrictions,
reporting, recording, and privacy. The Committee asked clarifying questions and due to time
restrictions requested that the item return for further discussion. RETURN TO MARCH 6, 2017
PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE.
C. Public Safety Plan Draft Facilities Siting Criteria
Staff is seeking Council approval of the siting criteria to be used for the various facilities include
in the Public Safety Plan. if approved by Council, the draft criteria will be shared with the public
at the Open House to be held on March 18, 2017 at Station 54, 10:00 a.m. - 12 noon. Once
feedback from the public is collected the Council will be asked to weigh in further and
235
236
COUNCIL AGENDA SYNOPSIS
-------------- - - - - -- Initials
Meeting
,g Dale
Prepared �;y
ayorf review
Councilrei�iew
02/27/17
RE
Z Resolution
Altg Date 316117
❑ Ordinance
AltOl)ale
03/06/17
RE
❑ Other
i I W1 g Dale
SPONSOR ❑Counil E]Alfa.Yor ❑111Z ❑DCD ❑Vinana, ❑Fire ❑J,S ZPC' -R ❑Jlofia, ❑.1-11r/ ❑(,'()/lr/
S I)()N SoWS' Review and adoption by resolution of the Green Tukwila 20-Year Stewardship Plan.
1w 0 C.O.W. Mtg. ❑ CDN Comm ❑ Finance Comm. ❑ Public Safety Comm.
F-1 Trans &Infrastructure F-1 Arts Comm. ❑ Parks Comm. ❑ Planning Comm.
DA'I'S: 2/13/17 COMMIT IT" E CHAIR: HOUGARDY
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SPONS01Z/AiWIN. Parks& Recreation_
CoMm"I"', : F' Unanimous Approval; Forward to Committee of the Whole
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
Exi)j,'1NI)1'1'URI,'. RI,"QUIRVI) AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
$ $30,000 $
Fund Source: 000.15.576.800.41.00
Comments: $30,000 budeted each year for restoration /stewardship
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
2/27/17
ITEM NO.
M j 2
0
I
237
STAFF SPONSOR: ROBERT EATON
1 ORIGTN�ILAC31?NDA 2/27/17
A(,i?'Ni).1 Presentation of the Green Tukwila 20-Year Stewardship Plan for adoption by
resolution
CxI,I;1(;()m, Z Discussion
A/Itg Dale 2127113
❑ Motion
Altg 1)(ile
Z Resolution
Altg Date 316117
❑ Ordinance
AltOl)ale
❑ Bid,Award
All Date
❑ llublicHeaiillg
All Dale
❑ Other
i I W1 g Dale
SPONSOR ❑Counil E]Alfa.Yor ❑111Z ❑DCD ❑Vinana, ❑Fire ❑J,S ZPC' -R ❑Jlofia, ❑.1-11r/ ❑(,'()/lr/
S I)()N SoWS' Review and adoption by resolution of the Green Tukwila 20-Year Stewardship Plan.
1w 0 C.O.W. Mtg. ❑ CDN Comm ❑ Finance Comm. ❑ Public Safety Comm.
F-1 Trans &Infrastructure F-1 Arts Comm. ❑ Parks Comm. ❑ Planning Comm.
DA'I'S: 2/13/17 COMMIT IT" E CHAIR: HOUGARDY
RECOMMENDATIONS:
SPONS01Z/AiWIN. Parks& Recreation_
CoMm"I"', : F' Unanimous Approval; Forward to Committee of the Whole
COST IMPACT / FUND SOURCE
Exi)j,'1NI)1'1'URI,'. RI,"QUIRVI) AMOUNT BUDGETED APPROPRIATION REQUIRED
$ $30,000 $
Fund Source: 000.15.576.800.41.00
Comments: $30,000 budeted each year for restoration /stewardship
MTG. DATE
RECORD OF COUNCIL ACTION
2/27/17
MTG. DATE
ATTACHMENTS
2/27/17
Informational Memo dated 2/8/17, to include spreadsheet on costs requested by CDN
DRAFT Resolution
Green Tukwila 20-Year Stewardship Plan
Minutes from the CDN meeting of 2/13/17
3/6/17
237
238
City of Tukwila
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
INFORMATIONAL MEMORANDUM
TO: Community Development and Neighborhoods Committee
FROM: Rick Still, Director Parks & Recreation
BY: Robert Eaton, P&R Manager
CC: Mayor Ekberg
DATE: February 13, 2017
SUBJECT: Green Tukwila 20-Year Plan Adoption
ISSUE
Presentation of the Green Tukwila 20-Year Stewardship Plan for adoption by resolution
BACKGROUND
At the May 20, 2015 CAP meeting, Forterra presented the Green Cities program to the Council
with the vision of creating a Green Tukwila plan. This item was forwarded to the full council who
approved the $40,000 expenditure over two years to develop the Green Tukwila 20-Year
Stewardship Plan (Plan) and one year of implementation through stewardship development.
The contract was entered into on August 6, 2015 to begin the process. On June 27, 2016,
Forterra provided an update to the Community Affairs and Parks Committee of the 60% draft
Plan.
DISCUSSION
The Plan has been completed and is being presented to the Community Development and
Neighborhoods Committee for consideration of adoption by resolution. As the Plan took a little
longer to finalize, Forterra has already began phase two of their contracted scope of work which
is stewardship outreach and development. This phase focuses on outreach and development of
long-term stewards and developing the implementation strategies for the Plan. Forterra will
spearhead the implementation work for one year as outlined in their contract. Upon completion
of that year the responsibility the will transfer to the City to continue implementation of the Plan.
Forterra desires to seamlessly transition the implementation efforts from them to the city. As
Green Tukwila is part of the Green Cities Partnership, Forterra is available to continue providing
support and services as needed to assist the city in the long-term implementation efforts. If
Forterra's services are utilized it will be at additional expense.
Throughout the development process of the Plan, the planning team (staff and Forterra)
discussed the desire to be intentional, prudent, and efficient in the implementation of this plan.
They also acknowledged the current short coming in resources to meet the ideal implementation
scenario and thought it would be wise to take a more conservative approach and only
incorporate as many acres as resources are available. That way the acres that are incorporated
into stewardship will be able to be done well and sustainably maintained. Additional acres can
then be added as resources, funding, and capacity enables. Other Green Cities have taken this
approach as well.
NOTE: Page 1 of the Plan has two edits that will be made before final printing. Councilmember
Robertson will be listed as the Council President (instead of Councilmember Duffie) and
Councilmember Seal's name will be spelled correctly (Verna, not Verna).
239
INFORMATIONAL MEMO
Page 2
FINANCIAL IMPACT
In the "RESOURCES" section of the plan beginning on page 50, the Plan identifies the ideal
implementation strategy of completing all 137.5 acres through the four phases of restoration
within the next 20 years. The financial estimate for this is strategy is $5.7 million over the 20-
year period (Table 10 on pg. 54). A second implementation scenario was also included in the
plan that accounts for only the 87 acres owned or managed by the city. The financial estimate
for this strategy is $3.5 million over the 20-year period (Table 6 on pg. 52). Figure 14 on page
52 shows the estimated annual expense for the 87 acre scenario.
There is currently $30,000 a year for this biennium budget cycle that is allocated for
restoration/stewardship work. The Plan currently outlines year one (2017) costs of $77,000, this
number climbs from here capping at around $240,000 for year 14 (2030) as all 87 acres will be
in active restoration. After that, the annual expense begins to taper back to the $100,000 range
annually as more acres move into the fourth phase of restoration (monitoring and maintaining).
These annual figures include staff time, field expenses and overhead. Figure 14 on page 52
also shows the "Volunteer Match Value" from all the stewardship involvement over the course of
the Plan.
It was also identified throughout the development of the Plan, that Tukwila has a unique
opportunity to partner with so many different business in the city to implement this Plan
(compared to some of the other Green Cities). These partnerships can be a major focus of the
Plan and provide financial sustainability, business involvement in the community, and overall
growth of the plan as well.
RECOMMENDATION
The Committee is being asked to consider adopting the 20-Year Green Tukwila Stewardship Plan
by resolution and forwarding to the subsequent February 27, 2017 Committee of the Whole and
March 6, 2017 Regular City Council Meetings.
ATTACHMENTS
-DRAFT Resolution
-Green Tukwila 20-Year Stewardship Plan
240W.12017 Info MemoslGreen Tukwila 20-Year Stewardship Plan Adoption - Info Memo (2-8-17) - FINAL.doc
Green Tukwila Partnership projections of program costs and volunteer match value for figure 14 on page
52of the draft ZO-YearPlan
Overall cost to maintain all 87 acres and a smaller volunteer program beyond the 20 years is estimated
at $75,000 to $80,000/year.
i Estimated,
Year
2017
1.50
$76,932
$86,970
3,000
2018
2.00
$88,704
$86,970
3,000
2019
3.00
$104,077
$92,768
3,200
2020
3.00
$113,161
$101,465
3,500
2021
4.00
$127,639
$110,162
3,800
2022
5.00
$161,336
$115,960
4,000
2023
6.00
$180,709
$115,960
4,000
2024
7.00
$200,675
$115,960
4,000
2025
8.00
$225,466
$115,960
4,000
2026
8.00
$235,964
$115,960
4,000
2027
8.00
$243,596
$115,960
4,000
2028
8.00
$249,366
$115,960
4,000
2029
8.00
$253,559
$115,960
4,000
2030
8.00
$255,944
$115,960
4,000
2031
6.00
$240,997
$115,960
4,000
2032
2.00
$198,583
$86,970
3,000
2033
0.00
$157,178
$86,970
3,000
2034
0.00
$133,380
$86,970
3,000
2035
0.00
$118,942
$86,970
3,000
2036
0.00
$108,653
$86,970
3,000
Total
87.50
$3,474,8S9
$1,985,815
71,500
Overall cost to maintain all 87 acres and a smaller volunteer program beyond the 20 years is estimated
at $75,000 to $80,000/year.
242
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, ADOPTING THE GREEN
TUKWILA 20-YEAR PLAN FOR THE CITY OF TUKWILA.
WHEREAS, the City of Tukwila, through the Parks, Recreation and Open Space Plan,
has identified the importance and value of: sustaining green and open space in the City,
seeking opportunities for land conservation, enhancing the urban tree canopy, and providing
more environmental education; and
WHEREAS, the City of Tukwila Parks & Recreation Department desires to partner with
the public and local businesses on volunteer stewardship restoration projects within the City
that directly benefit those who work, live, and play in the City of Tukwila; and
WHEREAS, City staff and the Park Commission have completed review and modification
of the Green Tukwila 20-Year Plan ("the Plan"), and have forwarded the Plan to the City
Council for review and adoption; and
WHEREAS, the Plan was created after solicitation and receipt of public input via multiple
outreach methods;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA,
WASHINGTON, HEREBY RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS:
The Green Tukwila 20-Year Plan, attached hereto as Exhibit A, is hereby adopted.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, at a
Regular Meeting thereof this day of 2017.
ATTEST /AUTHENTICATED:
Christy O'Flaherty, MMC, City Clerk
Rachel B. Turpin, City Attorney
Attachment: Exhibit A — Green Tukwila 20-Year Plan
Dennis Robertson, Council President
Filed with the City Clerk:
Passed by the City Council:
Resolution Number:
WAWord Processing\ResolutionsAdopt Green Tukwila 20-Year Plan 2-7-17
RE:bjs
Page 1 of 1
243
244
City Council Community Development & Neighborhoods Committee
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT & NEIGHBORHOODS COMMITTEE
Meeting Minutes
February 13, 2017- 5:30 p.m. - Hazelnut Conference Room, City Hall
Councilmembers: Kathy Hougardy, Chair; Verna Seal, Kate Kruller
Staff: David Cline, Jack Pace, Carol Lumb, Nora Gierloff, Robert Eaton, Andrea
Cummins, Laurel Humphrey
Guest: Wayne Werle, resident; Joanna Nelson de Flores, Forterra
CALL TO ORDER: Committee Chair Hougardy called the meeting to order at 5:30 p.m.
I. ANNOUNCEMENT
II. BUSINESSAGENDA
There was consensus to consider the landscaping regulations as the first order of business.
A. Ordinances Updating Landscaping_ Regulations
Staff is seeking Council approval of three ordinances that would amend Tukwila Municipal
Code Title 18 to update landscaping regulations in conformance to the Natural Environment
chapter of the Comprehensive Plan and move provisions unrelated to landscaping to more
appropriate areas in the Code. This proposal is also informed by recommendations from the
Tree and Environment Advisory Committee developed between 2012 and 2013 as well as input
from the Planning Commission. Staff described the proposed changes in detail and the
Committee asked clarifying questions. Due to the number of amendments the Committee
chose not to make a recommendation to allow themselves more time for review prior to the
Committee of the Whole discussion. Chair Hougardy requested color copies of the marked up
code sections referenced by staff. NO RECOMMENDATION. FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27,
2017 COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
B. Resolution: Adopting the Green Tukwila 20 -Year Plan
Staff is seeking Council approval of a resolution that would adopt the Green Tukwila 20 -Year
Stewardship Plan, which was developed in partnership with Forterra over a period of two years.
The Plan outlines strategies for caring for parks and open spaces in Tukwila and includes goals,
timeline and objectives in the categories of Field, Community and Resources. Councilmember
Kruller requested a copy of the cost projections referenced by staff with regard to figure 14 on
page 52 of the draft. UNANIMOUS APPROVAL. FORWARD TO FEBRUARY 27, 2017
COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE.
245
246
Upcoming Meetings & Events
February/March 2017
27th (Monday)
28th (Tuesday)
1st (Wednesday)
2nd Thursda
3rd (Friday)
4th (Saturday)
Duwamish Alive!
Public Meeting:
➢ Equity &
Workshop
Update on
Diversity
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
Stormwater Permit
Commission,
(Community Center)
1:00 - 2:00 PM
5:15 PM
For information visit
(6300 Southcenter
(Hazelnut
www.GreenDuwamish
Blvd., Foster
Conference
Watershed.org
Conference Room)
Room)
The public is
welcome to provide
Dr. Seuss Night
➢ Community
input on Tukwila's
6:00 - 8:00 Pm
Development &
Western Washington
(Community Center)
Neighborhoods
Phase 11 Municipal
FREE fun! Enjoy
Conte.,
Stonnwater Permit.
bouncers, arts and
5:30 PM
Contact Greg at
crafts, food and
('Hazelnut
206 -431 -2442 for
games. Join the
Conference Room)
more information.
celebration and
receive a free book!
➢ City Council
➢ Transportation
➢ Planning
Committee of
& Infrastructure
Commission,
the Whole Mtg.,
Cmte.,
6:30 PM
7:00 PM
5:30 PM
(Council
(Council
(Foster
Chambers)
Chambers)
Conference
Rescheduled from
Room)
2/23/17
6th (Monday)
7th (Tuesday)
8th (Wednesday)
9th (Thursday)
10th (Friday)
11th (Saturday)
➢ Civil Service
➢ Finance Cmte,
➢ Park
Fundraiser for
Council Chat
Commission,
5:30 PM
Commission,
Tukwila Parks &
10:00 AM to
5:00 PM
(Hazelnut
5:30 PM
Recreation Youth
12:00 NOON
(Hazelnut
Conference
(Community
Scholarship
Stop by and informally
Conference Room)
Room)
Center)
(HERO) Fund.
talk with a Tukwila City
Dine at the Habit
Councilmember about
Burger Grill today
anything on your mind
➢ Public Safety
➢ Library
between 11:00 AM
regarding Tukwila.
Cmte,
Advisory
and 9:00 PM.
Billy Barrio's
5:30 PM
Board,
Present the HERO
(13500 Interurban
(Hazelnut
7:00 PM
Fund flyer (available
Ave. S)
Conference Room)
(Community
from Parks &
Center)
Recreation) and 20%
Coffee with a Cop
of the proceeds wil l
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM
➢ New Employee
be donated!
Share your concerns and
Reception
ask questions.
6:30 PM
Starbucks
(City Hall lobbv)
➢ COPCAB,
(333 .Strander Blvd.)
6:30 PM
➢ Council
City il
Duwamish
Conference
Con
F.arthCorps
Regular
Reg Reg
Room)
Duwamish River
PM
Work Party
(Council
(Community Center)
Chambers
10:00 AM to
2:00 PM
Volunteer space is
limited. Visitthe
website to sign up!
http s: //w w w. earth co rp s.
org/volunteer /event/a0E
8000000ORGSNEAS/
January 10 thru April 20: Free income tax preparation assistance available at Tukwila Community Center (TCC).
On Tuesdays/Thursdays 5:00 - 8:00 PM, and Saturdays 10:00 AM - 2:00 PM. Visit WWW.uwkc.org/taxhelp or call 211.
NOTE: Tax help will not be available at TCC March 20 -26
➢ Civil Service Commission: 1st Mon., 5:00 PM, Hazelnut Conf. Room. Contact Sara Valdez at 206- 431 -2187.
➢Community Development and Neighborhoods Committee: 2nd & 4th Mon., 5:30 PM, Hazelnut Conf Room.
➢ COPCAB (Community Oriented Policing Citizens Adv. Board): 2nd Thurs., 6:30 PM, Duwamish Conference Room.
Contact Chris Portman at 206- 431 -219.7
➢ Equity & Diversity Commission: 1 st'I'hurs., 5:15 PM, Hazelnut Conf. Room. Contact Cheryl Thompson at 206- 433 -1850.
➢Finance Committee: l st & 3rd Tues., 5:30 PM, Hazelnut Conf Room.
➢ Library Advisory Board: 1st Tues., 7:00 PM, Community Center. Contact .Shannon Fisher at 206 -767 -2312.
➢ Park Commission: 2nd Wed., 5:30 PM, Community Center. Contact Robert Eaton at 206 -767 -2332.
➢ Planning Commission /Board of Architectural Review: 4`s Thurs., 6:30 PM, Council Chambers at City Hall, Contact Wynetta
Bivens at 206- 431 -3670.
➢Public Safety Committee: 1st & 3rd Mon., 5:30 PM, Hazelnut Conf. Room.
➢'Transportation and Infrastructure Committee: 2nd & 4th Tues., 5:30 PM, Foster Conf. Room. 247
Tentative Agenda Schedule
MONTH
MEETING 1-
MEETING 2 -
MEETING 3 -
MEETING 4 -
REGULAR
C.O.W.
REGULAR
C.O.W.
February
6
13
21 (Tuesday)
27
See agenda packet
cover sheet for this week's
agenda:
February 27, 2017
Committee of the Whole
Meeting.
March
6
13
20
27
Special Presentations:
Special Presentations:
New employee
Property tax
introductions:
increases.
Fire Department:
Bailey Stober,
Joseph Paglia and
King County
Michael Tappert
Assessor's Office
Police and Fire:
- GET -IT
Amairani Uribe-
(Government
Beltran, Washington
Electronic
Service Corps
Transparency
Volunteer;
Initiative for
Officer Howard Kim
Tukwila)
Community
Phase I - Iiigh-
Development:
retrieval pernut
Jaclyn Adams,
files.
Admin Support Tech.;
Maxwell Baker,
Assistant Planner,
Lindsay Brown,
Assistant Planner;
Lauri Dunning, Code
Enforcement Officer,
Lee Sipe, Building
Inspector 111,
Lori Solberg,
Admin Support Tech
Communications:
Mia Navarro,
Community
Engagement Manager
Finance:
Sherry Wright, Senior
Fiscal Coordinator
Human Resources:
Sara Valdez, Human
Resources Analyst
Parks & Recreation:
Olena Perry, Volunteer
& Event Specialist
Update on "The Loop'
sewer project.
Dana Dick, Valley View
Sewer District.
New Business:
A lease contract with
Dell.
i